MRAP-TM 9-2355-106-23-1 MaxxPro Base PDF
MRAP-TM 9-2355-106-23-1 MaxxPro Base PDF
MRAP-TM 9-2355-106-23-1 MaxxPro Base PDF
TECHNICAL MANUAL
M1224
(NSN 2355-01-553-4634) (EIC 1XF)
M1224A1
(NSN 2355-01-561-0281) (EIC 1XM)
* SUPERSEDURE NOTICE – This manual supersedes TM 9-2355-106-23-1, dated 27 April 2009, including all changes.
DISCLOSURE NOTICE – This information is furnished upon the condition that it will not be released to another nation without the specific authority of the
Department of the Army of the United States, that it will be used for military purposes only, that individual or corporate rights originating in the information, whether
patented or not, will be respected, that the recipient will report promptly to the United States, any known or suspected compromise, and that the information will be
provided substantially the same degree of security afforded it by the Department of Defense of the United States. Also, regardless of any other markings on the
document, it will not be downgraded or declassified without written approval of the originating United States agency.
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C – Distribution authorized to U.S. Government Agencies and their contractors only for Specific Authority as determined on
01 August 2012. Other requests for this document shall be referred to TACOM Life Cycle Management Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LCC-MMK, Warren, MI
48397–5000..
WARNING – This document contains technical data whose export is restricted by the Arms Export Control Act (Title 22, U.S.C., Sec 2751, et seq) or the
Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, Title 50, U.S.C., App. 2401 et seq. Violations of these export laws are subject to severe criminal penalties.
Disseminate in accordance with provisions of DoD Directive 5230.25.
DESTRUCTION NOTICE – Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of contents.
WARNING SUMMARY
EXPLANATION OF WARNING ICONS
This warning summary contains general safety warnings and hazardous materials warnings that must
be understood and applied during operation and maintenance of this equipment. Failure to observe
these precautions could result in serious injury or death to personnel. Also included are explanations
of safety and hazardous materials icons used within the technical manual.
FIRST AID
First aid is the emergency care given to the sick, injured, or wounded before being treated by medical
personnel. First aid data can be found in FM 4-25.11. This manual contains procedures for all types of
casualties and the measures described are for use by all service members. Service members may be
able to save a life, prevent permanent disability, or reduce long periods of hospitalization by knowing
WHAT to do, WHAT NOT to do, and WHEN to seek medical assistance.
a
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
EAR PROTECTION – headphones over ears shows that noise level will harm ears.
FALLING PARTS – arrow bouncing off human shoulder and head shows
that failing parts present a danger to life or limb.
FLYING PARTICLES – arrows bouncing off face with face shield shows
that particles flying through the air will harm face.
HEAVY OBJECT – human figure stooping over heavy object shows physical
injury potential from improper lifting technique.
HEAVY PARTS – foot with heavy object on top shows that heavy
parts can crush and harm.
b
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
HEAVY PARTS – heavy object pinning human figure against wall shows that
heavy, moving parts present a danger to life or limb.
HOT AREA – hand over object radiating heat shows that part is hot and can burn.
MOVING PARTS – human figure with an arm caught between gears shows that
the moving parts of the equipment present a danger to life or limb.
MOVING PARTS – hand with fingers caught between gears shows that the
moving parts of the equipment present a danger to life or limb.
MOVING PARTS – hand with fingers caught between rollers shows that the
moving parts of the equipment present a danger to life or limb.
c
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
SLICK FLOOR – wavy line on floor with legs prone shows that
slick floor presents a danger for falling.
EYE PROTECTION – person with goggles shows that the material will injure the eyes.
GENERAL WARNINGS
WARNING
Before performing any maintenance procedure, ensure vehicle is parked on level surface,
engine is off, parking brake is applied, transmission is in NEUTRAL (N), and wheels are
chocked. Wear eye protection and stay clear of rotating parts and hot surfaces. Make sure all
electrical tools are grounded. Use extreme caution when working under vehicle. Use hydraulic
jack to raise vehicle, and place jackstands under frame rails to support axle. Keep first-aid and
fire-control equipment available during all operation and maintenance procedures. Failure to
comply may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
A/C
WARNING
AIR DRAIN VALVES
d
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
Air drain valves are under pressure. Wear protective goggles and do not place face in front
of air drain valves while draining air reservoirs. Open air drain valves slowly to release air
pressure gradually. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
AIR LINES
Do not disconnect any air line or fitting until system pressure has been relieved. Hoses
may whip and injure personnel, and air under pressure can penetrate skin. Failure
to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Do not operate vehicle with air pressure system loss. Vehicle has reduced or no
braking capability and may not stop. Failure to comply may result in damage to
equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
BATTERIES
Wear protective eye goggles, face shield, and long sleeves when working on or near batteries.
Batteries contain corrosive acid and can produce explosive gases. Batteries supply electrical
current that can cause burns and electrical shock. Always check electrolyte level with engine
off. Avoid leaning over or onto battery. Do not wear jewelry and do not smoke or have open
flame or spark near battery. Do not allow tools to contact battery box or battery terminals.
Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Battery acid must not contact eyes, skin, or clothing. If battery acid contacts eyes or
skin, flush area with large amounts of water for 15 minutes and seek immediate medical
care. If swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Drink large amounts of water or milk. Follow
with milk of magnesia, beaten egg, or vegetable oil. Seek immediate medical attention.
Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Disconnect battery ground cable or power source prior to working on electrical components.
If electrical shock occurs, administer first aid and seek medical assistance immediately.
Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Ensure batteries are disconnected before removing ESC. Failure to comply may
result in serious injury or death to personnel.
e
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
If springs are missing or damaged, replace with new spring hardware kit before installing
new brake shoes. Replace brake shoes if there are any signs of overheating, if step
on center wear tab of brake shoe lining is not visible, or if thickness on any part
of brake shoe is ¼ in. (6 mm) or less. Drums must be turned or replaced if there
were any signs of overheating on old brake shoes. Failure to comply may result in
damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Do not allow grease or oil to contact brake linings. Linings can absorb grease
and oil, causing early glazing and reduced braking action. Failure to comply
may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Before removing ABS Control Module, disconnect battery disconnect switch and
disconnect batteries. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment
and serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
CAB DOOR WINCH STRAPS
Cab doors must be secured in the open position by using heavy duty winch straps
to prevent accidental closure during vehicle maintenance. Failure to comply
may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
COMPRESSED AIR
Do not use compressed air exceeding 30 psi (207 kPa) for cleaning purposes. Use only with
effective chip-guarding and personal protective equipment, including goggles or face shield
and gloves. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
COOLING SYSTEM/RADIATOR
f
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
Cooling system components become pressurized and extremely hot during normal operation.
To prevent serious injury from hot coolant or scalding steam, use the following safety
procedure when removing radiator cap, surge tank cap, or deaeration cap:
• Allow engine to cool for 15 minutes.
• Wrap a thick cloth around cap to be removed.
• Loosen cap slowly one-quarter to one-half turn counterclockwise, and
pause to allow pressure to release.
• Continue to turn cap counterclockwise to remove.
Ensure all personnel stay clear of radiator while engine is running. Air in
radiator will be released, which may cause hot coolant to spray out. Failure to
comply may result in serious injury to personnel.
WARNING
DMM (DIGITAL MULTIMETER)
Ensure power is off before cutting, soldering, or removing a circuit component to insert the
Digital Multi-meter (DMM) for current measurements. Even small amounts of current can
be dangerous. Failure to comply may result in serious injury to personnel.
When routing DMM leads, do not crimp leads, run leads too close to moving parts, or let leads
touch hot engine surfaces. Failure to comply may result in serious injury to personnel.
WARNING
ELECTRICAL
Turn off ignition switch and main power switch before performing electrical system
maintenance. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Disconnect negative ground cable from batteries before removing any electrical component.
Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Never attempt a voltage measurement with test probe lead in current jack (10A or
300mA). Failure to comply may result in serious injury to personnel.
Shut engine down before performing voltage checks for injector solenoids. When
engine is running, injector circuits have high voltage and amperage. Failure to
comply may result in serious injury to personnel.
g
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
WARNING
ENGINE (ALSO SEE HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WARNINGS.)
Engine components become extremely hot during normal operation. Allow engine to cool
completely prior to performing maintenance. Use extreme care when working in close quarters
in engine compartment. Stay clear of rotating parts. Wear safety goggles, work gloves, and
long sleeves or shop coat. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Some engine components are heavy and bulky and require assistance for lifting. Use
assistance of crewmember or lifting device as required. Failure to comply may result
in damage to equipment and serious injury to personnel.
Do not rotate diesel engine when priming with oil. This may cause engine to accidentally
start. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
EMERGENCY HATCH
Emergency hatch door is extremely heavy. Use caution and keep arms, hands, and head
clear of hatch when opening or closing. Ensure hatch door is properly secured in both
the open or closed position. Do not operate vehicle with emergency roof hatch open.
Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use lifting device capable of lifting 1000 lbs to lift emergency hatch from vehicle.
Clear all nonessential personnel from area when lifting hatch from vehicle. Do not
stand directly under hatch door while lowering to floor. Failure to comply may result
in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
EXHAUST
h
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
Exhaust system components can be hot. Do not touch with bare hands or allow
contact with other skin surface. Wear protective work gloves and long sleeves.
Do not use exhaust tailpipe as a step. Failure to comply may result in damage
to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
FAN BLADE
Do not attempt to restrict fan blade rotation during engine operation. Improper use of
application or modification of fan drive or fan can damage fan drive. Do not operate
vehicle with malfunctioning or damaged fan drive or fan blades. Failure to comply may
result in damage to equipment and serious injury to personnel.
WARNING
FSS (FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM)
Before installing FSS extinguisher, verify correct part number is being installed. Check for
visible damage to the canister, such as dents, cracked plastic, chips, or scratches where
hoses connect. If damage is visible anywhere, do not use; contact your supervisor. Failure
to comply may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Prior to servicing FSS, make sure FSS power is off, main power switch is off, unless otherwise
instructed. If damage is visible, anywhere, do not use. Contact your supervisor. Failure to
comply may result in discharging of system and serious injury or death to personnel.
Before handling extinguisher, make sure anti-recoil plug is installed in valve outlet port
and mechanical lever lockpin is installed in lever lock holes. Failure to comply may result
in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Some fire suppression systems have a safety pin to install before disconnecting lines. Check to
see if system uses a safety pin and install it before disconnecting lines. When disconnecting
the extinguisher lines, use extreme caution. Do not disturb the pyrotechnic actuator and
pressure switch; this will cause the extinguisher to discharge automatically. Failure to comply
may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
i
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
Do not release extinguisher bottle band clamps unless anti-recoil plug is installed in
valve outlet port and mechanical lever lockpin is installed in lever lock holes. Failure to
comply may result in personal injury or death, or damage to equipment.
Replace fire extinguisher immediately after use, even if only partly used. Failure to
comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Exposure to large quantities of dry chemical fire extinguisher in cab may result in temporary
breathing difficulty during and immediately after discharge. If possible, discharge fire
extinguisher from outside cab. Ventilate and wash cab thoroughly prior to reentry. If respiratory
irritation or distress occurs, move victim to fresh air. Seek medical attention if irritation persists.
Chemical fire suppression agents are refrigerants and can freeze skin. Extinguisher will
be extremely cold after discharging. Avoid contact with chemical agent and do not touch
extinguisher after use. Failure to comply may result in serious personal injury.
WARNING
FUEL LINES/PUMP
Do not loosen fuel lines at filter housing to bleed fuel system. Periodic loosening of
fittings will result in increased thread wear. Failure to comply may result in damage
to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Do not overtighten bolts for fuel pump or cross-thread connections on fuel lines. This
will interfere with sealing and operation of fuel pump. If seal is not complete or lines
leak due to cross-threads, fuel pump will not operate properly and vehicle may not
run. Starting vehicle without fuel pressure in lines or pump may result in damage
to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
GUNNER HATCH
j
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
Gunner sliding hatch can only be opened or closed when vehicle is stationary and on level
surface. Do not attempt to open or close the hatch when vehicle is in motion. Make sure latch
locks are secured into place in the open or closed positions before vehicle starts moving.
Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Ensure gunner hatch is completely locked in open position before moving vehicle with
gunner in position. Use extreme caution when standing in gunner hatch while vehicle is
in motion. Gunner should be holding onto weapon or other support to maintain stability at
all times. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
HEATSHRINK TUBING
Never use open flame to apply heat to heatshrink tubing. Allow heatshrink tubing to cool
before handling. Failure to comply may result in serious injury to personnel.
WARNING
HEAVY LIFTING
Prior to moving heavy components with lifting device, clear path of travel and clear
personnel from area. Use extreme caution if lifting objects overhead or backing up.
Stop and lower load as soon as possible. Failure to comply may result in damage
to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
HOOD
Hood is extremely heavy. Ensure there is adequate space to open hood completely
without pinning personnel between hood and another structure. Use extreme care
when working under hood and make sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply
may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
k
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
The instrument panel is bulky and heavy and cannot be removed by one person. Before
removing the side A-pillar mounting bolts, obtain assistance for remainder of removal. Failure
to comply may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
JACKS
Before lifting vehicle off ground, make sure it is parked on level surface. Set parking brake
and chock wheels. Use hydraulic jack to lift vehicle. Do not use jack alone to support
vehicle. Never work under or near a vehicle supported only by jack or lifting device. Use
rated jackstands under frame rails to properly support vehicle. Do not support vehicle
under front and rear axles. Use additional jackstands as necessary to support vehicle
components during removal and installation procedures. Failure to comply may result
in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
LITTER
Keep personnel clear of litter-lift moving parts. Ensure litters and patients are properly
secured and clear of rear door/ramp and all other obstacles during litter-lift movement.
Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Hold litter stub and connector plate up while removing or installing hex-head screws from
bracket. If connector plate and stub fall and slide down stainless sliding rail, serious damage to
parts may occur. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
PITMAN ARM
Pitman arm will be extremely tight. Do not pound on pitman arm or apply heat to pitman
arm or sector shaft. Never weld pitman arm or sector shaft. Failure to comply may result
in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
l
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
When installing new cotter pin, tighten nut until slot appears and insert cotter pin.
Never back off nut to install cotter pin. Failure to comply may result in damage
to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
REAR CABIN DOOR/RAMP
Rear cabin door/ramp is heavy. Make sure door/ramp /is secured so it will not move. Failure
to comply may result in serious personal injury or death to personnel.
Ensure no one is behind vehicle when lowering rear door/ramp. Use extreme caution when
using emergency rear door/ramp release, to ensure no one is struck by door as it falls open.
Keep arms and legs clear of rear door/ramp when closing. Do not operate rear door/ramp when
vehicle is in motion. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Attach a lifting device and sling to rear door/ramp prior to removing mounting bolts. Failure
to comply may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Rear door/ramp is heavy. Ensure lifting device and sling are in place prior to removing rear
door/ramp mounting bolts. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
RIFLES
Remove rifles from rifle racks being worked on. Ensure rifles are not loaded and store in
safe manner. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
TOWING EYES
Do not remove both rear towing eyes at the same time, Entire rear frame crossmember
assembly will fall. Replace one towing eye at a time. Failure to comply may result in
damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
m
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
During normal vehicle operation, transfer case and oil cooler can become very hot. Allow
transfer case and oil cooler to cool prior to servicing oil cooler. Wear safety goggles, work
gloves, and protective clothing. Use extreme caution when opening drain valves and
removing bolts. Failure to comply may result in serious injury to personnel.
WARNING
TRANSMISSION
Use care when working with hot transmission and fluid during maintenance procedures.
Wear protective goggles, work gloves, and long sleeves to avoid injury. Avoid contact
with hot transmission oil or sump when draining transmission oil. If transmission oil
temperature is above 220°F (104°C), allow transmission oil to cool before removing dipstick.
Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
WHEELS/TIRES
Wheel and tire assemblies are heavy. Do not attempt to lift wheel and tire assemblies without
assistance from crewmember. Wear safety goggles and work gloves. Failure to comply
may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Ensure vehicle is parked on hard, level surface before changing wheel and tire
assembly. Soft or uneven ground may cause jack or jackstand to slip, resulting in
damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
n
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
CHEMICAL – drops of liquid on hand shows that the material will cause
burns or irritation to human skin or tissue.
EXPLOSION – rapidly expanding symbol shows that the material may explode
if subjected to high temperatures, sources of ignition or high pressure.
FIRE – flame shows that a material may ignite and cause burns.
WARNING
ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND
o
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
ASBESTOS
Brake dust contains asbestos, a known health hazard. Always wear safety goggles and an approved respirator
during all brake service procedures. Wear respirator during removal of wheels through assembly. Handle all brake
parts with care; brake dust covers all brake parts. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Never use compressed air or dry brushing to clean brake parts or assemblies. Use an industrial vacuum
cleaner with a HEPA filter system to clean dust from brake drums, backing plates, and other brake parts. After
vacuuming, remove any remaining dust with a rag soaked in water and wrung until nearly dry. Carefully clean
parts in a well-ventilated or open-air area. During brake disassembly, carefully place all parts on the floor to avoid
getting dust into the air. Do not use compressed air to clean clothing after working on brakes; use vacuum
with HEPA filter system. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
CARBON MONOXIDE
Carbon monoxide is a colorless, odorless, and dangerous gas that deprives the body of oxygen and
causes suffocation. Use the following precautions to avoid carbon monoxide poisoning. Failure to
comply may result in permanent brain damage or death to personnel.
• Do not idle engine for long periods of time.
• If necessary to run engine in confined area during vehicle service, use proper equipment
to vent exhaust gasses outside work area.
• Do not operate personnel heater in enclosed area without adequate ventilation.
• Turn auxiliary diesel heater switch off before filling any fuel tank on vehicle.
• Do not sleep in vehicle with heater operating or engine idling.
• Notify Field Maintenance if exhaust fumes are detected in crew compartment while operating the vehicle.
• Be alert at all times for exhaust odors and symptoms of exposure to carbon monoxide, such as
headaches, dizziness, loss of muscular control, apparent drowsiness, and coma. If symptoms are evident,
move affected personnel to fresh air, keep them warm, do not permit physical exercise, administer
artificial respiration (if necessary), and seek immediate medical attention.
WARNING
p
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
Vehicles are finished with a chemical agent resistant coating (CARC). CARC contains isocyanates, which
are highly irritating to skin and respiratory system. Breathing CARC vapor or dried paint dust can cause
coughing, shortness of breath, burning sensation in throat and nose, watering of eyes, pain during
respiration, and chest tightness. Skin contact with particulates can cause itching or redness of skin.
Sensitivity to isocyanates may increase from repeated exposure. Use the following precautions to prevent
injury from exposure. Failure to comply may result in serious injury to personnel.
• Never weld or cut CARC coated surfaces. Grinding or sanding CARC coated surfaces will create harmful dust.
• Personnel who have lung or breathing problems or who have had a reaction to isocyanates must not be in
any area where CARC painting operations are performed or CARC dust particles are present.
• CARC painting operations must be performed only by qualified painters wearing protective gear and respirators
and working in fully equipped facilities. All personnel in the area must wear high-efficiency air purifying respirators,
protective goggles, gloves, and other protective clothing. Thoroughly wash all clothing before reuse.
WARNING
CLEANING SOLVENTS
Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful
to skin and clothing. Wear goggles and protective clothing. Keep away from open flame and use in
well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound get on skin or clothing, wash immediately
with soap and water. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
CONNECTOR LUBRICANT
Connector lubricant is harmful to skin and eyes. If lubricant contacts eyes, rinse thoroughly and
contact physician if irritation persists. If skin is contacted, wash thoroughly with soap and water.
Failure to comply may result in serious injury to personnel.
WARNING
q
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
DIELECTRIC GREASE
Dielectric grease is harmful to skin and eyes. If grease contacts eyes, rinse thoroughly and
contact physician if irritation persists. If skin is contacted, wash thoroughly with soap and water.
Failure to comply may result in serious injury to personnel.
WARNING
ETHER CANISTER
Ether canisters contain hazardous, combustible and flammable materials. Handle with care and dispose of in
accordance with standard operating procedures. Use approved respirator with dual organic vapor/mist and
particulate cartridge. Avoid contact with skin and eyes, and avoid breathing fumes. If swallowed, do not induce
vomiting. Obtain immediate medical attention. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Ether canisters are pressurized, combustible and flammable. Keep away from flames and sparks. Do not
incinerate or puncture canister. Do not expose to temperatures above 120°F (49°C). Do not store spare
canister in vehicle cab. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
ENGINE FLUIDS
Engine fluids (oil, fuel, and coolant) may flammable and may be hazardous to human health and the environment.
Handle all fluids and other contaminated materials (such as filters and rags) in accordance with standard operating
procedures. Recycle or dispose of engine fluids, filters, and other contaminated materials in accordance with
standard operating procedures. Failure to comply may result in environmental damage and injury to personnel.
WARNING
r
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
FUEL
Fuel is flammable and can explode. Keep all open flames, flammable materials, ignition sources,
and sparks away from diesel fuel and keep fire extinguisher nearby. Do not smoke when working
with fuel. Do not work on fuel system when engine is hot. Fuel can be ignited by hot engine.
Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Be alert at all times for the smell of fuel. Hot engines and components can ignite fuel. If fuel smell
is detected while operating vehicle, shut down vehicle immediately. Failure to comply may result
in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Store diesel fuel in an approved container clearly marked DIESEL FUEL or JP-8, accordingly.
Dispose of fuel in an approved container clearly marked DIESEL FUEL or JP-8, accordingly,
in accordance with standard operating procedures.
Never use diesel fuel or JP-8 to clean parts. Fuel is highly flammable. Failure to comply may result
in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
HYDRAULIC FLUID
Hydraulic fluid is flammable and harmful to skin and eyes. Wear work gloves and eye protection
when handling fluids. Do not perform maintenance while smoking or near flame or sparks. If fluid
contacts skin, wash affected area immediately. In case of eye contact, flush with water for 15 minutes
and seek medical care immediately. Dispose of hydraulic fluid in accordance with standard operating
procedures. Failure to comply may result in serious injury to personnel.
WARNING
s
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
REFRIGERANT
Do not expose refrigerant containers, empty or full, to open flames or temperatures above 125°F (52°C). Do
not discard empty containers where they may be subject to heat from a trash burner; containers may explode.
Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
The temperature of liquid refrigerant is -20°F (-29°C). Wear full face shield, protective rubberized gloves, and
protective clothing when working with refrigerant. If refrigerant contacts skin, remove all contaminated clothing.
Treat skin as though it were frostbitten or frozen and seek immediate medical attention. If refrigerant contacts eyes,
do not rub them. Flush eyes with cold water for at least 15 minutes to gradually increase temperature above freezing
point. Seek immediate medical attention. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Refrigerant becomes a poisonous gas in the presence of heat. Do not smoke or allow any type of flame
in immediate area while servicing air conditioning system. Never weld, solder, steam clean, or use
excessive heat on any part of the air conditioning system while charged/pressurized. Failure to comply
may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
R-134a refrigerant must not be mixed with air and then pressurized. When mixed with large quantities
of air and pressurized, R-134a becomes combustible. Failure to comply may result in damage to
equipment and environment, and serious injury or death to personnel.
Refrigerant evaporates very quickly and may displace oxygen surrounding work area, especially in a small or
enclosed area. This can cause suffocation or brain damage. If leak occurs, avoid breathing refrigerant vapor and
thoroughly ventilate area before continuing service. If personnel breathe refrigerant vapors, obtain immediate
medical assistance. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Federal and state laws require that refrigerant be recovered and recycled. Refrigerant must be recovered
from system with authorized recommended equipment before any work can be performed on unit. Always
use approved recycling equipment to prevent accidental discharge. Failure to comply may result in
damage to equipment and environment, and serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
HVAC SYSTEM
Do not check compressor oil level when HVAC system is charged with refrigerant. Never open the high side hand
valve of the manifold gauge set while HVAC system is operating. If hot, high pressure refrigerant is forced through
gauge to refrigerant supply cylinder, which could rupture. Do not disconnect HVAC lines from compressor. Release
of refrigerant may cause damage to equipment or environment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Do not use parts other than those specified for the system being serviced. Failure to comply may
result in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Accidental or intentional introduction of liquid contaminants into the environment is a violation of state, federal, and
military regulations. Store, install, and dispose of containers in accordance with standard operating procedures.
t
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
WARNING SUMMARY – (Continued)
Refer to Army POL (para. 1-8) for information concerning storage, use, and disposal of liquid contaminants.
Failure to comply may result in damage to environment and serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
SILICONE GASKET MATERIAL
Silicone gasket material emits a small amount of acid vapor. Ensure work area is well ventilated.
Read and carefully follow manufacturer’s instructions before use. If silicone gasket material contacts
eyes, follow manufacturer’s emergency procedures. Seek medical assistance as soon as possible.
Failure to comply may result in serious injury to personnel.
WARNING
SILICONE GREASE
Silicone grease is harmful to skin and eyes. If silicone grease contacts eyes, rinse thoroughly and
contact physician if irritation persists. If skin is contacted, wash thoroughly with soap and water.
Failure to comply may result in serious injury to personnel.
WARNING
THREAD SEALING COMPOUND
Thread sealing compound is harmful to skin and eyes. If thread sealing compound contacts eyes,
rinse thoroughly and contact physician if irritation persists. If skin is contacted, wash thoroughly with
soap and water. Failure to comply may result in serious injury to personnel.
u/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
THE TOTAL NUMBER OF VOLUMES IS 5, TOTAL NUMBER OF FRONT AND REAR PAGES IS 212,
AND THE TOTAL NUMBER OF WORK PACKAGES IS 796, CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
USA
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES
WP 0076 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0126 (20 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0077 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0127 (24 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0078 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0128 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0079 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0129 (26 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0080 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0130 (22 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0081 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0131 (26 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0082 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0132 (40 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0083 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0133 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0084 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0134 (18 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0085 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0135 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0086 (24 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0136 (14 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0087 (24 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0137 (40 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0088 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0138 (26 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0089 (14 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0139 (16 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0090 (14 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0140 (34 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0091 (18 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0141 (18 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0092 (22 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0142 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0093 (26 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0143 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0094 (30 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0144 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0095 (32 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0145 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0096 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0146 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0097 (30 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0147 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0098 (42 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0148 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0099 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0149 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0100 (36 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0150 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0101 (56 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0151 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
Glossary- 1………......................................................... 0 WP 0152 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
Index-1 – Index-17......................................................... 0 WP 0153 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
VOLUME 2 .................................................................... 0 WP 0154 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
Chapter 4 title page ....................................................... 0 WP 0155 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0102 (24 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0156 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0103 (26 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0157 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0104 (26 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0158 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0105 (14 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0159 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0106 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0160 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0107 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0161 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0108 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0162 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0109 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0163 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0110 (8 pgs) ............................................................ 0 WP 0164 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0111 (8 pgs) ............................................................ 0 WP 0165 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0112 (12 pgs) .......................................................... 0 WP 0166 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0113 (2 pgs) ............................................................ 0 WP 0167 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0114 (14 pgs) .......................................................... 0 WP 0168 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0115 (20 pgs) .......................................................... 0 WP 0169 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0116 (8 pgs) ............................................................ 0 WP 0170 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0117 (24 pgs) .......................................................... 0 WP 0171 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0118 (10 pgs) .......................................................... 0 WP 0172 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0119 (14 pgs) .......................................................... 0 WP 0173 (28 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0120 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0174 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0121 (20 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0175 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0122 (20 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0176 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0123 (34 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0177 (70 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0124 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0178 (52 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0125 (20 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0179 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
B
USA
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES
WP 0180 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0229 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0181 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0230 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0182 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0231 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0183 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0232 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0184 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0233 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0185 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0234 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0186 (14 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0235 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0187 (28 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0236 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0188 (24 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0237 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0189 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0238 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0190 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0239 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0191 (18 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0240 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0192 (26 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0241 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0193 (16 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0242 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0194 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0243 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0195 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0244 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0196 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0245 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0197 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0246 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0198 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0247 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0199 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0248 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0200 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0249 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0201 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0250 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0202 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0251 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0203 (40 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0252 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0204 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0253 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0205 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0254 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
VOLUME 3 .................................................................... 0 WP 0255 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
Chapter 5 title page ....................................................... 0 WP 0256 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0206 (24 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0257 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0207 (18 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0258 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0208 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0259 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0209 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0260 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0210 (14 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0261 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0211 (14 pgs) .......................................................... 0 WP 0262 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0212 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0263 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0213 (44 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0264 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0214 (14 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0265 (16 pgs).......................................................... 0
Chapter 6 title page ....................................................... 0 WP 0266 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0215 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0267 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0216 (38 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0268 (14 pgs).......................................................... 0
Chapter 7 title page ....................................................... 0 WP 0269 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0217 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0270 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0218 (22 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0271 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0219 (26 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0272 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0220 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0273 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0221 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0274 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0222 (18 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0275 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0223 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0276 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0224 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0277 (14 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0225 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0278 (20 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0226 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0279 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0227 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0280 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0228 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0281 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
C
USA
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES
WP 0282 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0335 (22 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0283 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0336 (22 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0284 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0337 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0285 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0338 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0286 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0339 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0287 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0340 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0288 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0341 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0289 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0342 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0290 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0343 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0291 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0344 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0292 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0345 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0293 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0346 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0294 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0347 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0295 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0348 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0296 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0349 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0297 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0350 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0298 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0351 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0299 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0352 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0300 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0353 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0301 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0354 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0302 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0355 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0303 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0356 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0304 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0357 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0305 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0358 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0306 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0359 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0307 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0360 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0308 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0361 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0309 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0362 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0310 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0363 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0311 (4 pgs) ............................................................ 0 WP 0364 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0312 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0365 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0313 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0366 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0314 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0367 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0315 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0368 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0316 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0369 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0317 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0370 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0318 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0371 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0319 (28 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0372 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0320 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0373 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0321 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0374 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0322 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0375 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0323 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0376 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0324 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0377 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0325 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0378 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0326 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0379 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0327 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0380 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0328 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0381 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0329 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0382 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0330 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0383 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0331 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0384 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0332 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0385 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0333 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0386 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0334 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0387 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
D
USA
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES
WP 0388 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0439 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0389 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0440 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0390 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0441 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0391 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0442 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0392 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0443 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0393 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0444 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0394 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0445 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
VOLUME 4 .................................................................... 0 WP 0446 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
Chapter 8 title page ....................................................... 0 WP 0447 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0395 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0448 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0396 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0449 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0397 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0450 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0398 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0451 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0399 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0452 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0400 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0453 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0401 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0454 (22 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0402 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0455 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0403 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0456 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0404 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0457 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0405 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0458 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0406 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0459 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0407 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0460 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0408 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0461 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0409 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0462 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0410 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0463 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0411 (6 pgs) ............................................................ 0 WP 0464 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0412 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0465 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0413 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0466 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0414 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0467 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0415 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0468 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0416 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0469 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0417 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0470 (18 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0418 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0471 (14 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0419 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0472 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0420 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0473 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0421 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0474 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0422 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0475 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0423 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0476 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0424 (16 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0477 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0425 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0478 (22 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0426 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0479 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0427 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0480 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0428 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0481 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0429 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0482 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0430 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0483 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0431 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0484 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0432 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0485 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0433 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0486 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0434 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0487 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0435 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0488 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0436 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0489 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0437 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0490 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0438 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0491 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
E
USA
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES
WP 0492 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0545 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0493 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0546 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0494 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0547 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0495 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0548 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0496 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0549 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0497 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0550 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0498 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0551 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0499 (16 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0552 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0500 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0553 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0501 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0554 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0502 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0555 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0503 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0556 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0504 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0557 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0505 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0558 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0506 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0559 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0507 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0560 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0508 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0561 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0509 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0562 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0510 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0563 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0511 (4 pgs) ............................................................ 0 WP 0564 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0512 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0565 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0513 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0566 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0514 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0567 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0515 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0568 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0516 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0569 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0517 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0570 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0518 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0571 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0519 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0572 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0520 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0573 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0521 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0574 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0522 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0575 (20 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0523 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0576 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0524 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0577 (18 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0525 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0578 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0526 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0579 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0527 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0580 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0528 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0581 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0529 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0582 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0530 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0583 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0531 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0584 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0532 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0585 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0533 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0586 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0534 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0587 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0535 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0588 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0536 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0589 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0537 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0590 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0538 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0591 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0539 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0592 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0540 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0593 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0541 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0594 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0542 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0595 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0543 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0596 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0544 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0597 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
F
USA
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES
WP 0598 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0649 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0599 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0650 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0600 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0651 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0601 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0652 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0602 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0653 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0603 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0654 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0604 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0655 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0605 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0656 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0606 (18 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0657 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0607 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0658 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0608 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0659 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
VOLUME 5 .................................................................... 0 WP 0660 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
Chapter 9 title page ....................................................... 0 WP 0661 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0609 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0662 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0610 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0663 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0611 (4 pgs) ............................................................ 0 WP 0664 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0612 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0665 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0613 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0666 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0614 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0667 (14 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0615 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0668 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0616 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0669 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0617 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0670 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0618 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0671 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0619 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0672 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0620 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0673 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0621 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0674 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0622 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0675 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0623 (16 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0676 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0624 (14 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0677 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0625 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0678 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0626 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0679 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0627 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0680 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0628 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0681 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0629 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0682 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0630 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0683 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0631 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0684 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0632 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0685 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0633 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0686 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0634 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0687 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0635 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0688 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0636 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0689 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0637 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0690 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0638 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0691 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0639 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0692 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0640 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0693 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0641 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0694 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0642 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0695 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0643 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0696 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0644 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0697 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0645 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0698 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0646 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0699 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0647 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0700 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0648 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0701 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0
G
USA
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES
WP 0702 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0753 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0703 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0754 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0704 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0755 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0705 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0756 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0706 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0757 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0707 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0758 (14 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0708 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0759 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0709 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0760 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0710 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0761 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0711 (6 pgs) ............................................................ 0 WP 0762 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0712 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0763 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0713 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0764 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0714 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0765 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0715 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0766 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0716 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0767 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0717 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0768 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0718 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0769 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0719 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0770 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0720 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0771 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0721 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0772 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0722 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0773 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0723 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0774 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0724 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0775 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0725 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0776 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0726 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0777 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0727 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0778 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0728 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0779 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0729 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0780 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0730 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0781 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0731 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0782 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0732 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0783 (20 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0733 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0784 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0734 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0 WP 0785 (26 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0735 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0786 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0736 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0787 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0737 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0788 (12 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0738 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0789 (76 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0739 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0790 (80 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0740 (10 pgs).......................................................... 0 Chapter 10 title page ..................................................... 0
WP 0741 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0791 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0742 (2 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0792 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0743 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0793 (46 pgs).......................................................... 0
WP 0744 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0794 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0745 (6 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0795 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0746 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 WP 0796 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0747 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0 Back cover..................................................................... 0
WP 0748 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0749 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0750 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0751 (4 pgs)............................................................ 0
WP 0752 (8 pgs)............................................................ 0
H
USA
ARMY *TM 9-2355-106-23-1
AIR FORCE TO 36A12-1C-2400-2-1
TECHNICAL MANUAL
M1224
(NSN 2355-01-553-4634) (EIC 1XF)
M1224A1
(NSN 2355-01-561-0281) (EIC 1XM)
(F) Air Force - By Air Force AFTO Form 22 directly to Warner Robins, Tech Data Home office, 584
CBSS/GBHDE, 480 Richard Ray Blvd Ste 200, Robins AFB GA 31098-1640. You may also send
in your recommended changes via electronic mail or by fax. Our fax number is DSN 472-3104
or Commercial (478) 222-3104. Forward all electronic AFTO 22 submissions to the following
mail account: [email protected]. Recommendations concerning changes to this
manual shall be submitted in accordance with TO 00-5-1-WA-1.
* SUPERSEDURE NOTICE– This manual supersedes TM 9-2355-106-23-1, dated 27 April 2009, including all changes.
DISCLOSURE NOTICE – This information is furnished upon the condition that it will not be released to another nation without the specific authority of the
Department of the Army of the United States, that it will be used for military purposes only, that individual or corporate rights originating in the information,
whether patented or not, will be respected, that the recipient will report promptly to the United States, any known or suspected compromise, and that the
information will be provided substantially the same degree of security afforded it by the Department of Defense of the United States. Also, regardless of any
other markings on the document, it will not be downgraded or declassified without written approval of the originating United States agency.
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C – Distribution authorized to U.S. Government Agencies and their contractors only for Specific Authority as determined on
01 August 2012. Other requests for this document shall be referred to TACOM Life Cycle Management Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LCC-MMK/TECH PUBS,
Warren, MI 48397–5000.
WARNING – This document contains technical data whose export is restricted by the Arms Export Control Act (Title 22, U.S.C., Sec 2751, et seq) or the Export
Administration Act of 1979, as amended, Title 50, U.S.C., App. 2401 et seq. Violations of these export laws are subject to severe criminal penalties.
Disseminate in accordance with provisions of DoD Directive 5230.25.
DESTRUCTION NOTICE – Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of contents.
i/ii blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No.
WP Sequence No.
VOLUME 1
iii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
iv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
v
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
vi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
vii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
viii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
ix
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
x
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xiii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xiv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xvi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xvii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xviii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xix
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xx
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xxi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xxii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xxiii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xxiv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xxv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xxvi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
VOLUME 2
xxvii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xxviii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xxix
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xxx
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xxxi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xxxii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xxxiii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xxxiv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xxxv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xxxvi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xxxvii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xxxviii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xxxix
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xl
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xli
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xlii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xliii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xliv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xlv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xlvi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xlvii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xlviii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xlix
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
l
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
li
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
VOLUME 3
liii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
liv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lvi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lvii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lviii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lix
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lx
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxiii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxiv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxvi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxvii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxviii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxix
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxx
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxxi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxxii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxxiii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxxiv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxxv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxxvi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxxvii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxxviii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxxix
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxxx
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxxxi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxxxii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxxxiii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxxxiv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxxxv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
VOLUME 4
lxxxvi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxxxvii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxxxviii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
lxxxix
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xc
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xci
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xcii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xciii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xciv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xcv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xcvi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xcvii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xcviii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
xcix
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
c
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
ci
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
ciii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
civ
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cvi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cvii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cviii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cix
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cx
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxiii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxiv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxvi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxvii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxviii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxix
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxx
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
VOLUME 5
cxxi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxxii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxxiii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxxiv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxxv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxxvi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxxvii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxxviii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxxix
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxxx
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxxxi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxxxii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxxxiii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxxxiv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxxxv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxxxvi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxxxvii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxxxviii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxxxix
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxl
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxli
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxlii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxliii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxliv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxlv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxlvi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxlvii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxlviii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cxlix
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cl
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cli
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
clii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cliii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
cliv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
clv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
clvi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
clvii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
clviii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
clix
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
clx
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
In addition to the Initial Setup information detailed above, maintenance procedures have Follow-On Maintenance
tasks to be performed at the end of the procedure before the vehicle is returned to service.
In some maintenance procedures, special torque specifications may be listed for fasteners. If a special torque is not
listed, the maintainer will be instructed to install a fastener and tighten securely. In such cases, the maintainer must
use the standard torque for the size and grade fastener. For further information, refer to Torque Limits (WP 0786).
PMCS OVERVIEW
To ensure the vehicle is ready for operation at all times, it must be inspected on a regular basis so items to be
serviced may be found before they result in serious damage, equipment failure, or injury to personnel. The PMCS
table contains systematic inspections and services to maintain the vehicle in mission-ready condition.
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES OVERVIEW
This section gives instructions on proper diagnostic techniques for all diagnostic procedures.
The troubleshooting procedures in this TM are designed to isolate one failure at a time and cannot give answers
to every possible vehicle malfunction encountered. However, the procedures do list the most common answers
to a problem in an organized, step-by-step manner. Faults are listed in the Vehicle Troubleshooting Symptom
Index (WP 0005). The Vehicle Troubleshooting Symptom Index will direct the user to WPs that include tests
and inspections to locate the source of a problem and lead to a successful correction. It is assumed that the
vehicle will be returned to operating condition at the end of the troubleshooting procedure.
Troubleshooting Guidelines
After reading this Troubleshooting Procedures Overview, begin all troubleshooting with the
Vehicle Operational Checkout Procedure (WP 0010).
When performing troubleshooting, use the following process.
clxi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
clxii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
CIRCUIT TESTING
During circuit testing, it is expected that the specified circuit will be tested from one end to
the other, including all splices and connections in between.
When probing terminals, take care not to damage the terminal.
Schematics facilitate testing by dividing a circuit into segments.
clxiii
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
Some work packages may reference a connector composite view that has only the outside terminals labeled.
In such cases, the maintainer must identify the correct terminal by counting terminals in the applicable row.
For example, if the desired terminal is terminal 60, the maintainer identifies row 51 through 64, and then
counts up from terminal 51 or down from terminal 64 until terminal 60 is identified. Refer to Figure
clxiv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
clxv
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
clxvi
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
CHAPTER 1
FOR
FIELD MAINTENANCE
GENERAL INFORMATION
SCOPE
This Technical Manual (TM) contains Field Maintenance instructions for maintaining and servicing the M1224
MRAP and M1224A1 with MRAP with Expedient Armor Program (MEAP). It includes cautions and warnings
regarding safety for personnel and equipment, equipment description and data, and troubleshooting procedures to
be followed to identify and locate vehicle malfunctions. It also contains preventive maintenance checks and service
procedures, a Maintenance Allocation Chart, and other Field level supporting information.
• Type of Manual – Field
• Model number and equipment names:
M1224 MRAP
M1224A1 MRAP
• Purpose of equipment – These vehicles are capable of supporting multiple missions to include recon, convoy
operations, troop transport, CASEVAC, and Combat Engineer and EOD missions for maneuver units. They
provide increased survivability for personnel via an armored cabin and V-shaped blast resistant hull.
0001–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0001
GENERAL INFORMATION - (CONTINUED)
MAINTENANCE FORMS RECORDS AND REPORTS
1. (A) Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be those prescribed
by (as applicable) DA PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual;
DA PAM 738-751, Functional Users Manual for the Army Maintenance Management Systems - Aviation
(TAMMS-A); or AR 700-138, Army Logistics Readiness and Sustainability.
2. (AF) Maintenance forms and records used by Air Force personnel are prescribed in AFI 21-101 and the
applicable TO 00-20 Series Technical Orders.
REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)
If your MRAP vehicle needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only one who can
tell us what you don’t like about your equipment. Let us know why you do not like the design or performance.
All non-Aviation/Missile EIRs and PQDRs must be submitted through the Product Data Reporting and Evaluation
Program (PDREP) Web site. The PDREP site is: https://www.pdrep.csd.disa.mil/.
If you do not have Internet access, you may submit your information using an SF 368 (Product Quality Deficiency
Report). You can send your SF 368 using email, regular mail, or fax using the addresses/fax numbers specified in
DA PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual. We will send you a reply.
CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL
Corrosion Prevention and Control (CPC) of Army materiel is a continuing concern. It is important that any
corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be
made to prevent the problem in future items.
Corrosion specifically occurs with metals. It is an electrochemical process that causes the degradation of metals.
It is commonly caused by exposure to moisture, acids, bases, or salts. An example is the rusting of iron. Corrosion
damage in metals can be seen, depending on the metal, as tarnishing, pitting, fogging, surface residue, and/or
cracking. Plastics, composites, and rubbers can also degrade. Degradation is caused by thermal (heat), oxidation
(oxygen), solvation (solvents), or photolytic (light, typically UV) processes. The most common exposures are
excessive heat or light. Damage from these processes will appear as cracking, softening, swelling, and/or
breaking. SF Form 368, Product Quality Deficiency Report, should be submitted to the address specified in DA
PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual.
DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIEL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE
For general vehicle destruction procedures, refer to TM 750-244-6, Procedures for Destruction of Tank -
Automotive Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use (U.S. Army Tank-Automotive and Armaments Command).
PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT
No special preparation, other than maintenance, is required when MRAPs are driven under their own power to
their destination.
All doors, except the driver door, should be tied closed. All material that exceeds the width of the vehicle should be
removed and secured inside the vehicle. All antennas should be lowered and tied down.
Turn off all Government Furnished Equipment (GFE).
Vehicle Storage
The unit is responsible for adequate storage and protection of new vehicles. Maintain records for vehicles in
storage so that proper inspection and maintenance can be performed. Perform the following procedures before
storing vehicle:
0001–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0001
GENERAL INFORMATION - (CONTINUED)
Storage Duration Two Months or Less
NOTE
To avoid damaging the finish, avoid wiping dirt off of dry surfaces; wash vehicle when surface
is cool to the touch.
A low electrolyte level is normally the result of a broken battery case or years of usage. It
will not normally be seen on new vehicles.
1. Wash vehicle with warm water and mild soap. Dry wet surfaces with a chamois or soft cloth.
2. Inspect painted surfaces; touch up all exposed primed or raw metal areas to prevent rust.
3. Check radiator coolant reservoir for proper level and adequate freeze protection.
4. Cover open ends of exhaust and air intake for the HVAC system.
5. Check batteries state of charge. Charge batteries if open circuit voltage is below 12.6 volts.
6. Fill fuel tank to maximum level. Ventilate system by releasing filler cap. If this can’t be accomplished,
completely drain the fuel tank.
7. Inspect vehicle prior to storage by performing the next appropriate PMCS, and make any repairs necessary.
Ensure that maintenance services and lubrication are up to date.
0001–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0001
Storage Facilities
1. Whenever possible, store vehicles indoors, protected from sunlight, in a dry, well-ventilated area. If indoor
storage is not available, select storage lots to eliminate conditions that cause deterioration.
2. Park away from transformers and/or electrical motors. When the protective wax in tire compound cracks,
ozone in the air attacks the exposed areas.
3. Park away from trees, high weeds, and grass to prevent damage from tree or weed sap and to minimize
bird and insect stains.
4. Park away from railroad tracks, paint shops, smoky industrial areas, and locations of possible road splash
contact.
5. If a vehicle is parked on an incline, block the wheels.
NOMENCLATURE CROSS-REFERENCE LIST
This listing includes nomenclature cross references used in this manual:
Table 1. Nomenclature Cross-reference List
Common Name Official Nomenclature
110V Battery Disconnect Switch Switch, Battery
110V Cover, Outlet, and Box Box, Receptacle
110V Inverter Inverter, 1800 W
110V Outlet Harness Harness, 110 Volt
12V and 24V Battery Disconnect Switch Switch, Battery Disconnect, Solenoid
12V Battery Disconnect Switch Solenoid Feed Cable Cable, Disconnect
12V to 24V Disconnect Battery Switch Solenoid Feed
Harness Cable Assembly, Positive
12V to 24V Disconnect Battery Switch Solenoid
Ground Harness Cable Assembly, Negative
12V Underhood Megafuse Fuse, Mega
12V Underhood Megafuse Holder Holder, Megafuse
24V Battery Disconnect Switch Solenoid Feed Cable Cable, Disconnect
24V Body Feed Harness Cable, 24V Body Feed
24V Gauge Gauge, Battery-Generator
24V Gauge Bulb Bulb
24V Government Furnished Equipment (GFE) Wiring
Harness Harness, IP Feed, 24-Volt
24V Instrument Panel (IP) Feed Wiring Harness Harness, IP Feed, 24-Volt
24V Inverter Megafuse Megafuse, 150A
24V Inverter Megafuse Holder Holder, Megafuse
24V Power Distribution Module (PDM) Box, Circuit Breaker Power Distribution Panel
24V Power Distribution Module (PDM) Ground Cable Cable, Ground
24V Underhood Junction Block Block, Junction
4-Pack Air Solenoid Module Solenoid, Air, Transfer Case
4-Pack Air Solenoid Module Support Support, 4-Pack, Air Solenoid
Accelerator Pedal Sensor (APS) Sensor, Throttle Position
Air 1 Pressure Gauge and Harness Gauge Electronic Air 1
Air 2 Pressure Gauge and Harness Gauge Electronic Air 2
Air Brake Double Check Valve Valve, Check
Air Brake Quick Release Valves Valve, Brake, Quick Release
Air Brake Relay Valve Valve, Relay, R-14
Air Cleaner Assembly Cleaner, Air, Assembly
Air Cleaner Support Bracket, Mounting
Air Compressor Compressor, Air
0001–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0001
GENERAL INFORMATION - (CONTINUED)
Common Name Official Nomenclature
Air Compressor Delivery Air Line Tube, Air Compressor
Air Compressor Governor Governor, Air Compressor
Air Compressor Supply Air Line Hose, Heater, 3/4-in. ID
Air Conditioner (A/C) Belt Belt, A/C Compressor
Air Conditioner (A/C) Condenser Fan Motor Relay Relay, General Control
Air Conditioner Condenser Fan Assembly Blowers Assembly
Air Conditioning (A/C) Belt Tensioner Tensioner, Belt
Air Conditioning A/C Condenser Panel Panel, AC Condenser
Air Dryer Dryer Assembly, Air
Air Dryer Bracket Bracket, Air Dryer
Air Dryer Desiccant Cartridge Cartridge, Desiccant
Air Filter Restriction Gauge Gauge, Air Cleaner
Air Gauge Transducer Transducer, Air Pressure Gauge
Air Hose Fitting Elbow
Air Hose Quick-Connect Fitting Coupling, Air Hose
Air Intake Tube (To Turbo) Pipe, Air
Air Reservoir Tank Tank, Air Secondary
Alternator Generator, Alternator
Alternator Bracket Bracket, Alternator
Alternator Interconnect Positive Cable Cable, Alternator
Alternator Pulley Pulley, Groove
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Blink Code Switch ABS-6 Blink Code Switch
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Control Module Module, ABS Control
A-Pillar Assist Handle Handle
A-Pillar Cover Trim Cover, A-Pillar
Armor Grille Grille Assembly
Armor Grille Support and Armor Grille Support Bracket Support, Assembly Lower Grill
Auxiliary Spring Spring, Rubber, Auxiliary
Axle Shaft Oil Seal Seal, Oil Spindle
Backup Light Assembly Light, White, Backup
Barometric Pressure Sensor Sensor, Barometric Pressure
Battery Battery, Storage
Battery Body Ground Cable Cable, Negative
Battery Box Tray Module, Battery
Battery Cable and Clean Power Harness Cable Assembly, Battery
Battery Cables Cable, Positive
Battery Disconnect Switch Switch, Battery
Battery Equalizer Converter Equalizer, Battery
Belly Armor Belly Deflector, Pan
Blackout Drive Light Assembly Light, Blackout
Body Armor Rear Wall, Riot Guard, and Bracket Armor, Rear Wall
Body Ground to Firewall Ground Cable Cable, Negative
Bottom Ramp Step Steps, Welded
Brake Pedal Pedal, Brake
Brake Stoplight Switch Switch, Pressure, Stop Light
Cabin Door Door, Assembly
Cabin Door Assist System Actuator Air Line Tubing Tube, Black Nylon 1/4-In. OD.
Cabin Door Assist System Limit Valve Elbow
Cabin Door Assist System Supply Air Line Tubing Tube, Black Nylon
Cabin Door Assist System Supply Pass-Through Air
Line Tubing Tube, Black Nylon
Cabin Door Combat Lock Assembly Handle, Outside Door, Assembly
0001–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0001
GENERAL INFORMATION - (CONTINUED)
Common Name Official Nomenclature
Cabin Door Exterior Handle Assembly Handle, Outside Door, Assembly
Cabin Door Interior Handle Assembly
Cabin Door Interior Handle Assembly Handle, Door
Cabin Door Seal Seal
Cabin Door Striker and Cabin Door Check Stop
Assemblies Cabin Door Check Stop
Cabin Electrical Ground Stud Plate Stud, M8 X 1 MM
Cabin Emergency Hatch and Hinge Emergency Hatch
Cabin Emergency Hatch Handle/Lock Assembly Emergency, Hatch, Lock
Cabin Emergency Hatch Seal Seal Ring, Escape Hatch
Cabin Roof Molding Moulding
Cabin Window Armor Glass Window, Armor Glass Assembly
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Sensor, Camshaft Position
Center Chassis Harness Harness, Chassis, Center
Center Floor Panel Panel, Floating Floor Center
Center Panel Air Filter Restriction Gauge Tubing and
Fitting Tube, Black Nylon, 1/4-In. OD.
Charge Air Cooler (CAC) Assembly Cooler, Charge Air
Charge Air Cooler (CAC) Hose Pipe, Air Duct
Clearance and Marker Light Harness Harness
Clearance Lights Cabin Jumper Harness Harness, Roof
Climate Control Unit CCU Box CCU Box
Communications Rack Rack, Communications
Composite Taillamp Assembly Taillamp, Composite, Assembly
Cooling Fan Actuator Solenoid Solenoid, Air Valve
Cooling Fan Drive Assembly Drive, Fan
Cowl Panel Drain Tube Tube, Drain
Crankshaft Damper Damper, Vibration
Crew and Front Passenger Seat Seat, Front, Passenger
Cross-Vehicle Equipment Bracket Bracket, Cross Vehicle Equipment
Cruise Control Switch Module Switch, Steering Wheel
Deaeration Tank Tank, Deaeration
Deaeration Tank Pressure Cap Cap, Filler Opening
Door Armor Panel Panel, Armor
Door Mounted Mirror Mirror, Powered, Assembly
Door Window Armor Glass Glass, Door Assembly
Door Window Riot Guard Guard, Riot Protection
Driver Control Module (DCM) Left Air Line Grommet Guide, Tube Passthru Gland Low
Driver Control Mounting (DCM) Bracket Assembly DCM Base
Driver Control Mounting (DCM) Bracket Assembly
Exterior Armor Cover, DCM, Main
Driver Control Mounting (DCM) Bracket Assembly
Interior Armor Bracket, DCM Interior Armor
Driver Seat Seat, Driver
Dual-Pneumatic Door Actuator Actuation Assembly
Electric Horn Horn, W/Brackets
Electronic System Controller (ESC) Controller, Electronic System
Electronic System Controller (ESC) Brace Brace
Engine Control Module (ECM) Module, Electronic Control
Engine Control Module (ECM) and the Transmission
Control Module (TCM) Fuse Fuse, Blade Type
Engine Control Module (ECM) and Transmission
Control Module (TCM) Clean Power and Ground
Harness Cable Assembly, Battery
Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Sensor, Oil/Coolant Temperature
0001–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0001
GENERAL INFORMATION - (CONTINUED)
Common Name Official Nomenclature
Engine Cover Cover, Engine
Engine Mount Crossmember Assembly Crossmember
Engine Oil Breather Tube Tube Assembly, Breather
Engine Oil Cooler Cooler Assembly, Oil
Engine Oil Cooler Pressure Regulator Valve, Regulating
Engine Oil Filter Filter, Oil
Engine Oil Pan Oil Pan Assembly
Engine Oil Pickup Tube Tube Assembly, Oil Pick Up
Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Sensor, Engine Oil Pressure
Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) Sensor Sensor, Oil/Coolant Temperature
Engine Sensor Wiring Harness Wiring, Electronic
Engine Water Outlet Pipe Assembly, Pipe
Engine Water Outlet Pipe Elbow Elbow, Pipe, Vibralok
Engine Water Pump Pump, Water
Engine Wiring Harness Harness, Base 24-V
Equalizer Cables Cable, Converter
Ether (Cold) Start Valve and Atomizer Assembly Ether Start Assembly
Ether Start Switch Switch, Ether Start
Exhaust Brake Brake, Exhaust Compression
Exhaust Brake Solenoid Solenoid, Exhaust Brake
Exhaust Brake Supply Air Line Tube, Black Nylon
Exhaust Manifold Manifold, Exhaust, Center
Exhaust Pipe Pipe, Exhaust
Exterior Battery Box Armor Door Side Belly, Door Right
Exterior Body Armor Left Front Panel Panel, Armor, Left Side, Front
Exterior Body Armor Left Middle Front Panel Panel, Armor, Side, Front-Middle
Exterior Body Armor Middle Rear Panel Panel, Armor, Side, Rear-Middle
Exterior Body Armor Rear Panel Panel, Armor, Side, Rear
Exterior Body Armor Right Front Panel Panel, Armor, Right Side, Front
Exterior Body Armor Riot Guard Guard, Riot Protection, Side, Front
Exterior Fuel Tank Armor Door Side Belly, Fuel Tank Door, Left
Fender and Reinforcement Extension, Fender
Flexplate Assembly Plate, Flex
Floor Panel (Front Center) Panel, Floating Floor Center
Floor Panel (Front) Panel, Floating Floor Front
Foot Brake Valve Valve
Forward Chassis Harness Harness Assembly, Forward Chassis
Front and Rear Clearance Lights Roof Harness Harness, Roof
Front Antilock Brake System (ABS) Modulator Valve Valve, Air Modulator
Front Antilock Brake System (ABS) Sensor Transmitter, Speed Sensor
Front Axle Antilock Brake System (ABS) Tone Ring Ring, ABS Tone
Front Axle Assembly Axle, Front, Assembly
Front Axle Breather Breather Assembly
Front Axle Bumper Stop Bumper, Front Spring
Front Axle Bumper Stop Bracket Stop, Front Axle
Front Brake Air Chamber Chamber, Brake
Front Brake Air Hose Tubing, Nonmetallic
Front Brake Drum Drum, Brake
Front Brake Dust Shield Shield, Dust, Brake
Front Brake S-Camshaft Camshaft, Brake
Front Brake Shoes Shoe, Brake
Front Brake Spider and Spindle Assembly Spider, Brake, With Bushing
0001–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0001
GENERAL INFORMATION - (CONTINUED)
Common Name Official Nomenclature
Front Bumper Bumper, Front
Front Bumper Right Harness Harness, Electrical, Right
Front Bumper Turn Signal and Parking Light Assembly Light, Turn Signal
Front Clearance Light Assembly Bar, Front Marker Light
Front Clearance Light Bar Harness Harness Front - Clearance Light Bar
Front Crew Light Light, Front, Crew
Front Engine Cover Front Cover, Front Half
Front Engine Mount Insulator, Engine Front Mounting
Front Fender Light Assembly Light, Turn Signal Assembly
Front Fender Light Bulb Light, Turn Signal, Amber
Front Frame Crossmember and Radiator Support Crossmember, Front
Front Frame Crossmember and Support Crossmember, Front
Front Litter Arm Mount Plate and Arm Support Forward Mounting
Front Oil Pump Assembly Rotor, Pump
Front Shock Absorber Shock Absorber
Front Shock Absorber Lower Mounting Bracket Seat, U-Bolt Front
Front Shock Absorber Upper Mounting Bracket Bracket, Front Shock Mounting
Front Slack Adjuster Assembly Adjuster, Slack
Front Spring Assembly Spring Assembly
Front Spring Shackle Shackle
Front Towing Eye Eye, Tow
Front Trailer Hookup Cover Cover, Socket
Front Trailer Hookup Harness Harness, Front Trailer
Front Turn Signal and Parking Light Bulb Light, Turn Signal, Amber
Front Wheel Hub Hub Assembly
Front Wheel Hub Bearing Bearing, Inner
FSS Cabin Cylinder Extinguisher, 9-kg
FSS Cabin Sensor Sensor, Cabin
FSS Cabin Wiring Harness Harness, Cabin
FSS Cabin/Crew Dispersion Unit and Pipe Nozzle, Water Mist, Front
FSS Chassis Harness Harness, Chassis
FSS Control Unit System, Control
FSS Control Unit Bracket Bracket, Control Box
FSS Engine Compartment Sensor Sensor, Engine
FSS Engine Cylinder Extinguisher, 2 kg
FSS Engine Dispersion Unit and Pipe Nozzle, Flood
FSS Front Tire Dispersion Unit and Pipe Nozzle, Foam
FSS Fuel Tank Cylinder Extinguisher, 6-kg
FSS Fuel Tank Dispersion Unit and Pipe Nozzle, Powder
FSS Rear Tire Dispersion Unit and Pipe Nozzle, Foam
FSS Tire Cylinder Extinguisher, 9-kg
Fuel Filter and Strainer Filter, Fuel
Fuel Filter Header/Primer Pump Assembly Header, Fuel Filter Assembly
Fuel Hose Tube Assembly, Formed Fuel Line
Fuel Injector Injector, Assembly
Fuel Injector Harness Harness, Injector
Fuel Level Sending Unit Sending Unit, Fuel
Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve, Regulator
Fuel Pump Pump, Low Pressure Fuel
Fuel Tank Tank, Fuel
Fuel/Water Separator Filter Element, Fuel Filter
Fuel-Fired Heater Heater Assembly, Fuel Fired
Fuel-Fired Heater and Fuel-Fired Heater Fuel Pump
Harness Harness, Chassis - Fuel Fired Heater
Fuel-Fired Heater Fuel Pump Pump, Fuel
0001–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0001
GENERAL INFORMATION - (CONTINUED)
Common Name Official Nomenclature
Fuel-Fired Heater Fuel Pump Fuel Line Hose, Fuel Line
Fuel-Fired Heater Timer Control Control, Timer Fuel
Gladhands Coupling Half, Quick Disconnect
Gun Port Port, Gun Hole
Gunner Platform Stand Platform, Adjustable Gunner
Hand Brake Control Valve Valve
Headlamp Assembly Headlamp Assembly
High-Pressure Injector Pump Pump
Hood Assembly Hood Assembly, N/Access
Hood Assembly Air Intake Grille Grille, Assembly, Air
Hood Assembly/Fender Extension Latch Latch, Hood Strap
Hood Grille Surround Assembly Grille, Surround Assembly
Hood Hinge Assembly Hinge, Hood
Hood Mirror Mirror, Assembly
Hood Safety Cable Assembly Cable Hood Assembly
Hood Torsion Assist Bar Bar, Torsion
Horn Button Assembly Cap, Horn Steering
HVAC 3-Way Valve and Bracket Valve, Three-Way
HVAC 3-Way Valve Bracket Support, Three-Way Valve
HVAC 3-Way Valve Coolant Inlet Hose Hose, Heater
HVAC 3-Way Valve Coolant Outlet Hose Hose, Heater
HVAC Cabin Heater Hose Hose, Heater
HVAC Compressor Compressor, Assembly
HVAC Compressor Discharge Hose Hose, Compressor Discharge
HVAC Compressor Suction Hose Hose, Compressor Suction
HVAC Control 2 Wiring Harness Harness, Control II
HVAC Control Input Wiring Harness Harness, AC Section
HVAC Evaporator Inlet Hose Hose, Evaporator Inlet
HVAC Evaporator Outlet Hose Hose, Evaporator Outlet
HVAC Filter Outlet Hose Hose, Filter Outlet
HVAC Fresh Air Inlet Tube Tube, Inlet Air
HVAC Fuel-Fired Heater Coolant Inlet Hose Hose, Heater
HVAC Fuel-Fired Heater Coolant Outlet Hose Hose, Heater
HVAC Heater Radiator Radiator, Vehicular
HVAC Left Condenser Control Wiring Harness Harness, Left Condenser
HVAC Left-Side Condenser Inlet Hose Hose, Condenser Inlet
HVAC Left-Side Condenser Outlet Hose Hose, Condenser Exit
HVAC Main Evaporator Assembly Evaporator, Main
HVAC Pressure Gauge Gauge, Driver Control, HVAC Pressure
HVAC Receiver/Drier Receiver, Dryer
HVAC Recirculated Air RA Temperature Sensor Sensor, Recirculated Air Temperature
HVAC Refrigerant Filter Filter Unit
HVAC Right Condenser Control Wiring Harness Harness, Right Condenser
HVAC Right-Side Condenser Inlet Hose Hose, Condenser Inlet
HVAC Right-Side Condenser Outlet Hose Hose, Condenser Exit
HVAC Service Port/Schrader Valve Valve, Schrader
HVAC Water Drainage Hose Hose, Water Drainage
HVAC/LSS Air Duct Louver Louver
HVAC/LSS Box LSS Box Assembly
HVAC/LSS Control Power Wiring Harness Harness, CCU Power
HVAC/LSS Control Wiring Harness Harness, Control Input
HVAC/LSS Defogging Air Duct Duct, Air Defogging
0001–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0001
GENERAL INFORMATION - (CONTINUED)
Common Name Official Nomenclature
HVAC/LSS Diffuser Air Duct Duct, Air Diffuser
HVAC/LSS Engine Wiring Harness Harness, AC, Engine
HVAC/LSS Fresh Air Inlet Flange Flange, Fresh Air
HVAC/LSS Main Air Duct Duct, Air
HVAC/LSS Main Blower Motor and Support Blower, Main
HVAC/LSS Main Blower Motor Wiring Harness Harness, RA Blower
HVAC/LSS Operator Panel Operating Panel Assembly
HVAC/LSS Overpressure Relief Valve Valve, Relief
HVAC/LSS Upper Blower Blower Assembly
HVAC/LSS Upper Blower Wiring Harness Harness, FA Blower
HVAC/LSS Upper Panel Cover, Housing Upper
Infrared (IR) Light Assembly Light, Infrared
Infrared (IR) Light Switch Control Assembly, IR Light
Injection Control Pressure (ICP) Sensor Sensor, Injector Control Pressure
Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) Sensor Regulator Assembly, Injection, Pressure
Inner Wheel Deflector Armor Plate Wheel Deflector
Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster Closeout Closeout, Instrument Panel, Cluster
Instrument Panel (IP) Carrier Assembly, Driver Control, Main
Instrument Panel (IP) Center Relay Relay, Gen Control
Instrument Panel (IP) Center Trim Panel Panel, Trim, Instrument Panel, Center
Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Breaker, Circuit
Instrument Panel (IP) Cluster Housing, IPC
Instrument Panel (IP) Feed Harness Harness, Instrument Panel Feed
Instrument Panel (IP) Harness Harness, Instrument
Instrument Panel (IP) Light Bulb Lamp, Socket
Instrument Panel (IP) Right Side Closeout Passenger Trim, Upper Assembly
Instrument Panel (IP) Storage Bin Box, Storage Bin
Instrument Panel Center Closeout Panel, Trim, Instrument Panel, Center
Instrument Panel Cluster Right Side Warning Panel Light, Instrument With Harness
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Sensor, Temperature
Interior Lights Crew Light Limit Switch Switch, Limit
Interior Lights Crew Light Limit Switch Jumper Harness Harness, Jumper
Interior Lights Left Rear Crew Light Harness Harness, Dome Light
Interior Lights Right Rear and Front Crew Lights
Harness Harness, Dome Light
Inverter and Battery Disconnect Switch Solenoid
Cables Cable, Inverter
Inverter Disconnect Battery Switch Solenoid Harness Harness, Disconnect, Converter Equalizer
Keyless Ignition Switch Switch, Keyless
King Pin Cap, King Pin Upper
Left 12V Socket and Feed Harness Harness, Socket, 12-Volt, Right
Left Door Air Supply Line Tube, Black Nylon
Left Headlamp and Turn Signal Harness Harness, Electrical, Left
Left Inner Wheel Deflector Bracket Bracket, Wheel Left
Left Rear Stowage Box Box, Storage, Rear Left
Left Side Engine Armor Plate Armor, Engine Side, Upper
Left Side Engine Armor Plate Bracket Armor, Engine Side, Left
Left Side Forward Stowage Box Box, Storage, Middle Left
Litter Arm Storage Bracket Litter, Arm Storage
Lower Cabin Door Lock, Spacer, and Bracket Lock Mechanism, Assembly
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Sensor, Map
Master Crew Light Switch Switch, Light, Assembly
Master Crew Light Switch Jumper Harness Harness, Jumper Crew
Master Disconnect Harness Harness, Disconnect, Converter Equalizer
Master Rear Door/Ramp Switch Switch, Ramp
0001–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0001
GENERAL INFORMATION - (CONTINUED)
Common Name Official Nomenclature
Master Rear Door/Ramp Switch Jumper Harness Harness, Jumper
Master Vehicle Light Switch (MVLS) Switch, Light Master
Master Vehicle Light Switch (MVLS) Ground Harness Cable Assembly, Jumper
Mirror Remote Control Switch Switch, Power Mirror
Mirror Remote Control Switch Wiring Harness Cable, Mirror Jumper Harness
Motor Baffle Baffle, Motor
Muffler and Shield Muffler Assembly, Exhaust
Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Assembly Switch, Turn Signal
NATO Jump Start Connector Connector, NATO Jump Start
NATO Jump Start Connector Cable Cable, Negative, NATO Jump Start
NATO Jump Start Connector Cable Cable, Positive, NATO Jump Start
NBC Dust Tube Tube, Dust
NBC Filter Filter, NBC
NBC Filter Cover and Housing Housing, NBC Filter
NBC Particle Separator Filter Separator, Particle
Oil Gauge Tube Tube, Eng Oil Fill
Oil/Fuel Manifold Manifold, High-Pressure Oil/Fuel
Outside Gunner Protection Armor Gunner Protection
Outside Gunner Protection Riser Support, Turret
Parking Brake Lamp Transducer Switch, Pressure, Park Brake
Pitman Arm Arm, Pitman Power
Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse Fuse
Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Harness, Dash Wiring
Power Distribution Center (PDC) Junction Box Box, Power Distribution Center
Power Distribution Center (PDC) Relay Relay
Power Steering Filter Filter, Oil Power
Power Steering Pump Pump Assembly, Power
Power Steering Reservoir Reservoir, Power Steering
Power Steering Tubing and Hose Hose, Power Steering
Pressure Protection Valve Valve, Reservoir Control
Prop Shaft Drive Shaft Assembly
Radiator Housed Radiator Assembly
Radiator Fan and Fan Shroud Recirc Shield Assembly
Radiator Pipes/Hoses Pipe, Radiator Upper
Radiator Surge Overflow Tank Tank, Overflow
Rear Antilock Brake System (ABS) Modulator Valve Valve, Modulator
Rear Antilock Brake System (ABS) Sensor Sensor, Transmitter, Wheel Speed
Rear Axle Assembly Axle, Rear, Assembly
Rear Axle Shaft and Gasket Axle Shaft
Rear Brake Air Chamber Chamber, Brake
Rear Brake Air Hoses Tubing, Nonmetallic
Rear Brake Drum and Hub Assembly Drum, Brake
Rear Brake Dust Shield Shields, Dust
Rear Brake S-Camshaft Camshaft, "S" Head
Rear Brake S-Camshaft Tube Support Bracket Bracket, Camshaft
Rear Brake Shoes Shoe, Brake W/Lining
Rear Brake Spider Assembly Brake Spider
Rear Center Floor Panel Panel, Floating Floor Center
Rear Chassis Harness Harness, Chassis, Rear
Rear Clearance Light Assembly Plate, Mounting, Light Bracket Retention
Rear Clearance Light Bar Harness Harness, Rear, Clearance Light Bar
Rear Communication Rack Tray, Duke Mounting
0001–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0001
GENERAL INFORMATION - (CONTINUED)
Common Name Official Nomenclature
Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal Seal Assembly, Radial Lip
Rear Crew Light Light, Rear, Crew
Rear Door/Ramp Assembly Door, Ramp Welded
Rear Door/Ramp Feed Wiring Harness Harness, 24-Volt
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic Cylinder Hydraulic Cylinder
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic Hoses Hose Assembly, Hydraulic
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic Power Unit Manifold and
Module Manifold, Power Unit
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic Pump Hydraulic Power Unit
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic Pump Cover Cover Assembly, Liftgate Hydraulic Pump Access
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic System Control Harness Assembly, Wire Harness
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic System Harness Harness, Jumper
Rear Door/Ramp Lock Assembly Latch Door Assembly, Stairs
Rear Door/Ramp Seal Seal, Nonmetallic
Rear Engine Mount Insulator, Engine Rear Mounting
Rear Floor Panel Panel, Floating Floor Rear
Rear Frame Crossmember and Support Crossmember, Frame, Rear
Rear Hub Assembly Bearing and Bearing Cup Hub, Machined
Rear Litter Arm Mount Plate and Arm Support Rear Mounting Plate
Rear Sidemarker Light Assembly Marker, Red Light
Rear Slack Adjuster Assembly Adjuster, Brake Slack
Rear Spring Assembly Spring, Assy RR 31k
Rear Towing Eye Hook, Tow
Rear Trailer Hookup Harness Harness, Trailer
Rear Window Armor Glass Window, Armor Glass, Rear Wall Assembly
Rifle Rack Base, Gun
Right 12V Socket and Feed Harness Harness, Socket, 12-Volt, Left
Right Cabin Door Assist System Supply Air Line Tubing Tube, Black Nylon
Right Floor Seat Bracket Bracket, Floor Seat
Right Headlamp and Turn Signal Harness Harness, Electrical, Right
Right Inner Wheel Deflector Bracket Bracket, Wheel Right
Right Rear Stowage Box Latch Locker Assembly
Right Side Engine Armor Plate Armor, Engine Side, Right
Right Side Forward Stowage Box Storage Box, Middle, Right
Right Side Rear Stowage Box Storage Box, Rear, Right
Rocker Switch Switch, High/Neutral
Roof Armor Front Panel Armor, Add On, Front
Roof Armor Front Spoiler Front-Spoiler Assembly
Roof Armor Middle Front Panel Armor, Add-On, Middle, Left, Front
Roof Armor Middle Rear Panel Armor, Add-On, Middle, Left, Rear
Roof Armor Rear Panel Armor, Add-On, Hatch
Roof Armor Rear Spoiler Armor, Add-On, Rear
Seatbelt Restraints
Serpentine Belt Belt, V-Rib
Serpentine Belt Idler Pulley Pulley, Groove
Serpentine Belt Tensioner Tensioner, Pulley
Serpentine Belt Upper Idler Pulley Pulley, Groove
Side Cowl Body Armor Panel Armor, Cowl, Add On
Spotlight Light, Spot
Spotlight Control Control, Electronic
Spotlight Exterior Harness Harness, Exterior Spot Light
Spotlight Interior Harness Harness, Spot Light - Interior
Spotlight Light Bulb Bulb, Spotlight
Spring Brake Modulating Valve Valve, Air Modulator
Starter Motor Motor, Starter
0001–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0001
GENERAL INFORMATION - (CONTINUED)
Common Name Official Nomenclature
Starter Motor-to-Battery Feed Cable Cable, Positive
Starter Motor-to-Battery Ground Cable Cable, Negative
Starter Motor-to-Engine Ground Jumper Cable Jumper, Engine Ground
Starter Motor-to-Frame Ground Jumper Cable Jumper, Starter Ground
Starter Ring Gear Gear, Ring
Steering Arm Arm, Steering
Steering Column Column, Steering
Steering Column Covers Covers, Steering Column
Steering Column Wiring Harness Harness, Electrical
Steering Drag Link Link, Steering Drag
Steering Gear Steering Gear Assembly
Steering Knuckle Knuckle, Steering With Bushing
Steering Shaft Shaft, Steering
Steering Wheel and Clock Spring Wheel, Steering
Step and Brackets Stair Mount
Taillamp Harness Harness, Taillamp
Towing Pintle Hook Hook, Pintle
Tractor Protection Valve Valve, Tractor Protection
Trailer Control Valve Hand Control, Valve
Transfer Case Air Lines Tube, Black Nylon
Transfer Case Armor Plate, Mounting
Transfer Case Mount and Support Bracket, Support
Transfer Case Oil Cooler Cooler, Lubricating
Transfer Case Oil Cooler Hose Hose Assembly
Transmission Assembly Transmission
Transmission Auto Shift Control Module Control, Shift
Transmission Breather
Transmission Control Module and Brace Module, Transmission Control
Transmission Control Module Brace Bracket, Transmission Control Module
Transmission Cooler Hose Hose Assembly, Oil Cooler, Transmission
Transmission Fluid and Filter Filter, Fluid
Transmission Fluid Temperature Gauge and Harness Gauge, Transmission Oil Temp
Transmission Mounting Crossmember Mounting Assembly, Rear
Transmission to Transfer Case Propshaft Driveshaft, Transmission To Transfer Case
Turbocharger Turbo, GT3782
Turbocharger Lubricant Lines Tube, Turbo Oil Inlet
Turret Mounting Plate Mounting Plate
Turret Power Feed Wiring Harness Wiring Harness
Upper Air Line Grommet Guide, Tube Passthru Gland Up
Upper and Lower King Pin Bushing Bushing, King Pin
Upper Cabin Door Lock, Spacer, and Bracket Lock Mechanism, Assembly
Valve Cover and Gasket Valve Cover Assembly
Valve Cover Gasket Parts Kit, Seal Replacement
Water Inlet Elbow Inlet, Water
Water Sensor Probe Probe, Water Sensor
Weapon (Sliding) Hatch (Gunner Hatch) Hatch, Sliding Roof
Weapon (Sliding) Hatch (Gunner Hatch) Inner Lock
Assembly Hook, Locker
Wheel and Tire Assembly Wheel Assembly
Winch Battery Cable Junction Block Block, Junction
Winch Battery Cable Junction Bracket Support
Assembly Bracket, Junction Block, Winch
0001–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0001
GENERAL INFORMATION - (CONTINUED)
Common Name Official Nomenclature
Winch Cable Cable, Winch
Winch Ground Cable Harness, Cable Winch
Winch Megafuse Megafuse, 300 Amp
Winch Megafuse Feed Cable Cable, Battery Positive
Winch Megafuse Holder Holder, Megafuse
Winch Remote Control Connector Support Extension, Winch
Windshield Armor Armor, Front, Add On
Windshield Armor Glass Window, Windshield
Windshield Washer Hose Assembly Hose, Washer Supply
Windshield Washer Reservoir and Pump Motor
Assembly Assembly, Bottle, Washer
Windshield Washer Reservoir Bracket Support, Washer Bottle
Windshield Wiper Arm and Blade Assembly, Wiper Arm
Windshield Wiper Motor Harness Harness, Wiper
Windshield Wiper Motor, Transmission, Bracket, and
Linkage Assembly Assembly, Windshield Wiper
Wiper Cowl Panel Cover, Wiper Assembly
0001–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0001
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS
Table 2. Abbreviations/Acronyms
Abbreviations/Acronyms Definition
A or Amp Ampere
AAL Additional Authorization List
ABS Antilock Brake System
AC Alternating Current
A/C Air Conditioner
ACC Accessory
ACCEL Accelerate
ADJ Adjust
AGSP Auxiliary Gauge Switch Pack
AIC 1: Atlantic Intelligence Command; 2: Afloat Intelligence
Center
AIR Aerospace Information Reports
ALT Acquisition, Logistics, and Technology
Amb Ambient
AMF ACE (Allied Command, Europe) Mobile Force
AMP Ampere
ANSI American National Standards Institute
AOAP Army Oil Analysis Program
APS Accelerator Position Sensor
APS/IVS Accelerator Position Sensor/Idle Validation Switch
ASB Aviation Support Battalion
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
ATA American Trucking Association
ATC Automatic Traction Control
AUX Auxiliary
AWG American Wire Gauge
B+ or VBAT Battery Voltage
B.O B/O Blackout
BAP Barometric Pressure Sensor
BARO Barometric Absolute Pressure
BAT Battery
BATT Battery
BCP Brake Control Pressure
BCS Brake Control Pressure
BDC Bottom Dead Center
bhp Brake Horsepower
BII Basic Issue Items
BIO 1: Biotechology Industry Organization
2: BIO markers
BNO Brake Normally Open
BOI Basis of Issue
BPS Brake Pressure Switch
BRT Bright (on Instrument Panel)
BTDC Before Top Dead Center
BTRY 1: Battery; 2: Field Artillery
BTU British Thermal Unit
C-Celsius Celsius
CAC Charge Air Cooler
CAGEC Commercial and Government Entity Code
CAN Controller Area Network
CAP Cold Ambient Protection
CARC Chemical Agent Resistant Coating
0001–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0001
GENERAL INFORMATION – (CONTINUED)
Abbreviations/Acronyms Definition
cc cubic centimeter
CCA Cold Cranking Ampere
CCU Climate Control Unit
CEC Consolidated Engine Controlle
cfm cubic feet per minute
cfs cubic feet per second
CID Cubic Inch Displacement
CIRC Circuit
CKP Crankshaft Position
CLS 1: Coolant Level Switch
2: Contractor Logistics Support
cm Centimeter
CMD Command
CMP Camshaft Position Sensor
CNTR Center
CNTRL Control
COO Cruise ON/OFF Switch
COTS Commercial Off the Shelf
CPC Corrosion Prevention and Control
CPU Central Processing Unit
CTA 1: Common Table of Allowance
2: Contractor Logistics Support
CTC Coolant Temperature Compensation
CTRL Control
CTRLR Controller
Cyl Cylinder
D Drive
DC Direct Current
DCL Data Communications Link
DCM Driver Control Module
DIA Diameter
DIFF Differential
DLC Data Link Connector
DME Dimethyl Ether
DMM Digital Multimeter
DOD Department of Defense
DT Diesel Turbocharged
DTC Diagnostic Trouble Code
DTRM Diesel Thermo Recirculation Module
EBP Exhaust Back Pressure
ECI Engine Crank Inhibit
ECL Engine Coolant Level
ECM Electronic Control Module
ECM PWR Electronic Control Module Power
ECT Engine Coolant Temperature
ECU Electronic Control Unit
EFC Engine Fan Control
EFP 1: Engine Fuel Pressure
2: Explosively Forged Projectiles
EFRC Engine Family Ratings Code
EGC Electronic Gauge Cluster
EGDP Exhaust Gas Differential Pressure
EIC End Item Code
EIR Equipment Improvement Recommendation
EMP Electromagnetic Pulse
0001–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0001
GENERAL INFORMATION - (CONTINUED)
Abbreviations/Acronyms Definition
EOD Explosive Ordnance Disposal
EOP Engine Oil Pressure
EOT Engine Oil Temperature
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
EPG Electronic Pressure Governor
EPR Engine Pressure Regulator
ESC Electronic System Controller
ESD Electrostatic Discharge
EST Electronic Service Tool
F Fahrenheit
FA Fresh Air (Blower HVAC)
FGC Functional Group Code
FMI Failure Mode Indicator
FPC Fuel Pump Control
FPCV Fuel Pressure Control Valve
FRP Fuel Rail Pressure
FRS Forward Repair System
FSS Fire Suppression System
ft Feet
FWD Forward
GAA Grease, Automotive and Artillery
gal gallon
gal/h U.S. gallons per hour
gal/min U.S. gallons per minute
GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating
GCW Gross Combined Weight
GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating
GFE Government Furnished Equipment
GFCI Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter
GMTK General Mechanic’s Tool Kit
GND Ground (Electrical)
GPC Glow Plug Control
GPD Glow Plug Diagnostic
GPR Glow Plug Relay
GRND Ground
GVW Gross Vehicle Weight
H₂O Water
HC Hydrocarbons
HCI Hardness Critical Item
HDO Heavy Duty Oil (used with OE/HDO)
HEUI Hydraulically Actuated Electronically Controlled Unit
Injector(s)
Hg Mercury
Hl High
Hp Horsepower
HPU Hydraulic Power Unit
HTR Heater
HTRWIF Heater Water In Fuel
HVAC Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning
IAHC Inlet Air Heater Control
IAHD Inlet Air Heater Diagnostic
IAHR Inlet Air Heater Relay
IAT Intake Air Temperature
IAW In Accordance With
ICP Injector Control Pressure
0001–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0001
GENERAL INFORMATION - (CONTINUED)
Abbreviations/Acronyms Definition
ICS Interactive Communication System
ID Inside Diameter
IDM Injector Drive Module
IED Improvised Explosive Device
IGM Ignition
in. Inch
in. H₂O inch of water
in. Hg inch of Mercury
IP Instrument Panel
IPC Instrument Panel Cluster
IPR 1: Injection Pressure Regulator
2: In Process Review
IR Infrared
ISO International Organization for Standardixation
ISS Independent Suspension System
IST 1: Idle Shutdown time 2: In-Service Training
ITP Internal Transfer Pump
IVS Idle Validation Switch
JCT Junction (Electrical)
JTA Joint Table of Allowances
kg Kilogram
km Kilometer
km/h Kilometers per hour
km/l Kilometers per liter
KOEO Key-On Engine-Off
KOER Key-On Engine-Running
kPa Kilopascal
L Liter
L/h Liters per hour
L/m Liters per minute
L/s Liters per second
lb Pound
lb-ft Pound force foot
lb-in Pound force inch
lb/s Pounds per second
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
LED Light Emitting Diode
LO Low
LSD Low Sulfur Diesel
LSS Life Support System
m Meter
m/s meters per second
MAC Maintenance Allocation Chart
MAF Mass Air Flow
MAG Magnetic
MAP Manifold Absolute Pressure (Sensor)
MAT Manifold Air Temperature
MAX Maximum
MEAP MRAP Expedient Armor Program
mi Mile
MIL Military
mm Millimeter
MOD 1: Modification 2: Module
MPa Megapascal
mpg Miles per Gallon
0001–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0001
GENERAL INFORMATION - (CONTINUED)
Abbreviations/Acronyms Definition
mph Miles per Hour
MPR Main Power Relay
MRAP Mine Resistant Ambush Protected
MSD Maintenance Support Device
MSG Micro Strain Gauge
MSM Multiplex System Module
MTOE Modified Table of Organization and Equipment
MVLS Master Vehicle Light Switch
N Neutral
N•m Newton Meter
NATO North Atlantic Treaty Organization
NBC Nuclear Biological and Chemical
NC Normally Closed (Electrical)
NCO Non-Commissioned Officer
NDTI Nondestructive Testing Inspection
NHA Next Higher Authority
NIIN National item Identification Number
(consists of last 9 digits of the NSN)
NSN National Stock Number
OCC Output Circuit Check
OCP Overcrank Protection
OCV Open Circuit Voltage
OD Outside Diameter
OEA Oil, Engine, Arctic
OHM unit of electrical resistance
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
OWL Oil/Water Lamp
P/N Part Number
PAG Polyalkylene Glycol (refrigerant oil)
PAM 1: Pamphlet 2: Pyrometer Ammeter Module
PDC Power Distribution Center
PDM Power Distribution Module
PID Parameter Identifier
PMCS Preventative Maintenance Checks and Services
PMV Pressure Modulator Valve
POL Petroleum Oil and Lubricants
ppm parts per million
PQDR Product Quality Deficiency Report
PRF MIL-PRF: Military Performance Specification
PROM Programmable Read Only Memory
psi Pounds per square inch
psia Pounds per square inch absolute
psig Pounds per square inch gauge
pt Pint
PTC Positive Temperature Coefficient
PTO 1: Power Takeoff 2: Preliminary Technical Order
PVC polyvinyl chloride
PWM Pulse Width Modulation
PWR Power (voltage)
qt Quart
QTY Quantity
R Reverse
RA Recirculated (Reclyed) Air (Blower HVAC)
RAM 1: Random Access Memory
2: Reliability, Availability, Maintainability
0001–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0001
Abbreviations/Acronyms Definition
VIW Vehicle Interface Wiring
VLV Valve
VOP Valve Opening Pressure
VRE Vehicle Retarder Enable
VREF Reference Voltage
VSO Vehicle Speed Output
VSR Variable Speed Reversing
VSS Vehicle Speed Sensor
WCA Warranty Claim Action
WIF Water In Fuel
WP Work Package
WTEC World Transmission Electronically Controlled
Automatic Transmissions (Allison)
XFER Transfer
ZIP Zip Code
+/- ± plus or minus
> greater than
> greater than or equal to
< less than
< less than or equal to
° degrees (temperature)
® registered trademark
™ unregistered trademark
QUALITY OF MATERIAL
Material used for replacement, repair, or modification must meet the requirements of this Field Maintenance
Manual, TM 9-2355-106-23. If quality of material requirements are not stated in this manual, the material must
meet the requirements of the drawings, standards, specifications, or approved engineering change proposals
applicable to the subject equipment.
SAFETY, CARE AND HANDLING
The following procedures should be observed when handling all ESD sensitive components and units containing
such components. Failure to observe all of these precautions can cause permanent damage to the electrostatic
device. This damage can cause the device to fail immediately or at a later date when exposed to an adverse
environment.
1. Turn off and /or disconnect all power, signal sources and loads used with the unit.
2. Place the unit on a grounded non-conductive work surface.
3. Ground the repair maintainer using a non-conductive wrist strap or other device using 1 mega-ohm series
resistor to protect the operator.
4. Ground any tools (including soldering equipment) that will contact the unit. Contact with the operator’s hand
provides sufficient ground for tools that are otherwise electrically isolated.
5. All electrostatic sensitive replacement components are shipped in non-conductive foam or tubes and must
be stored in the original shipping container until installed.
6. When these devices and assemblies are removed from the unit, they should be placed on the non-conductive
work surface or in non-conductive containers.
7. When not being worked on, place disconnected circuit boards in plastic bags that have been coated or
impregnated with a non-conductive material.
8. Do not handle these devices unnecessarily or remove them from their packages until actually used or tested.
0001–22
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0001
0001–23/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
FIELD MAINTENANCE
POWERTRAIN SYSTEM
Figure 1. Powertrain.
The powertrain system consists of the following major components: engine, transmission, transfer case, exhaust,
prop shafts, U-joints, rear axle, front axle, and steering.
0002–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
ENGINE
Figure 2. Engine.
The vehicle is powered by a DT 530 in-line, six-cylinder fuel injected diesel engine with a 530-cubic-inch (8.7 L)
displacement. The engine firing order is 1-5-3-6-2-4. Basic engine features include two valves per cylinder, direct
injection, a wet-sleeve cylinder design, and seven main bearings. Figure 2 identifies some major components of
the engine; A/C compressor, alternator, turbocharger, oil filter, starter, and fuel pump.
EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system includes an exhaust pipe (Figure 3, Item 3), muffler (Figure 3, Item 1), tailpipe (Figure 3, Item
2), and exhaust brake mounted to the turbocharger exhaust port. The exhaust pipe, muffler, and tailpipe assembly
route exhaust gasses away from operator and crew, as well as reduce operating noise.
The exhaust brake system on the MRAP has been disabled. The system will provide NO braking assist. There is a
nonfunctioning exhaust brake switch on the IP. There is also a nonfunctioning exhaust brake valve directly in the
exhaust stream near the turbocharger exhaust outlet.
0002–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
TRANSMISSION
Figure 4. Transmission.
The M1224 and M1224A1 vehicles are equipped with an Allison 3000SP series automatic transmission (Figure 4,
Item 1). The transmission is divided into four major modules:
• Input module
• Main housing and gear module
• Control module
• Output module
The input module includes the torque converter, torque converter housing, and engine adaptation ring. An input
speed sensor is mounted to the torque converter housing.
The main housing and gear module includes the oil pump charging system, three planetary gear sets, two rotating
clutches, and three stationary clutches. Gear range clutches are multiple-disc, wet-type clutches.
The control module is attached to the bottom of the transmission and is covered by the oil pan. The control module
houses both oil filters and all control solenoids, control valves, and temperature sensors. Internal electrical
wiring is routed up through the control module to a connector mounted to the transmission case. Oil filters are
cartridge style, disposable, external access type. The control system is capable of recognizing hydraulic and
electronic conditions that are not within calibrated operating limits. Some out-of-limit conditions can be corrected
by the control system. All out-of-limit condition Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are stored in the Transmission
Control Module (TCM) for later retrieval.
The output module supports the output flange and the output speed sensor.
0002–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
TRANSFER CASE
The M1224 and M1224A1 vehicles are equipped with a Meritor MTC-4210 series transfer case. This transfer case
is a four-shaft design with two-speed front and rear output. Gear ratios are 1:1 and 2.05:1.
The transmission provides the two-speed transfer case with power via a propshaft. Operators send inputs to the
Electronic System Controller (ESC) via rocker switches on the Instrument Panel (IP). The ESC controls air solenoids
that actuate an air-operated shift fork and collar that place the transfer case gears in LO, HIGH, or NEUTRAL.
ESC controlled air solenoids also actuate the front axle de-clutch pushrod and shift fork to connect or disconnect
the front axle and allow two wheel drive operation. Propshafts at the front and rear of the transfer case send
power to the front and rear axles.
PROPELLER SHAFTS
Each propeller shaft is equipped with a universal joint (U-joint) on each end. Each propeller shaft also has a
length compensation joint and boot that compensate for propeller shaft length changes due to suspension travel
and chassis torque. Each U-joint has a grease fitting.
FRONT AXLE
The front steering axle (Figure 7, Item 1) has an 18,000-lb Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). The single-speed
differential features a 4:33:1 gear ratio. Upper and lower kingpin bushings provide pivot points for the steering
knuckles. Shock absorbers are used on the front axle only.
The rear drive axle (Figure 8, Item 1) has a 23,000-lb GAWR. Like the front steer axle, the rear drive axle has a
single-speed differential that provides a 4:33:1 gear ratio. The MRAP suspension uses leaf springs (Figure
8, Item 2).
0002–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
STEERING GEAR
The M1224 and M1224A1 vehicles are equipped with a Sheppard M110 series steering gear (Figure 9, Item 1)
providing full-time power assist. The steering gear connects to the left steering knuckle (Figure 9, Item 2) by means
of a pitman arm (Figure 9, Item 4) and drag link (Figure 9, Item 3). Manual effort is required only as necessary
to overcome the internal torsion bar and turn the rotary valve. The power steering pump, located behind the air
compressor on the left side of the engine, uses a remote reservoir. A tie rod relays steering inputs to the right
side. Toe is adjustable.
The steering gear has the following features:
• 23.0:1 internal gear ratio
• 100-degree gear travel
• 2,175 psi (14996 kPa) rated pressure
• 2.25-inch (57.2-mm) output shaft diameter
0002–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
The electrical system consists of the following major components: heated windshields, windshield wipers, heated
mirrors, horns, batteries, power inverter, and 110V outlet.
BATTERIES
Four lead-acid batteries (Figure 11, Item 1), rated at 725 CCA each, are connected in series-parallel. The batteries
provide 12V and 24V power for vehicle systems.
0002–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
BATTERY EQUALIZERS
Two battery equalizers (Figure 12, Item 1) mounted near the batteries regulate power between the 12V and 24V
sides of the system. The battery equalizers also maintain an equal state-of-charge on all batteries.
110V POWER INVERTER, 110V OUTLET, AND NATO SLAVE START CONNECTOR
Figure 13. 110V Power Inverter, 110V Outlet, and NATO Slave Start Connector.
The vehicle is equipped with an 1800 watt, 110V, alternating current (AC) inverter (Figure 13, Item 2) to provide
power for auxiliary AC equipment. A 110V outlet (Figure 13, Item 1) is located in the rear storage box. The 110V
power inverter has the following features:
• 1800 watt AC output with 2900 watt surge capacity
• True sine wave AC output
• Powersave mode draws only 1.5 watts with no load
• Over-temperature shutdown and automatic overload protection
• Over-voltage and under-voltage protection
• Short circuit and AC back-feed protection
0002–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
The NATO slave start connector (Figure 13, Item 3) is used to jump-start a disabled vehicle with the NATO
slave start cable.
Figure 14. Cabin Fuse and Relay Center and Circuit Breaker Center.
The cabin fuse and relay center is located behind a panel on the right side of the IP (Figure 14, Item 1). A circuit
breaker panel (Figure 14, Item 2) is located on the lower part of the IP between the front seats. Components are
identified on the circuit breaker panel and fuse and relay center.
The PDC is located under the hood on the right side of the engine compartment. The PDC contains fuse blocks
4001, 4002, and 4003. Graphics on the cover of the PDC identify components.
0002–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
A 400-amp alternator, driven by the engine accessory drivebelt, charges the batteries. The 24V starter is mounted
on the left side of the engine.
To manage electrical system functions, the vehicle uses an ESC, located to the left of the steering column, an
Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC), located at the left side of the IP, and a switch pack, located in the center of the IP.
The ESC and IPC are on the J1939 datalink. The ESC communicates with the switch pack via a dedicated J1708
datalink. The ESC monitors systems and receives inputs from the Engine Control Module (ECM), Transmission
Control Module (TCM), Antilock Brake System (ABS) module, and Electronic Gauge Cluster (EGC) for diagnostic
purposes. An MSD can be used to retrieve trouble codes, to monitor system operation, and to initiate tests.
0002–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
Both cabin side doors utilize hidden pneumatic door actuators to assist in opening and closing the armored doors.
Each door has a door handle shaft. The door handle and actuator air valve linkage mount to the door handle shaft.
The actuator air valve supplies pressurized air to pneumatic cylinders attached to the door. Vehicles that have
a door with a lower interior combat lock utilize a single piston door actuator. Vehicles that have a door with
an upper interior combat lock utilize a dual piston door actuator. If single piston systems sustain damage, the
systems are replaced with dual piston units.
0002–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
AIR BRAKES
The vehicle features air-operated brakes at all four wheels. Air pressure is provided by an air compressor located
on the lower left side of the engine. The compressor output is routed through an air dryer (Figure 19, Item 3),
which contains a desiccant material that removes moisture from the air. Air is then routed to the dual air tanks
(Figure 19, Item 2) on the right side of the vehicle.
The service brakes are actuated by the foot valve (Figure 19, Item 4) that is directly attached to the service
brake pedal in the cabin.
All four wheels utilize brake drums (Figure 19, Item 5) that contain S-camshaft actuated brake shoes. The
S-camshafts are actuated by air brake chambers (Figure 19, Item 1). Spring brakes on the rear wheels actuate
when air pressure falls below 25 psi (172 kPa). IP mounted controls operate the parking brake and send air
to trailer brake connectors at the rear of the vehicle.
0002–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
The ABS relies on inputs from wheel-speed sensors (Figure 19, Item 6) installed at each wheel. The sensors
send signals to the ABS controller. The controller is located under the right side IP. The controller operates four air
pressure modulator valves that are used to hold and release air in the brake air chambers. The controller monitors
ABS components for malfunctions and can record trouble codes. Codes can be retrieved via a switch under the left
side of the IP or via ABS troubleshooting software on the Maintenance Support Device (MSD).
AIR COMPRESSOR
The air compressor is a gear-driven dual piston pump that supplies pressurized air to the vehicle air reservoirs.
The air reservoirs provide large volumes of pressurized air to the air brakes, door actuators, and front and rear
gladhand connections.
0002–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
0002–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
The body and chassis systems consist of the following major components: emergency hatch, lifting and tie-down
fixtures, electric winch, fuel fired heater, tow connections, rear door/ramp, litter rack, communications rack, gunner
hatch, interior lighting, seats, and gunner platform.
0002–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
FUEL-FIRED HEATER
A diesel-fuel-fired auxiliary heater (Figure 23, Item 1) on the right side of the vehicle warms the engine coolant.
The heater ignites a burner by means of a glow pin. An electric pump sends coolant through a heat exchanger
and circulates it through the cooling system to provide cabin heating. The auxiliary heater operation can be
programmed to occur at specific times or can be manually activated. Temperature can be regulated between
149°F (65°C) and 176°F (80°C).
REAR DOOR/RAMP
The rear door/ramp is operated by a hydraulic system (Figure 24, Item 1) inside the cabin at the rear of the vehicle.
There are two designs: push-type and pull-type operation. Switches on the IP and on the rear door/ramp hydraulic
assembly provide inputs for operating the rear door/ramp. The inputs operate an electric motor and hydraulic
pump, which extends and retracts the hydraulic cylinder to lower and raise the door/ramp. If the 24V electric motor
does not function, the door/ramp can be raised or lowered by a manually operated solenoid valve and pump.
0002–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
The FSS provides automatic fire extinguishing for the engine compartment and the cabin. Manual switches are
provided for the engine compartment, cabin, tires, and fuel tanks. Each area uses a different FSS:
• Cabin fire suppression unit (Figure 25, Item 4) is located inside the cabin, under the communications
rack, and contains water.
• Engine fire suppression unit (Figure 25, Item 1) is located outside the vehicle, behind the right side air
conditioning condensers, and contains HFC 227ea agent.
• Tire fire suppression unit (Figure 25, Item 2) is located outside the vehicle, behind the left side rear stowage
box, and contains Petrotech TM25.
• Fuel tank fire suppression unit (Figure 25, Item 3) is located outside the vehicle, behind the left side air
conditioning condensers, and contains a dry chemical.
Each fire suppression unit incorporates a 24V pressure sensing transducer and a 24V dispersion solenoid. Fire
suppression units are under pressure when full. The transducers send a signal to the fire suppression control box
to indicate the state of charge. If the state of charge is low, a corresponding RED Light Emitting Diode (LED) will
illuminate on the control box for the affected system.
There are two heat detectors:
• One heat detector is located inside the vehicle, at the right front A-pillar near the floor. The sensor wire
runs from the front of the vehicle to the rear of the vehicle, along the interior roof. If a sudden increase in
temperature is detected along this wire, the heat detector will activate the cabin fire suppression unit. If the
heat detector fails to detect a fire, the CABIN switch on the control box can be used to override the heat
detector and activate the cabin fire suppression unit.
0002–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
• The other heat detector is located in the engine compartment. The sensor wire is mounted to the engine
hood. If a sudden increase in temperature is detected along this wire, the heat detector will activate the
engine fire suppression unit. If the heat detector fails to detect fire, the ENGINE switch on the control box
can be used to override the heat detector and activate the engine fire suppression unit.
There are no heat detectors for the tires or the fuel tank. The fire suppression units are manually activated by
using the corresponding switch on the control box.
The control box manages the automatic and manual functions of the FSS and monitors the pressure in the fire
suppression units. A RED LED is provided for each fire suppression unit. An illuminated RED LED indicates
one of the following conditions:
• An automatic or manual request for fire suppression was requested and successfully delivered.
• The corresponding fire suppression unit is low on pressure or is empty.
• An open circuit has been detected between the control box and the corresponding fire suppression unit.
All four RED LEDs will illuminate when the LAMP TEST button is pushed. The GREEN light will illuminate when
the MAIN POWER switch and FSS power (FUSE) switch are turned on.
0002–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
The M1224 and M1224A1 are equipped with a high performance HVAC/LSS system. Major components of
the system include:
• Refrigerant compressor
• Recycled Air (RA) and Fresh Air (FA) blowers
• Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical (NBC) filter
• Fresh air tube
• Heater core
• Evaporator core
• HVAC/LSS operator panel and Climate Control Unit (CCU)
• Dual A/C condensers (one on each side of vehicle)
When activated, the HVAC/LSS produces an over-pressure condition in the crew cabin to prevent entry of
outside contaminants. An FA blower draws outside air into the system through an inlet in the roof. Outside air
then passes through the NBC filter canister and across an evaporator core and heater core before being mixed
with recycled cabin air via the RA blower.
The HVAC/LSS operator panel located behind the passenger seat, has controls for mode (vent, cool, heat, and
dry), temperature, and fan speed. The CCU is located directly below the operator panel. When cool mode is
selected at the HVAC/LSS operator panel, the condenser fans activate and cool the condenser.
HORNS
Refer to TM 9-2355-106-10 for a description of the horns.
WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Refer to TM 9-2355-106-10 for a description of the windshield wipers.
LIGHTING SYSTEM
Refer to TM 9-2355-106-10 for location and description of lights.
EMERGENCY HATCH
Refer to TM 9-2355-106-10 for a description of the emergency hatch.
0002–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
ELECTRIC WINCH
LITTER RACKS
COMMUNICATIONS RACK
GUNNER HATCH
INTERIOR LIGHTING
SEATS
GUNNER PLATFORM
Figure 27 shows an MRAP Base vehicle (M1224). Figure 28 shows an MRAP vehicle with additional armor
installed under the MRAP Expedient Armor Program (MEAP). MEAP equipped vehicles (M1224A1) have a curb
weight of 41,000 pounds and a GVW of 46,500 pounds. The increased weight of MEAP equipped vehicles
requires that they be operated accordingly.
0002–21
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
EQUIPMENT DATA
Table 3. Dimensions.
GROUND CLEARANCE SPECIFICATION
Front Axle Housing 13.0 in. (33.0 cm)
Belly Pan Armor 15.0 in. (38.1 cm)
Rear Axle Housing 10.25 in. (26.0 cm)
Table 4. Performance.
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Power to Weight Ratio (gross wt) 15 hp/ton
Power to Weight Ratio (MEAP gross wt) 14.5 hp/ton
Fuel Consumption (moving) 4.4 mpg
Angle of Approach 58 degrees
Angle of Departure 46 to 48 degrees
Maximum Grade (climb) 60%
Maximum Grade (descent) 60%
Maximum Grade (side) 30%
Ford Depth 36 in. (0.91 m)
Turning Radius, Curb to Curb 62 feet (18.9 m)
Top Speed 65 mph (105 km/h)
Vehicle Operating Temperature Range -25° to +125°F (-32° to +52°C)
Table 5. Capacities.
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Engine Oil with Filter 30 qt (28.3 L) (OE/HDO-15-40)
Cooling System 29 qt (27.6 L) (CID A-A-52624A; Type I/ A or C;
ethylene glycol) (50/50 mix with water)
Coolant Overflow Tank 4.8 qt (4.5 L)
Coolant Deaeration Tank 5.9 qt (5.6 L)
Transmission with Filter – Dry 29 qt (27.4 L) (OE/HDO-10)
Transmission with Filter – Drain and Refill 19 qt (18 L) (OE/HDO-10)
Axle – Front 13 qt (12.3 L) (SAE 80W90)
Axle – Rear 19.5 qt (18.5 L) (SAE 80W90)
Wheel Bearing – Rear 1.6 qt (1.5 L) (SAE 80W90)
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic Fluid 6.5 qt (6.2 L) (MIL-PRF-46170; Type I)
Power Steering 5.5 qt (5.2 L) (OE/HDO-15-40)
Transfer Case – w/ Cooler MTC4210 GCS transfer case: 6 qt (5.7 L) (SAE
80W90).
MTC4210XL-100 transfer case: 8 qt (7.6 L) (SAE
80W90)
Windshield Wiper Fluid 4 qt (3.8 L) Cleaning Compound, Windshield
A/C System 7.05 lb (3.19 kg) (R134A)
0002–22
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
0002–23
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
0002–24
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0002
0002–25/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
FIELD MAINTENANCE
THEORY OF OPERATION
For a description of basic vehicle features, refer to General Information and Equipment Description and Data in the
Operator’s Manual (TM 9-2355-106-10). Additional information about the general characteristics of the M1224 and
M1224A1 can be found in Equipment Description and Data (WP 0002).
DRIVETRAIN
The M1224 and M1224A1 are equipped with a DT530 in-line, six cylinder, fuel-injected, four-cycle, water-cooled
turbodiesel engine. The engine provides input power to the automatic transmission. The engine is equipped with a
turbocharger, overhead valves with replaceable valve guides, and replaceable valve seats for both intake and
exhaust. The engine is fueled by a direct injection fuel system with electronic sensors and Hydraulically actuated
Electronically controlled Unit Injectors (HEUI). The firing order is 1-5-3-6-2-4.
The front differential transfers power from the drivetrain to the front wheels and allows the front wheels to rotate
at different speeds during a turn. The front differential receives input torque from the front drive shaft when
the vehicle is in four-wheel drive mode.
The vehicles are equipped with an Allison 3000SP series automatic transmission. The transmission uses a
combination of a torque converter, three planetary gear sets, and five clutch packs to provide multiple output gear
ratios. The transmission allows the turbodiesel engine to remain within operational range while providing a wide
range of transmission output shaft speeds and vehicle speeds.
The vehicles are equipped with a Meritor MTC-4210 series transfer case. This transfer case is a four-shaft
design with two-speed front and rear output. Gear ratios are 1:1 and 2.05:1. The Electrical System Controller
(ESC) controls air solenoids that actuate an air-operated shift fork and collar that place the transfer case gears in
LO, HIGH, or NEUTRAL.
0003–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
The rear differential transfers power from the drivetrain to the rear wheels and allows the rear wheels to rotate at
different speeds during a turn. The rear differential receives input torque from the rear drive shaft anytime the
vehicle is moving. The rear differential can not be disengaged.
The Engine Control Module (ECM) is mounted on the left side of the engine below the high pressure oil rail. One
60-way connector (LAM1019) links the ECM to input and output components on the engine harness. Another
60-way connector (6007) is located lower on the side of the ECM. It links the ECM to additional engine-related
components and to the vehicle electrical system.
The ECM performs the following functions:
• Supplies input components with power and ground circuits.
• Processes signals from inputs.
• Calculates engine control strategy based on stored operating instructions.
• Controls actuators by means of output drivers and pulse width modulated signals.
When the ignition switch is turned ON, ignition voltage is supplied to ECM connector 6007, terminal 24. This
signals the ECM to connect a battery feed to additional ECM pins by means of the ECM power relay.
One side of the ECM power relay coil (terminal 86) is provided with a battery feed. To actuate the relay, the ECM
provides a path to ground (terminal 85) for the relay coil via ECM connector 6007, terminal 25. As a result,
battery power at terminal 30 of the relay is connected to terminal 87 of the relay and to ECM connector 6007,
terminals 21, 22, and 41.
ECM terminals 23 and 42 on the 6007 connector provide the ECM with a battery ground.
The ECM monitors the power circuits and can record Diagnostic Trouble Codes if it detects a malfunction.
DTC 112 can be caused by an alternator that is overcharging or improper voltage during a jump-start.
DTC 113 can be caused by an alternator that is undercharging, weak batteries, high resistance, or poor
connections in B+ circuits.
DTC 626 will be set any time the ECM powers down due to an interruption in a power or ground circuit. When
power or ground is restored, the ECM will reboot itself. Relearning engine parameters may cause erratic engine
operation. Turning the ignition switch OFF and then ON again causes the code to change from active to inactive.
0003–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
0003–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
Engine and vehicle sensors send input signals to the ECM by:
•Changing reference voltage to produce a signal.
•Generating signal voltage.
•Switching a voltage feed on and off.
The vehicle engine uses an electronic accelerator pedal assembly that includes an Accelerator Position Sensor
(APS) and an Idle Validation Switch (IVS). The APS and IVS are integrated into one component mounted
on the accelerator pedal. The ECM determines accelerator pedal position by processing input signals from
the APS and IVS.
The ECM sends a regulated 5V signal through ECM chassis connector 6007, terminal 3 to APS connector terminal
C. The APS returns a variable voltage signal (depending on pedal position) from APS connector terminal A to
ECM connector 6007, terminal 8. Terminal B of the APS connector is provided a ground by the ECM at connector
6007, terminal 11.
The ECM determines lowest and the highest pedal positions by reading and storing minimum and maximum
voltage levels from the APS during each ignition cycle. When the pedal is disconnected (or a new one is installed),
the pedal does not need calibration, since calibration occurs each time ignition switch is turned on.
The IVS receives 12V from ignition fuse. The ECM expects to receive one of two IVS signals through ECM
connector 6007, terminal 27 from APS/IVS connector terminal D: 0V when the pedal is in the idle position; 12V
when the pedal is depressed.
The APS/IVS unit can be replaced without replacing the entire accelerator pedal assembly.
The Barometric Absolute Pressure Sensor (BAP) is located behind the instrument cluster.
The BAP sensor is a variable capacitance device that, when supplied with a 5V reference signal from ECM,
produces a linear analog voltage signal that indicates pressure.
The BAP signal is used to calculate altitude, which allows ECM to adjust timing and fuel quantity for improved
engine operation and smoke control.
A BAP signal detected Out of Range High or Out of Range Low by the ECM will cause the ECM to ignore the BAP
signal and use the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) signal generated at low idle as an indication of barometric
pressure. If a MAP fault is also detected, the BAP value will default to 29.6 in. Hg (barometric pressure at sea level).
The ECM sends a regulated 5V signal from ECM connector LAM1019, terminal 3, to the BAP connector terminal
2. The BAP sensor returns a variable voltage signal (representing atmospheric pressure) from BAP connector
terminal 3 to the ECM at connector LAM1019, terminal 29. Terminal 1 of the BAP connector is provided a ground
at ECM connector LAM1019, terminal 11.
The ECM continuously monitors signals from the BAP sensor at terminal 29. If a signal is out of the expected
range, a Diagnostic Trouble Code is logged. The warning light does NOT turn on.
The brake switch is located on the air lines in the instrument panel. The switch signals the Electronic System
Controller (ESC) when the brakes are applied. This ESC sends this information to the ECM over the J1939 data
link circuit. It is used by the ECM to disengage cruise control functions and to enable the exhaust brake. The brake
signal will interrupt the cold ambient protection feature and reset the time interval for the idle shutdown feature.
0003–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
The engine control system includes a CMP sensor located on the front of the engine near the auto belt tensioner.
The CMP sensor, along with a timing disk at the front of the camshaft, provide the ECM with a signal that indicates
camshaft position and engine speed. A narrow vane on the disk (corresponding with a wider window) is used to
indicate the position of the number one piston.
The CMP sensor is a Hall-Effect-type device that generates a digital frequency as windows on the timing disk
pass through its magnetic field. The frequency of the windows passing by the sensor, as well as the width of
selected windows, allows the ECM to detect engine speed and position. When the narrow vane passes the
CMP sensor, the signal on-time is less than when the other vanes pass the sensor. This produces a signal that
the ECM uses to indicate engine position.
The ECM uses the CMP sensor signal to synchronize piston position with injector firing sequence. The injection
sequence begins when the ECM detects the narrow vane on the timing disk indicating cylinder 1. The piston
position for each cylinder is then continuously calculated as each vane on the timing disk passes by the CMP
sensor. This information is processed by the ECM and used for injection timing and fuel delivery control. The
engine will not operate without a functioning CMP signal.
After every two crankshaft revolutions, the ECM verifies synchronization. If the ECM receives too many or too few
pulses for the number of engine revolutions, it will set a DTC. However, the ECM will attempt to determine the cause
of an invalid signal and identify it with a DTC. CMP codes that are set will become inactive codes if the ignition
switch is turned off. These codes can be retrieved using the MSD, or cruise control switches and the cluster display.
The ECM provides a 5-volt reference signal to CMP sensor terminal B via connector LAM1019, terminal 40. It
provides a ground to CMP sensor terminal A via connector LAM1019, terminal 53. The ECM receives the signal
from CMP sensor terminal C at connector LAM1019, terminal 51.
The engine coolant level system monitors the engine coolant level. ECM connector 6007, terminal 10 provides a
5-volt reference signal to level sensor terminal A. Terminal B is connected to the ECM signal ground. The magnetic
sensor in the coolant surge tank is open when the tank is full.
The engine coolant level sensor is used with the optional engine warning and protection feature. The coolant level
system monitors coolant level in the surge tank to protect the engine from damage due to operating the engine
when the coolant level is low. When this feature has been enabled and the engine is running, the ECM will cause
the red LOW COOLANT warning light to flash and the warning buzzer to sound if the coolant level is below the
level of the sender in the surge tank. If the system is programmed for engine shutdown, the ECM will cause
the engine to stop running after the coolant level has been depleted below the coolant level sensor and the
preprogrammed warning time has expired. If the engine stops running in this condition, it can be restarted and
run again for the warning time period, provided it is capable of restarting.
DTC 236 will be active when a low coolant situation is present, and the MSD will indicate Engine Coolant Level
Below Warning/Critical level. After the coolant has been restored to proper levels, DTC 323 will remain as an
inactive code and the ECM will log the engine hours of the occurrence.
0003–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
The engine control system includes an ECT sensor located on the right side of the engine behind the alternator
mounting bracket. The ECT sensor is a thermistor-type device that modifies a 0 to 5V signal by changing
resistance in response to changes in coolant temperature. When the temperature of the coolant decreases, the
resistance of the thermistor increases, which causes the signal voltage to increase. As the temperature of the
coolant increases, the resistance of the thermistor decreases, which causes the signal voltage to decrease. The
ECT sensor is supplied a regulated 5V reference signal at terminal B from ECM connector LAM1019, terminal
13. The sensor is grounded at terminal A through the signal return at ECM connector LAM1019, terminal 19. As
the coolant temperature increases or decreases, the sensor changes resistance and provides the ECM with
the coolant temperature signal.
The ECM uses the ECT signal for engine fan control, coolant temperature compensation, and the optional high
temperature warning and shutdown systems. Coolant temperature compensation is used to protect the engine if
the coolant temperature is too high.
If the coolant reaches 214°F (101°C), the ECM will reduce the fuel delivery by 6% for each °C of temperature
increase. If the coolant temperature increases to 218°F (104°C), fuel quantity will be reduced 3% for each °C
of temperature increase. Coolant temperature compensation can be programmed to be inoperative in certain
applications where full engine performance is required over the protection of the engine. For engines equipped with
an engine warning system, the ECM will activate the audible warning alarm and illuminate the RED OIL/WATER
warning light when the engine coolant temperature reaches 225°F (107°C). For engines equipped with an engine
shutdown system, the ECM will shut the engine off when the coolant temperature reaches 235°F (112.5°C). The
vehicle operator may restart the engine by turning the ignition switch OFF and then restarting it. After restart, the
ECM will allow the engine to run for an additional 30 seconds before shutting it off again.
With the ignition switch ON, the ECM continuously monitors the ECT circuit for expected voltages. If the signal
voltage is more or less than the expected value, the ECM will set a DTC. In that case, the ECM will disregard
the signal voltage and default to a temperature of 180°F (82°C) for engine running operation and -29°F (-33.9°C)
for starting the engine. If the DTC is no longer present, the ECM will return to normal operation using the ECT
signal for processing.
The engine starting system is controlled by the ECM through its control of a ground for the starter relay. The starter
relay controls the current to the helper relay and starter solenoid. While the engine is running, the ECM prevents
starter motor operation and possible damage to the starter pinion and ring gear. In addition, ECM control prevents
the starter motor from engaging unless the transmission is in NEUTRAL.
The ECI system includes the following:
• Gear position input from Transmission Control Module (TCM)
• Ignition switch
• Starter relay
• Starter motor and solenoids
• Batteries and cables
When the ECM recognizes that the engine is not running, it grounds terminal 46 on connector 6007, providing the
TCM signals that the transmission is not in gear. Grounding terminal 46 provides a current path for the starter relay
coil when the ignition switch is moved to START. When the ECM recognizes that the engine is running, the ECM
will open terminal 46. This will prevent the starter relay coil from energizing and the starter motor from engaging.
0003–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
The EFC solenoid provides ON/OFF control for the engine cooling system fan and a load for engine braking
when required. To operate the solenoid, the ECM monitors inputs from the engine coolant temperature and
the exhaust brake signal.
The AIR FAN SHUTTER fuse in the Power Distribution Center provides the fan solenoid with 12 volts when
the ignition is turned ON. The ECM controls the solenoid at connector LAM1019, terminal 8. Normal fan ON
temperature is 212°F (100°C). Normal fan OFF temperature is 207.5°F (97.5°C).
If a malfunction occurs in either the power or ground circuit, EFC is disabled and the engine fan is on all the time.
For test purposes, EFC solenoid can be turned ON/OFF through Key-On, Engine-Off Standard Test on the MSD.
During this test, the ECM performs an output circuit test that momentarily enables the EFC solenoid and measures
the voltage drop across the solenoid. DTC 246 is set only during this test.
The EOP sensor is a variable capacitance device located near the fuel filter on the left side of the engine. When
pressure is applied to the sensor, the capacitance changes in proportion with the pressure. ECM connector
LAM1019, terminal 40, supplies a regulated 5V signal to terminal B of the EOP sensor. The EOP sensor is supplied
with a signal ground at terminal A by ECM connector LAM1019, terminal 19. The oil pressure signal from the
sensor at terminal C is sent to terminal 14 of ECM connector LAM1019. This signal increases in proportion to an
increase in pressure up to a maximum of 85.3 psi (588 kPa).
The ECM monitors the EOP signal to provide information for the oil pressure gauge and for warning lamp
operation. If the vehicle is equipped with the engine shutdown system and the oil pressure drops to 2.0 psi (14
kPa) @ 700 rpm, 5.0 psi (34 kPa) @ 1400 rpm, or 12.0 psi (83 kPa) @ 2000 rpm, the ECM will shut the engine off.
During engine operation, the ECM compares the expected oil pressure to engine speed. If the ECM detects low oil
pressure for a given engine speed, the ECM will set a DTC. If the oil pressure is lower than the critical level, the
ECM will record a DTC. The ECM automatically records this as a low oil pressure event that cannot be erased
using the MSD. This becomes a record of engine operation.
The EOT sensor is a thermistor-type device which produces a 0 to 5V signal in response to changes in engine
oil temperature. It is located on the back of the front cover on the left side of the engine. The ECM uses the
EOT sensor signal to adjust fuel timing and quantity to compensate for oil viscosity changes during temperature
variations.
When oil temperature decreases, the resistance of the thermistor increases, which causes the signal voltage to
increase. As oil temperature increases, the resistance of the thermistor decreases, causing the signal voltage
to decrease. The EOT sensor is supplied a regulated 5V reference signal at terminal B from ECM connector
LAM1019, terminal 12. A ground circuit is supplied at terminal A by ECM connector LAM1019, terminal 19.
With the ignition switch ON, the ECM continuously monitors the EOT signal to determine if it is within expected
values. If the signal voltage is above or below the expected levels, the ECM will set a DTC. If the ECM detects
an EOT signal that is Out of Range High or Out of Range Low, it will ignore the EOT signal and default to the
ECT sensor. If the ECT sensor is not sending a correct signal, the ECM will default to 29°F (-1.7°C) for starting or
212°F (100°C) for engine running operation.
The AMBER ENGINE lamp is illuminated as long as the DTC condition exists.
0003–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
The IAT sensor is a thermistor-type device that modifies a 0 to 5V signal in response to changes in temperature. It
is located on the air filter housing. The IAT signal determines the timing and quantity of fuel required for starting in
cold weather to limit smoke emissions.
When intake air temperature decreases, the resistance of the thermistor increases, which causes the signal voltage
to increase. As intake air temperature increases, the resistance of the thermistor decreases, causing the signal
voltage to decrease. The IAT sensor is supplied a regulated 5V reference signal at terminal B from ECM connector
6007, terminal 11. A return circuit (ground) is supplied at terminal A from ECM connector 6007, terminal 12.
With the ignition switch ON, the ECM continuously monitors the IAT signal to determine if it is within expected
values. If the signal voltage is above or below the expected levels, the ECM will set a DTC. If the ECM detects
an IAT signal that is Out of Range High or Out of Range Low, the ECM will ignore the IAT signal and default to
77°F (25°C).
The AMBER ENGINE lamp is illuminated as long as the DTC condition exists.
The engine control system includes a MAP sensor located on the top of the intake manifold. The ECM measures
the signal from the MAP sensor to determine intake manifold (boost) pressure. From this information, the ECM can
control fuel quantity and modify injection timing for engine operating conditions.
The MAP sensor is a variable capacitance device that produces a linear analog voltage signal. Pressure applied
to the MAP sensor changes the capacitance of the sensor, which varies the signal voltage sent to the ECM. As
boost pressure increases, the signal voltage increases.
The MAP sensor is supplied 5V at sensor terminal B from ECM connector LAM1019, terminal 40. A ground circuit
is supplied to terminal A of the sensor from ECM connector LAM1019, terminal 19. MAP sensor terminal C
provides a signal to ECM connector LAM1019, terminal 30.
The ECM monitors the MAP sensor signal for expected values. If the ECM detects the MAP signal is more or less
than the desired value, it will set a DTC. If an active DTC for the MAP sensor is set, the ECM will ignore the MAP
sensor signal and operate the engine using programmed default values. Active DTCs for the MAP sensor will
cause the ECM to illuminate the amber engine warning light.
FUEL SYSTEM
These subsystems work together to inject pressurized fuel into the combustion chambers. The fuel supply system
delivers fuel from the fuel tanks to the injectors. The ICP system supplies the injectors with high pressure oil, and
the fuel injectors deliver high pressure fuel to the engine in response to ECM inputs.
Fuel Flow
The suction side of the supply pump draws fuel from the tank to the strainer. Fuel then flows through the strainer
into the supply pump. The pump increases fuel pressure to approximately 65 psi (448 kPa). Pressurized fuel is
pumped through the filter to the supply manifold for distribution through passages in the head to the fuel injectors.
The supply manifold pressure is controlled to 65 psi (448 kPa) by a fuel pressure regulator mounted at the rear of
the manifold. After flowing through the pressure regulator, excess fuel is returned to the tank.
0003–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
The ECM continuously monitors pressure using the ICP sensor and controls injection pressure by operating the
IPR. This control based on sensor feedback is known as Closed Loop.
0003–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
The ICP sensor is a variable capacitance device. When pressure is applied to the sensor, the capacitance changes
in relation to the pressure. The ECM supplies a regulated 5V signal to terminal B of the ICP sensor from ECM
connector LAM1019, terminal 40. The ICP sensor is supplied a ground at terminal A to ECM connector LAM1019,
terminal 19. During engine operation, oil pressure changes sensor capacitance; the incoming 5V reference signal
changes in relation to pressure. The oil pressure signal from the sensor at terminal C is sent to terminal 16 of ECM
connector LAM1019. This signal increases equally in proportion to an increase in pressure.
The IPR valve is sent a pulse width modulated signal by the ECM to control the pressure of the oil in the ICP
system. The pulse width is modulated between 8% and 60% to control pressure in the range of 500-3000 psi
(3.4-20 MPa). The regulator is mounted in the high pressure oil pump and maintains desired injection control
pressure by dumping excess oil through an (internal shuttle) spool valve into the front cover and back to the oil pan.
Diagnostic codes can be set by the ECM if the ICP electrical signal is out of range or if the ICP signal received
corresponds to an out-of-range value for the ICP for a given operating condition.
If these failures occur, the ECM will ignore the ICP signal and control the IPR valve from programmed default
values. This is called open loop operation.
0003–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
The injector scuff test detects problems with injection and combustion. The test analyzes the individual contribution
of each power cylinder. Its primary function is to detect a bad injector, although it will also detect problems that
could affect the cylinder performance (i.e., valves, push rods, pistons, rings, etc.). Further diagnostic testing may
be necessary to resolve mechanical issues. During this test, the ECM controls fuel delivery and determines each
cylinder’s power contribution. If a cylinder is not performing satisfactorily, a DTC may be set.
TRANSMISSION
Operators select automatic or manual shifts with the shift selector module in the center instrument panel. In DRIVE
(D), the transmission automatically shifts through gears 1-5. Up and down arrows on the shift selector provide the
option of manual shifts. The shift selector is one of several inputs the TCM uses in shifting between gears. For
main transmission inputs and outputs, refer to Figure 5.
The TCM is located on a bracket mounted on the left frame rail above the transmission. The TCM communicates
with the vehicle electrical system via an 80-way connector. A 20-way connector on the back of the transmission
housing connects the TCM to the transmission internal wiring harness.
To provide 5 forward gear ratios and 1 reverse gear ratio, the transmission employs solenoids to control five
clutches, which hold or release parts of 3 planetary gear modules. In the event of electrical system failure,
transmission valves are designed to return to default hydraulic positions and provide limp-in gear ratios.
The TCM monitors transmission circuits for proper operation and records DTCs when it detects malfunctions.
DTCs can be retrieved with the MSD or by using shift selector UP and DOWN buttons and the shift selector display.
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Access Procedure (WP 0012) for details.
TRANSFER CASE
The switch pack in the center instrument panel provides inputs to Electronic System Controller (ESC) for transfer
case operation. The ESC then operates the solenoids that route air pressure to transfer case shift mechanisms. A
shift fork and collar connects the input shaft to low-range or high-range gears, which are coupled to an idler gear
assembly. The idler gear then turns the gear on the rear output shaft. A pushrod and shift fork connects the gear
on the rear output shaft to a gear on the front output shaft for front axle operation.
0003–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
For brake and pneumatic system component identification and location, refer to Figure 6.
The M1224 and M1224A1 vehicles are equipped with air-operated drum brakes on all four wheels and an
Antilock Brake System (ABS).
The ABS Electronic Control Unit (ECU) employs wheel speed sensors and ABS modulator valves to enhance
vehicle control during braking. The ECU uses wheel speed sensors to monitor individual wheels for locking
tendencies and for feedback during antilock braking. The ECU operates the pressure modulator valves to adjust
the brake pressure at each wheel, optimizing traction between the tire and the road surface.
0003–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
At brake actuation, air pressure in the brake chamber rotates the S-camshaft, which then pushes rollers located on
the brake shoes against the brake drum. When a brake shoe is forced into the drum, friction slows the movement
of the drum to stop the vehicle.
The ABS uses an ABS modulator valve to regulate the flow of air to the brake chambers during braking.
An air dryer removes moisture from the compressed air provided by the air compressor. The air dryer uses a
replaceable desiccant cartridge to remove moisture. The air dryer periodically purges moisture out of a purge vent.
To prevent brake lag, a relay valve is used to actuate the brakes. Brake lag is the amount of time between when
the operator actuates the foot valve and the air reaches the brake chambers. The relay valve controls the flow
of air between the brake chambers and the reservoirs. The foot valve provides air pressure to the relay valve,
and the relay valve opens and closes in proportion to the amount of pressure applied by the foot valve. Since
the relay valve can flow more air than the foot valve, brake lag is limited.
The vehicle brake pedal is connected to a foot valve that controls air pressure to the brake chambers. The
pressure is determined by the driver’s pedal stroke.
The ECU monitors ABS circuits for proper operation and records DTCs when it detects malfunctions. The DTCs
can be retrieved via the MSD or via the cluster ABS indicator lamp and an ABS blink switch to the left of the
steering column. Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Access Procedure (WP 0012) for details.
Air pressure is supplied by an engine-driven air compressor. The system has two air supply tanks. One tank
supplies air for the front (secondary) brake system. The other supplies air to the rear (primary) brakes. The rear
axle also has spring-applied parking brakes.
Pneumatic cylinders assist the opening and closing of the armor-reinforced cabin doors. Air is routed to the
cylinders by air valves connected to the latch handle assembly. M1224 models that have the lower combat
door lock type have a single-cylinder for each door. M1224 models that have the upper combat door lock type
have dual cylinders. Linkage rods feature adjustable ends for door latching and air valve operation adjustment.
Door opening and closing speed is also adjustable.
0003–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
For steering and suspension component identification and location, refer to Figure 7.
The power steering pump is mounted on the left side of the engine, behind the air compressor. The pump supplies
high pressure fluid to the steering gear. A remote reservoir receives return fluid from the steering gear and
routes it back to the power steering pump.
Upper and lower king pin bushings are pressed into the axle housing and are replaceable separately. The kingpins
allow the front wheels to pivot and turn the vehicle.
The tie rod assembly consists of two tie rod ends and a connecting tube or tie rod. The length of the tie rod
assembly is adjustable to allow front wheel alignment.
The suspension on the M1224 and M1224A1 consists of front and rear leaf springs and front shock absorbers.
0003–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
The power steering fluid reservoir is located near the radiator above the left front tire. The reservoir stores and
cools fluid that is not currently being used by the power steering pump.
The steering wheel and steering column inside the cab and the steering shaft in the engine compartment provide
input to the steering gear, mounted above the left frame rail near the bumper. A pitman arm and drag link connect
the steering gear to a steering arm on the left kingpin assembly.
The M1224 is equipped with 395/85R20 tires mounted on two-piece, 20-inch forged aluminum wheels. The wheel
inner and outer pieces are bolted together and have an internal O-ring seal between them. The tire and wheel
assemblies also incorporate a Variable Function Insert (VFI) that provides run flat capability and prevents the
tire beads from excessive movement on the wheel.
The vehicle has a dual electrical system with four batteries in a series-parallel configuration that provides 12V or
24V power. The batteries are located behind a cover below the right door.
0003–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
The system uses a 24V high output alternator for battery charging.
Four lead-acid batteries, rated at 725 CCA each, are connected in series-parallel. The batteries are split into two
pairs. Each pair of batteries is wired in series and has a battery equalizer to provide 12V or 24V power. The 12V
and 24V outputs from each pair of batteries are wired in parallel to the mag switches.
The battery equalizers, mounted near the batteries, regulate power between the 12V and 24V batteries. The
battery equalizer has three connections: 24V battery positive, 12V battery positive, and ground. The battery
equalizer senses the voltage of each battery. When a 12V load is activated, 12V battery voltage will begin to
drop. The equalizer will pull 24V energy from the 24V battery, convert it to 12V energy, and provide it to the 12V
battery until voltages between the two batteries are equal. In effect, the battery equalizer allows 12V loads to
pull equally from both batteries.
The vehicle is equipped with an 1800–watt, 110V, alternating current (AC) inverter to provide power for auxiliary AC
equipment. A 110V outlet is located in the rear storage box. The NATO jump start connector is also located there.
The jump start connector is wired directly to the batteries.
The 110V power inverter has the following features:
• 1800-watt AC output with 2900-watt surge capacity
• True sine wave AC output
• Powersave mode that draws only 1.5 watts with no load
• Over-temperature shutdown and automatic overload protection
• Over-voltage and under-voltage protection
• Short circuit and AC back-feed protection
The transmission control module is a microprocessor that controls the operation of the transmission.
The primary power distribution and control points in the electrical system are the MAIN POWER switch, the 12V and
two 24V mag switches, megafuses, engine compartment power distribution center, and cabin fuse and relay center.
The MAIN POWER switch provides a ground for 12V and 24V mag switches in the battery compartment. The
mag switches, in turn, supply both 12V and 24V power to the power distribution center and the cabin fuse and
relay center.
In addition, this 24V mag switch provides a feed for 24V body systems such as the remote controlled spotlight,
climate control, Fire Suppression System (FSS), and rear door pump motor. The vehicle winch is powered by the
unswitched side of this 24V mag switch and protected by a 300-amp megafuse.
Another 24V mag switch provides power to an inverter that supplies 110V AC at the right front and right rear
storage boxes. This circuit is protected by a separate 150-amp megafuse.
The 12V mag switch supplies power to a junction with a 100-amp megafuse near the power distribution center.
From the unfused side of the megafuse, power is supplied to the Electronic System Controller (ESC) and to the
12V battery feed for the chassis. From the fused side of the megafuse, power is supplied to the cabin fuse
and relay center.
24V power is supplied from the vehicle batteries to the starter motor solenoid terminal 2 on a 4/0 cable. The
negative battery terminals are connected to the starter motor ground stud. The negative battery terminals are
also connected directly to the frame rail. The engine block ground, cab, and frame are connected by ground
cables or circuits to the starter motor ground.
The engine control module is a microprocessor that control the operation of the diesel engine.
0003–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
STARTING CIRCUIT
Starting system components include the ignition switch, starter ISO and power relay, engine crank inhibit circuit,
helper relay, starter solenoid, and starter motor. In the START position, the ignition switch routes 12 volts to the
coil side of the starter ISO and power relay. As long as the engine is not running and the transmission is not in
gear, the engine crank inhibit circuit provides a ground for the coil. As a result, the ISO and power relay supplies a
24-volt feed to the helper relay. The helper relay then provides 24 volts to the starter solenoid, which supplies the
starter motor with battery power.
CHARGING CIRCUIT
When the vehicle is running, the alternator supplies 24V power through two positive alternator terminals. Wiring
and fusible links connect these terminals to the starter motor solenoid positive battery stud. From this stud, current
flows to the batteries through the positive battery cable.
Wiring connects two negative terminals on the alternator to engine block grounds above the starter motor.
For a diagram of the chassis part of the J1939 data link circuit, refer to Figure 9.
For a diagram of the cabin part of the J1939 data link circuit, refer to Figure 10.
Multiplexing, in the form of data link circuits, simplifies module communication and reduces wiring complexity on
the M1224. The vehicle uses two types of data link circuits; J1708 and J1939. Both are two-wire systems. The
J1708 data link is often referred to as American Trucking Association (ATA), and J1939 is often referred to as
Controller Area Network (CAN).
There are three separate data links used on the vehicle:
• Drivetrain J1939 data link - This data link provides the main path for communication between vehicle modules:
engine controller, transmission controller, Antilock Brake System (ABS) controller, Instrument Panel Cluster
(IPC), ESC, and the shift selector module. The circuit terminates at each end with a 120-ohm resistor, one
above the transmission and the other behind the right side of the instrument panel. An additional branch of the
0003–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
J1939 data link circuit is routed to the data link connector and provides a link for the Maintenance Support
Device (MSD). The data link connector is located to the left of the steering column.
• Switch data link - This J1708 data link provides a path for communication between the center panel switch
pack and ESC.
• J1708 data link - This data link connects the ECM to the data link connector for engine diagnostics.
0003–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
The ESC is mounted below the instrument panel to the left of the steering column. It connects with the vehicle
electrical system via two 36-way connectors and three 8-way connectors. Power is provided by a cable from the
unfused side of the 100-amp mega fuse in the engine compartment. The ESC receives inputs from switches and
sensors and distributes electrical power to provide the driver with control over vehicle systems and indications of
vehicle performance. It performs the following functions:
0003–20
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
• Communicates with the IPC on the J1939 data link to display vehicle information and system diagnostics.
• Communicates with the instrument panel switch pack through a dedicated J1708 data link.
• Receives input from the switch pack and controls power to the solenoid air pack for transfer case operation.
• Receives inputs from the switch pack and sends requests for exhaust brake operation to the ECM.
• Receives inputs from the cruise control switches and sends requests for cruise control operation to the ECM.
• Receives inputs from steering column switches and controls the horns, turn signals, and washers/wipers.
• Receives inputs from the brake switch to control the brake lights.
• Communicates with the IPC on the J1939 data link to supply the service headlights with power.
DIAGNOSTICS
The ESC monitors circuits for proper operation and records Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) when it detects
malfunctions. DTCs can be retrieved with the Maintainance Support Device (MSD) or by using the CRUISE ON
switch and the cruise RESUME/ACCEL switch and the Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) display. Refer to Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC) Access Procedure (WP 0012) for details.
SWITCH PACK
The switch pack module is located in the center instrument panel. The mechanical assembly for each switch snaps
into the switch receptacle and can be released from the rear of the switch pack. The switches communicate with
the ESC over a dedicated J1708 data link. Switch positions and functions are programmed into the ESC. Based on
switch inputs, the ESC operates vehicle features or sends messages to other modules requesting operation.
Some switches will flash when a switch is malfunctioning or there is an error associated with the feature controlled
by the switch. The ESC continuously monitors switch pack communication on the switch data link. In most cases,
the switch pack will notify the ESC if one of the individual switches has failed. In addition, if a switch pack fails to
communicate with the ESC within the expected period of time, the ESC will record a DTC.
0003–21
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
0003–22
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
0003–23
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
For IPC gauge, digital display, and reset switch location, refer to Figure 12 For IPC warning light location, refer to
Figure 13.
The IPC components include gauges, warning lamps, a digital display, a display set/reset button, an audible alarm,
and a panel dimmer switch. The IPC communicates with the Electronic System Controller (ESC) and other
controllers through the J1939 data link.
GAUGES
The IPC has nine stepper motor-driven gauges. All gauges except the speedometer and tachometer have their
own warning lights, which signal the operator when gauge readings are outside preset limits.
0003–24
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
GAUGE DATA
The IPC continuously monitors incoming gauge data for out-of-range or data-not-present conditions. If the data is
out of range, the cluster or gauge pack will turn on the Light Emitting Diode (LED) embedded in the respective
gauge.
If data is not available for a small gauge in the IPC, the needle will be driven clockwise to the 6 o'clock position. If
data is not available for the speedometer or tachometer, the gauge will repeat the following sequence three times:
1. Go immediately to the zero position.
2. Sweep up to the 50% position.
3. Sweep back to zero.
4. Pause.
After the ignition is turned on, the Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) displays a gauge and lamp check sequence. All
gauges must sweep from zero to maximum to zero in unison. All of the gauge warning lights will illuminate along
with the panel warning lights that are associated with features installed on the vehicle. The alarms associated
with each gauge warning light do not sound. All of the segments of the IPC Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) should
display while the gauges sweep. At the end of the sweep, the LCD will turn off all segments for 5 seconds, display
the firmware version number, and then return to operational mode. The lights controlled by the panel dimmer in
the IPC will also come on during the gauge sweep.
If the instrument cluster experiences a system fault, it will transmit a fault message to the Electronic System
Controller (ESC).
Mode and Select/Reset Switch
The IPC includes a select/reset switch, used to control the digital display. The switch interfaces directly with
the IPC and is located on the lower right of the IPC lens. The switch allows the user to select modes within
each major area of the display and perform reset functions. Each time the switch is momentarily depressed, the
display will progress to the next mode. Depressing the switch for 3 seconds while in the odometer mode will
switch the display between miles and kilometers. Depressing the switch for 3 seconds or more in other modes
will clear the display or toggle between options, depending upon the current mode. The reset function has no
effect if the parameter cannot be reset.
The Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) contains an audible alarm that is capable of producing different beep counts
and beep durations. The alarm type for each gauge is determined by the alarm code programmed for that gauge in
the Electronic Systems Controller (ESC).
Pressing and holding the top of the panel dimmer switch and the set/reset switch for 5 seconds will disable the
cluster alarm for all warning conditions until the engine speed reaches 325 rpm or the ignition is cycled.
One-Time, Five-Short-Beeps Alarm
An out-of-range value in any of the following gauges will trigger a one-time, five-short-beeps, audible alarm and
visual indicator light in the corresponding gauge. The alarm will sound only once per gauge during each ignition
cycle.
• Fuel level
• Voltmeter
• Engine oil pressure
• Engine coolant temperature
0003–25
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
An out-of-range-value in either of the following gauges will trigger a repetitive, one-long-beep, audible alarm
and visual indicator light in the corresponding gauge. The alarm will stop as soon as normal conditions are
re-established.
A loss of communication to the IPC from the ESC or engine controller on the J1939 data link will trigger a one-time,
10-short-beeps, audible alarm.
A sensor fault error will result in the small gauge pointer being driven clockwise to the 6 o'clock position and a
three-long-beep audible alarm. The same audible alarm accompanies the speedometer and tachometer if they are
missing data. The gauge pointers in the speedometer and tachometer will repeat the following sequence three
times and then park the pointer at the minimum position until the sensor fault is no longer active.
The turn signal will be accompanied by a sequence of short blips synchronized with the flashing of the lamps. This
audio indicator repeats each time the ESC requests that the IPC turn on the turn signal lights. The audio indicator
does not accompany the application of the hazard lights.
For HVAC/LSS controls refer to Figure 14 For an HVAC/LSS system A/C diagram refer to Figure 15.
0003–27
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
Airflow
Fresh air is drawn through the fresh air inlet tube, which is located behind the passenger seat and connected
between the roof and HVAC/LSS box. The Fresh Air (FA) blower forces air through the Nuclear, Biological, and
Chemical (NBC) filter and across the A/C evaporator and heater core. Conditioned air is then mixed with recycled
cabin air and distributed throughout the cabin by the Recycled Air (RA) blower.
The FA blower and RA blower are running anytime the LSS switch is in the ON position. The FA blower speed is
not adjustable and is limited to 100 cubic feet per minute (cfm) by the NBC filter. The RA blower speed can be
controlled with the R/A FAN SPEED control knob on the HVAC/LSS operator panel. The HVAC/LSS employs a
cabin overpressure strategy that utilizes the FA blower and an overpressure relief valve to achieve a cabin pressure
of 2.8 inch W.C. (± 0.8 inch W.C.) (700 pascal [± 200 pascal]) above atmospheric pressure. The overpressure relief
valve is located in the cabin roof, near the back of the cabin, on the left side.
Operating Modes
The HVAC/LSS operator panel offers four operating modes: VENT, COOL, HEAT, and DRY. Mode doors are not
used to control temperature. The A/C compressor is commanded on for cooling, and coolant is routed to the heater
core for heating. A manually operated mode door can redirect some air from the main air duct to the defogging air
duct to eliminate moisture from the windshield. Mode switch operation is as follows:
• VENT mode selected and LSS switch ON: FA and RA blowers will be commanded on. RA blower speed may
be changed via the R/A FAN SPEED knob. The HVAC/LSS will not heat or cool the cabin air in this mode.
• COOL mode selected, LSS switch ON: engine running. FA and RA blowers will be commanded on. RA
blower speed may be changed using the RA/FAN SPEED knob. If the transmission is in N (NEUTRAL), the
Climate Control Unit (CCU) will command an increased idle speed by sending a 24V signal through the
high idle request circuit to the AIR COND relay. The AIR COND relay will complete a ground circuit to the
Electronic Systems Controller (ESC). The ESC sends a high idle speed request via the J1939 data link to
the engine controller. The engine controller will increase engine speed to 1,300 rpm (± 800 rpm) within 10
seconds. If transmission gear selector is taken out of N (NEUTRAL) or the parking brake (YELLOW knob) is
not applied, the engine speed will immediately return to base engine idle speed.
The CCU monitors the RA temperature sensor to determine if the A/C compressor should be commanded
on. The CCU will command the A/C compressor on only when RA temperature is warmer than 67°F (± 4°F)
(19.4°C [± 2°C]). The condenser fans turn on when A/C system high-side pressure reaches 232 psi (± 25.4
psi) (1,600 kPa [± 175 kPa]). The freeze switch will signal the CCU to turn off the A/C compressor clutch if
the A/C evaporator temperature is colder than 39.2ºF (± 3.6ºF) (4ºC [± 2ºC]). It will not turn back on until A/C
evaporator temperature is warmer than 42.8ºF (± 3.6ºF) (6ºC [± 2ºC]).
• HEAT mode selected, TEMPERATURE LEVEL switch in maximum heat position, and LSS switch ON:
Engine running at operating temperature, FA and RA blowers will be commanded on. The RA blower
speed may be changed using the R/A FAN SPEED knob. The CCU monitors the RA temperature sensor
and opens or closes the 3-way valve to divert hot engine coolant to the heater core to regulate cabin
temperature. The A/C compressor will not be commanded on in this mode.
0003–28
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
• DRY mode selected, LSS switch ON: engine running. FA and RA blowers will be commanded on. The
RA blower speed may be changed using the R/A FAN SPEED knob. If the transmission gear selector is
in N (NEUTRAL), the CCU will command an increased idle speed by sending a 24V signal through the
high-idle request circuit to the AIR COND relay. The AIR COND relay will complete a ground circuit to the
Electronic Systems Controller (ESC). The ESC sends a high-idle speed request via the J1939 data link
circuit to the engine controller. The engine controller will increase engine speed to 1,300 rpm (± 800
rpm) within 10 seconds. If transmission gear selector is taken out of N (NEUTRAL) or parking brake
(YELLOW knob) is not applied, the engine speed will immediately return to base engine idle speed. The A/C
compressor will be commanded on. Within about 15 seconds, the condenser fans will be commanded on. In
this mode, the compressor will continue running while the condenser fans cycle on and off to keep A/C
high-side pressure between 174 psi (± 29 psi) and 232 psi (± 25.4 psi) (1,200 kPa [± 200 kPa] and 1,600
kPa [± 175 kPa]). The CCU uses the trinary medium switch to monitor high-side refrigerant pressure to
determine condenser fan operation. The CCU will command the 3-way valve to divert hot engine coolant to
the heater core in the HVAC/LSS. The CCU monitors the RA temperature sensor and opens or closes the
3-way valve to divert hot engine coolant to the heater core to regulate cabin temperature. Air is heated and
dehumidified in DRY mode.
NOTE
In DRY mode, when the three-position TEMPERATURE LEVEL switch is cycled from cool to
warm, the A/C compressor and condenser fans may shut off for 2-8 minutes. During this time,
turning the LSS switch off, then back on, will reset the system, restarting the A/C compressor
and condenser fans. If the LSS switch is not switched off and then back on, the CCU will
automatically reset and restart the A/C compressor and condenser fans.
0003–29
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
0003–30
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
For fire suppression system chassis component location and identification, refer to Figure 16. For fire suppression
system cabin and hood component location and identification, refer to Figure 17.
The vehicle is equipped with a sensor-activated and crew-operated fire suppression system (FSS) with four
subsystems that protect the cabin and occupants, the engine, the tires, and the fuel tank.
The cabin protection system uses a water mist spray without chemical additives, designed to protect occupants
from extreme heat for a period of 3 minutes. There are different media for the other three areas: HFC227ea Clean
Agent for the engine, Petrotech TM25 for the tires, and Dry Powder ABC 70 for the fuel tank.
The control unit for the FSS is located between the driver and front passenger seats.
Fire suppression cylinders are under pressure when full. Each fire suppression unit incorporates a 24V
pressure-sensing transducer and a 24V dispersion solenoid. The transducers send a signal to the fire suppression
control box to indicate the state of charge. When the 24V dispersion solenoid is activated, pressure in the
suppression unit cylinder forces the fire suppression media to escape through corresponding dispersion hoses,
pipes, and nozzles.
There are two heat detector sensor modules and detection circuits. The sensor module for the cabin heat detector
is located inside the vehicle at the right front A-pillar near the floor. The sensor wire runs up the A-pillar, to the
rear of the vehicle along the interior roof, along the back of the vehicle, and then forward. If a sudden increase in
temperature is detected along this wire, the control unit will activate the cabin fire suppression unit. If the heat
detector fails to detect a fire, the CABIN switch on the control unit can be used to override the heat detector and
activate the cabin fire suppression unit.
The engine compartment heat detector sensor module and circuit are located under the hood in the engine
compartment. If a sudden increase in temperature is detected along this wire, the control unit will activate the
engine fire suppression unit. If the heat detector fails to detect fire, the ENGINE switch on the control unit can be
used to override the heat detector and activate the engine fire suppression unit.
0003–31
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
There are no heat detectors for the tires or the fuel tank. The fire suppression units are manually activated by
using the corresponding switch on the control box.
The control unit manages the automatic and manual functions of the FSS and monitors the pressure in the fire
suppression units. A RED LED is provided for each fire suppression unit. An illuminated RED LED indicates
one of several conditions:
• An automatic or manual request for fire suppression was received.
• The corresponding fire suppression cylinder is low on pressure or is empty.
• An open circuit between the control box and the corresponding fire suppression unit has been detected.
All four RED LEDs will illuminate when the LAMP TEST button is pushed.
The GREEN light will illuminate when the MAIN POWER switch and FSS power switch are turned on.
REAR DOOR/RAMP
For rear door/ramp system component identification and location, refer to Figure 18
Hydraulic pressure controls the movement of the rear door/ramp assembly and related components. The following
components are part of the hydraulic lift system:
• The hydraulic power unit (HPU) consists of the electric motor and pump, manifold, hand pump, and, on some
HPUs, an accumulator. The HPU is fastened to vehicle-mounted brackets at the right rear corner of the crew
0003–32
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0003
compartment. The manifold uses solenoids to direct the hydraulic fluid in the proper direction to extend or retract
the rear door/ramp hydraulic cylinder. Operator switches located on the pump cover and center instrument
panel energize the pump and solenoids. On vehicles so equipped, the accumulator stores the hydraulic fluid
necessary to operate the system. A hand pump is incorporated into the HPU to allow manual operation of the
hydraulic system if there is an electrical system failure. A hose at the bottom of the motor and pump or, on
vehicles so equipped, the accumulator transfers hydraulic fluid to the hand pump for manual system operation.
• Two hydraulic hoses connect the HPU manifold to the hydraulic cylinder manifold. Hydraulic fluid is directed
through the hoses by the solenoids on the HPU manifold.
• The hydraulic cylinder consists of a hydraulically operated cylinder with a manifold and, on some cylinders, a
counterbalance valve. In response to switch input, the manifold on the HPU directs fluid through hoses, to the
proper side of the hydraulic cylinder's manifold, to raise or lower the rear door/ramp. The hydraulic cylinder
is attached to the rear door/ramp and the roof-mounted interior bracket. Cylinder movement is dampened
by a gas spring.
0003–33/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
CHAPTER 2
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
FOR
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX
General Information
1. Vehicle Troubleshooting Symptom Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0005
2. Engine Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0006
3. Electronic System Controller (ESC) Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index . .WP 0007
4. Transmission Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0008
5. Antilock Brake System (ABS) Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index . . . . .WP 0009
6. Vehicle Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0010
7. Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0011
8. Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Access Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0012
9. Clearing Inactive Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Procedure . . . . . . . .WP 0013
Engine
10. Engine Mechanical Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0016
11. Boost Pressure Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0023
12. Charge Air Cooler Pressure Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . .WP 0024
13. Crankcase Pressure Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0025
14. Engine Oil Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0018
15. Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . .WP 0028
16. Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . .WP 0029
17. Engine Systems Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0017
18. Injection Control Pressure (ICP) No Start Operational Checkout Procedure . .WP 0020
19. Injection Control Pressure (ICP) Operational Checkout Procedure. . . . . .WP 0022
20. Intake/Exhaust Troubleshooting Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0019
21. Low Injector Control Pressure (ICP) Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . .WP 0021
22. Valve Adjustment Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0027
23. Wastegate Actuator Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0026
Cooling System
24. Cooling System Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0045
25. Engine Cooling Fan Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0031
Electrical System
26. 110V Inverter Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0119
27. 12V and 24V Battery Switches Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . .WP 0060
28. 12-Volt Voltmeter Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0080
29. 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits From Electronic System Controller (ESC) .WP 0138
Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30. Accelerator Position Sensor (APS)/Idle Validation Switch (IVS) .WP 0050
Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31. AIR 1/Primary Air Pressure Gauge Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . .WP 0086
32. Air 2/Secondary Air Pressure Gauge Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . .WP 0087
33. American Truckers Association (ATA) Communications/Data Communications.WP 0051
Link (DLC) Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
34. Antilock Brake System (ABS) J1939 Serial Communications Troubleshooting .WP 0139
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
35. Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator Valve (PMV) Common .WP 0140
Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36. Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Lamp Troubleshooting Procedure. . .WP 0079
37. Audible Alarm Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0088
38. Backup Lights Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0103
39. Barometric Pressure Sensor (BAP) Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . .WP 0052
40. Battery Equalizer Troubleshooting Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0120
41. Blackout Driving Light Troubleshooting Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0099
0004–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0004
0004–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0004
95. Speed Control Command Switches (SCCS) Troubleshooting Procedure . . .WP 0057
96. Speedometer Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0083
97. Spotlight Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0122
98. Stoplights Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0101
99. Switch Pack Modules Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0069
100. Tachometer Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0084
101. Trailer Connector Auxiliary Power Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . .WP 0131
102. Trailer Connector Brake Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . .WP 0132
103. Trailer Connector Left Service Signal Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . .WP 0126
104. Trailer Connector Left, Right, and Clearance Black Out (B/O) Circuit .WP 0125
Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
105. Trailer Connector Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0124
106. Trailer Connector Right Service Signal Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure. .WP 0127
107. Trailer Connector Service Clearance Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . .WP 0129
108. Trailer Connector Stop Black Out (B/O) Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure .WP 0130
109. Turn Signal and Hazard Switch Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . .WP 0095
110. Turn Signal Lights Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0096
111. Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . .WP 0058
112. Windshield Washer Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . .WP 0114
113. Windshield Wiper and Washer Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . .WP 0113
114. Windshield Wiper Motor Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . .WP 0117
115. Windshield Wiper Park Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . .WP 0116
116. Windshield Wiper Switch Inputs to Electronic System Controller (ESC) .WP 0115
Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
117. Yellow Engine Warning Lamp Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . .WP 0073
Transmission
118. Transmission Fluid Level Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . .WP 0147
119. Internal Transmission Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . .WP 0151
120. Transfer Case Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0164
121. Transmission Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0141
122. Transmission Communication Troubleshooting Procedure. . . . . . . . .WP 0163
123. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Operational Checkout Procedure . . .WP 0144
124. Transmission Control System ID Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . .WP 0146
125. Transmission Engine Speed Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . .WP 0150
126. Transmission Fluid Over Temperature Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . .WP 0143
127. Transmission High Side Driver 2 Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . .WP 0159
128. Transmission High Side Driver 3 Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . .WP 0160
129. Transmission High Side Driver Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . .WP 0145
130. Transmission Low Gear Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0158
131. Transmission Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0142
132. Transmission Output Speed Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . .WP 0149
133. Transmission Pressure Control Main MOD Troubleshooting Procedure . . .WP 0156
134. Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 1 Troubleshooting Procedure . . .WP 0162
135. Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 2 Troubleshooting Procedure . . .WP 0152
136. Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 3 Troubleshooting Procedure . . .WP 0153
137. Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 4 Troubleshooting Procedure . . .WP 0161
138. Transmission Pressure Switch Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . .WP 0154
139. Transmission Shift Solenoid 1 Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . .WP 0157
140. Transmission Slipping Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . .WP 0155
141. Transmission Temperature Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . .WP 0148
Transfer Assembly
0004–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0004
Propeller Shafts
143. Propeller Shaft Operational Checkout Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0165
Front Axle
144. Front Axle Operational Checkout Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0166
Rear Axle
145. Rear Axle Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0167
Brakes
146. Air Brake Component Operational Checkout Procedure. . . . . . . . . .WP 0173
147. Air Brake System Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0172
148. Air Compressor Governor Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . .WP 0176
149. Air Compressor Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0175
150. Air Dryer Heater and Thermostat Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . .WP 0174
151. Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator Valve (PMV) .WP 0178
Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
152. Antilock Brake System (ABS) Wheel Speed Sensor Troubleshooting .WP 0177
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
153. Brake System Mechanical Components Operational Checkout Procedure . .WP 0170
154. Brake System Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0169
155. Stoplight Switch Brake Switch Circuits Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . .WP 0168
156. Brake System Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0171
Steering
157. Power Steering Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0180
158. Steering System Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0179
Cabin Door
160. Cabin Door Assist System Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . .WP 0185
161. Cabin Door Combat Lock Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . .WP 0183
162. Cabin Door Lock Assembly Troubleshooting Procedure. . . . . . . . . .WP 0184
163. Cabin Door Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0182
Winch
164. Winch Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0186
0004–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0004
170. Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System (LSS) .WP 0214
Cabin Pressure Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
171. Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System (LSS) .WP 0205
Fresh Air (FA) Blower Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
172. Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System (LSS) .WP 0204
Recycled Air (RA) Blower Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . .
173. Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Freeze Switch .WP 0209
Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
174. Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) High Idle Circuit .WP 0207
Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
175. Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Low Pressure Cutout .WP 0210
Switch Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
176. Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System (LSS) .WP 0202
Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
177. Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System .WP 0203
(LSS) Operator Panel and Climate Control Unit (CCU) Power and Ground
Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
178. Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Recycled Air (RA) .WP 0208
Temperature Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
179. Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Trinary Switch .WP 0211
Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0004–5/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
CHAPTER 3
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
FOR
FIELD MAINTENANCE
Engine
1. Coolant in lubricating oil or lubricating oil in coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0016
2. Engine cranks but will not start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0014
3. Engine has poor performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0015
4. Engine oil pressure low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0018
5. Engine starts but will not continue to run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0014, WP 0015
6. Engine warning lamp on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0010
7. Engine will not crank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0034
8. Excessive engine oil consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0016
9. Excessive exhaust smoke. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0016
10. Excessive fuel consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0016
11. Excessive noise from engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0016
12. Excessive smoke or oil discharge from engine breather tube . . . . . . . .WP 0016
13. Fuel dilution of engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0016
14. Lubricating oil in fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0016
Cooling System
15. Engine cooling fan malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0031
16. Engine overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0045
17. High coolant temperature or coolant loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0016
Electrical System
18. 12V circuit voltage too high or too low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0120
19. 12V voltmeter malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0080
20. AIR 1/Primary air pressure gauge malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0086
21. AIR 2/Secondary air pressure gauge malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0087
22. Antilock brake system (ABS) warning lamp malfunction . . . . . . . . . .WP 0079
23. Audible alarm malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0088
24. Blackout driving light malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0099
25. Blackout marker light malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0100
26. Charging system malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0091
27. Check transmission lamp malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0075
28. Clearance/marker lights malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0098
29. Coolant level warning lamp malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0076
30. Cruise control malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0106
31. Engine coolant temperature gauge malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0081
32. Engine oil pressure gauge malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0082
33. Flash-to-pass malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0105
34. Fuel level gauge malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0085
35. Hazard lights malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0093
36. Horn inoperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0107
37. Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) malfunction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0070
38. Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) warning lamp on . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0070
39. Instrument panel lights malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0104
40. Maintenance Support Device (MSD) will not communicate . . . . . . . . .WP 0078
41. Master Vehicle Light Switch (MVLS) malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0092
42. No power to fuse box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0059
43. Park brake warning lamp malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0077
44. Red engine warning lamp malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0074
45. Service driving lights malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0097
46. Shift indicator display malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0142
47. Speedometer malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0083
48. Stoplights malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0101
0005–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0005
Transmission
56. Excessive noise from transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0142
57. Vehicle will not move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0142, WP 0164,
WP 0165, WP 0166,
WP 0167, WP 0172
Transfer Assembly
58. Excessive noise from transfer case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0164
Propeller Shafts
59. Excessive noise from propeller shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0165
Front Axle
60. Excessive noise from front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0166
Rear Axle
61. Excessive noise from rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0167
Brakes
62. Air brake pressure low. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0172
63. Antilock Brake System (ABS) warning lamp on . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0010, WP 0009,
64. Parking brake will not release or set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0172
65. Service brake system malfunction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0171
Steering
66. Steering hard to turn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0179, WP 0180,
WP 0472
Winch
68. Winch malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0186
0005–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0006
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
NOT APPLICABLE
0006–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0006
154 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Refer to Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
signal Out of Range LOW. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0055).
155 IAT signal Out of Range HIGH. Refer to Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0055).
211* Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) signal Refer to Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Troubleshooting
Out of Range LOW. Procedure (WP 0028).
212* EOP signal Out of Range HIGH. Refer to Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Troubleshooting
Procedure (WP 0028).
213 Remote throttle signal Out of Vehicle not equipped with this feature.
Range LOW.
214 Remote throttle signal Out of Vehicle not equipped with this feature.
Range HIGH.
215 VSS frequency Out of Range Refer to Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Troubleshooting
HIGH. Procedure (WP 0058).
216 Electronic Pressure Governor Vehicle not equipped with this feature.
(EPG) signal Out of Range LOW.
225 EOP sensor signal in-range DTC. Refer to Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Troubleshooting
Procedure (WP 0028).
226 EPG sensor signal Out of Range Vehicle not equipped with this feature.
HIGH.
231 American Truckers Association Refer to American Truckers Association (ATA)
(ATA) data communication link Communications/Data Communications Link (DLC)
error. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0051).
236 Engine coolant level switch circuit Refer to Engine Coolant Level System Troubleshooting
DTC. Procedure (WP 0046).
241 Injection Pressure Regulator Refer to Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) Troubleshooting
(IPR) regulator self-test failed. Procedure (WP 0041).
246 Engine Fan Control (EFC)- Refer to Engine Fan Control (EFC) Troubleshooting
self-test failed. Procedure (WP 0048).
256 Radiator shutter enable self-test If equipped
failed.
265 Exhaust Brake relay DTC. Refer to Exhaust Brake Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0090).
311* Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) Refer to Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) Sensor
signal Out of Range LOW. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0029).
312* EOT signal Out of Range HIGH. Refer to Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) Sensor
Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0029).
313 EOP below warning level. Refer to Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Troubleshooting
Procedure (WP 0028).
314 EOP below critical level. Refer to Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Troubleshooting
Procedure (WP 0028).
315* Engine speed above warning Refer to Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Troubleshooting
level. Procedure (WP 0030).
316 ECT unable to reach commanded Refer to Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
set point. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0047).
321 ECT above warning level. Refer to Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0047).
322 ECT above critical level. Refer to Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0047).
323 Engine coolant below Refer to Engine Coolant Level System Troubleshooting
warning/critical level. Procedure (WP 0046).
325 Power reduced, matched to Refer to Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
cooling system performance. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0047).
331* ICP above system working range. Refer to Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) Troubleshooting
Procedure (WP 0041).
0006–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0006
332* ICP above spec with engine off. Refer to Injection Control Pressure (ICP) Sensor
Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0040).
333* ICP above/below desired level. Refer to Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) System
Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0042).
334 ICP unable to achieve set point in Refer to Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) System
time (poor performance). Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0042).
335 ICP unable to build pressure Refer to Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) System
during cranking. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0042).
421-426 Injector high side to low side open Refer to Injector Drive Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure
(cyl. number indicated). (WP 0054).
431-436 Injector high side shorted to low Refer to Injector Drive Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure
side (cyl. number indicated). (WP 0054).
451-456 High side shorted to ground or V Refer to Injector Drive Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure
BAT (cyl. number indicated). (WP 0054).
461-466 Cylinder contribution test failed Refer to Diagnosing Scuffed Injectors Troubleshooting
(cyl. number indicated). Procedure (WP 0039).
513* Low side to bank 1 open. Refer to Injector Drive Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0054).
514* Low side to bank 2 open. Refer to Injector Drive Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0054).
515* Bank 1 low side short to ground Refer to Injector Drive Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure
or B+. (WP 0054).
521* Bank 2 low side short to ground Refer to Injector Drive Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure
or B+. (WP 0054).
525* Injector driver circuit DTC. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Self-Diagnosis
Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0053).
612* Incorrect ECM installed for CMP Refer to Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Troubleshooting
timing wheel. Procedure (WP 0030).
614* Engine Family Rating Code Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Self-Diagnosis
(EFRC)/ECM configuration Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0053).
mismatch.
621* Engine using mfg. default rating Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Self-Diagnosis
program engine. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0053).
622* Engine using field default rating. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Self-Diagnosis
Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0053).
623* Invalid engine rating code; check Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Self-Diagnosis
ECM programming. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0053).
624 Field defaults active. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Self-Diagnosis
Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0053).
626 ECM unexpected reset. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Troubleshooting
Procedure (WP 0049).
631* Read Only Memory (ROM) Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Self-Diagnosis
self-test DTC. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0053).
632 RAM memory - CPU self-test Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Self-Diagnosis
DTC. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0053).
655 Programmable parameter list Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Self-Diagnosis
level incompatible. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0053).
661 RAM programmable parameter Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Self-Diagnosis
list corrupt. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0053).
0006–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0006
664 Calibration level incompatible. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Self-Diagnosis
Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0053).
665 Programmable parameter Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Self-Diagnosis
memory content corrupt. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0053).
0006–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0007
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
NOT APPLICABLE
70 14 1 0 1600/4004/ Park brake cannot be applied or Refer to Park Brake Warning Lamp
16, 32, 16 cannot be released. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0077).
70 14 1 1 1600/4004/ Failure in the auto apply relay Refer to Park Brake Warning Lamp
16, 32, 16 or in the air lines between the Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0077).
auto apply relay and the park
brake switch.
597 14 1 0 Hyd or Air w/o Brake switch is stuck in the Refer to Brake Switch Circuits
4091 - 1600 open or closed position. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0168).
Air w/4091 -
4004/33
597 14 2 0 Hyd or Air w/o Brake switch inputs do not Refer to Brake Switch Circuits
4091 - 1600 match. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0168).
Air w/4091 -
4004/33
610 14 1 0 1600/12 Loss of ignition feed for 10 Refer to ESC Troubleshooting Procedure
seconds while the engine is (WP 0068).
running.
610 14 2 0 1600/2 Loss of accessory feed for 10 Refer to ESC Troubleshooting Procedure
seconds while the engine is (WP 0068).
running.
611 14 2 1 4008/A Solenoid power under-current. Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
From Electronic System Controller (ESC)
Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
611 14 2 2 4008/A Solenoid power over-current. Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
From Electronic System Controller (ESC)
Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
611 14 2 3 4008/A Solenoid power less than Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
normal. From Electronic System Controller (ESC)
Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
611 14 2 4 4008/A Solenoid power greater than Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
normal. From Electronic System Controller (ESC)
Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
611 14 2 6 4008/A Solenoid power has current flow Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
when output commanded off. From Electronic System Controller (ESC)
Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
611 14 6 1 4008/F Wiper power under-current. Refer to Windshield Wiper and Washer
Operational Checkout Procedure
(WP 0113).
611 14 6 2 4008/F Wiper power over-current. Refer to Windshield Wiper and Washer
Operational Checkout Procedure
(WP 0113).
0007–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0007
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM CONTROLLER (ESC) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) INDEX - (CONTINUED)
611 14 6 3 4008/F Wiper power less than normal Refer to Windshield Wiper and Washer
low current but more than open Operational Checkout Procedure
circuit. (WP 0113).
611 14 6 4 4008/F Wiper power greater than Refer to Windshield Wiper and Washer
normal high current and less Operational Checkout Procedure
than fusing current. (WP 0113).
611 14 6 6 4008/F Wiper power has current flow Refer to Windshield Wiper and Washer
when output commanded off. Operational Checkout Procedure
(WP 0113).
611 14 12 1 4007/E Electric horn under-current. Refer to Electric Horns Operational
Checkout Procedure (WP 0107).
611 14 12 2 4007/E Electric horn over-current. Refer to Electric Horns Operational
Checkout Procedure (WP 0107).
611 14 12 3 4007/E Electric horn less than normal Refer to Electric Horns Operational
low current but more than open Checkout Procedure (WP 0107).
circuit.
611 14 12 4 4007/E Electric horn greater than Refer to Electric Horns Operational
normal high current and less Checkout Procedure (WP 0107).
than fusing current.
611 14 12 6 4007/E Electric horn has current flow Refer to Electric Horns Operational
when output commanded off. Checkout Procedure (WP 0107).
612 14 0 1 1600/2 Ignition out of range low. Refer to ESC Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0068).
612 14 0 2 1600/2 Ignition out of range high. Refer to ESC Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0068).
612 14 1 1 1600/33 Brake switch out of range low. Refer to Brake Switch Circuits (WP 0168).
612 14 1 2 1600/33 Brake switch out of range high. Refer to Brake Switch Circuits (WP 0168).
612 14 3 1 1600/16 Secondary air sensor out of Refer to Secondary Air Pressure Gauge
range low. Pin 16 short to Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0087).
ground or open circuit.
612 14 3 2 1600/16 Secondary air sensor out of Refer to Secondary Air Pressure Gauge
range high. Pin 16 shorted high. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0087).
612 14 4 1 1600/15 Primary air sensor/auxiliary air Refer to Primary Air Pressure Gauge
sensor out of range low. Pin 15 (WP 0086).
shorted low.
612 14 4 2 1600/15 Primary air sensor/auxiliary air Refer to Primary Air Pressure Gauge
sensor out of range high. Pin Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0086).
15 shorted high.
612 14 5 1 1600/10 Analog cruise switch input out Refer to Cruise Control Troubleshooting
of range low. Pin 10 shorted to Procedure (WP 0106).
ground or open circuit.
612 14 5 2 1600/10 Analog cruise switch input out Refer to Cruise Control Troubleshooting
of range high. Pin 10 shorted Procedure (WP 0106).
high.
612 14 23 1 4004/4 Fuel level sensor out of range Refer to Fuel Level Gauge Troubleshooting
low. Pin 4 shorted to ground. Procedure (WP 0085).
612 14 23 2 4004/4 Fuel level sensor out of range Refer to Fuel Level Gauge Troubleshooting
high. Pin 4 shorted high or open Procedure (WP 0085).
circuit.
612 14 25 1 4004/5 Fuel level sensor out of range Refer to Fuel Level Gauge Troubleshooting
low. Pin 5 short to ground. Procedure (WP 0085).
612 14 25 2 4004/5 Fuel level sensor out of range Refer to Fuel Level Gauge Troubleshooting
high. Pin 5 shorted high or open Procedure (WP 0085).
circuit.
0007–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0007
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM CONTROLLER (ESC) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) INDEX - (CONTINUED)
612 14 30 1 4004/27 Switched 5V sensor supply out Refer to Electronic System Controller
of range low. Pin 27 shorted to (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
ground or open circuit. (WP 0068).
612 14 30 2 4004/27 Switched 5V sensor supply out Refer to Electronic System Controller
of range high. Pin 27 shorted (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
high. (WP 0068).
612 14 33 1 4004/10 Engine oil temperature/park Refer to Engine Oil Temperature (EOT)
brake out of range low. Pin 10 Gauge Troubleshooting Procedure
short to ground. (WP 0029). Refer to Secondary Air
Pressure Gauge Troubleshooting
Procedure (WP 0087).
612 14 33 2 4004/10 Engine oil temperature/park Refer to Engine Oil Temperature (EOT)
brake out of range high. Pin 10 Gauge Troubleshooting Procedure
short high. (WP 0029). Refer to Secondary Air
Pressure Gauge Troubleshooting
Procedure (WP 0087).
612 14 35 1 4004/13 Brake application air out of Refer to AIR 1/Primary Air Pressure Gauge
range low. Pin 13 short to Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0086).
ground or open circuit.
612 14 35 2 4004/13 Brake application air out of Refer to AIR 1/Primary Air Pressure Gauge
range high. Pin 13 short high. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0086).
612 14 36 1 4004/3 Transmission oil temp out Refer to Malfunctioning Instrument Panel
of range low. Pin 3 short to Cluster (IPC) Troubleshooting Procedure
ground. (WP 0072).
614 14 1 1 1600/34, 35, Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster
36 / ESC communication error. (IPC) Operational Checkout Procedure
(WP 0070).
614 14 1 2 1600/34, 35, Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster
36 / ESC communication error. (IPC) Operational Checkout Procedure
(WP 0070).
614 14 23 1 1600/34, 35, Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster
36 / ESC communication error. (IPC) Operational Checkout Procedure
(WP 0070).
614 14 23 2 1600/34, 35, Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster
36 / ESC communication error. (IPC) Operational Checkout Procedure
(WP 0070).
625 14 5 0 1600/29, 30 Switch pack data link fault. Refer to Electronic System Controller
(ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0068).
625 14 5 17 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 1, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 18 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 1, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 19 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 1, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 20 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 1, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
0007–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0007
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM CONTROLLER (ESC) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) INDEX - (CONTINUED)
625 14 5 21 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 1, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 33 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 2, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 34 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 2, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 35 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 2, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 36 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 2, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 37 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 2, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 49 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 3, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 50 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 3, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 51 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 3, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 52 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 3, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 53 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 3, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 65 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 4, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 66 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 4, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 67 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 4, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 68 1600/29, 3 Switch Pack 4 Switch 4, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 69 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 4, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 81 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 5, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 82 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 5, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
0007–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0007
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM CONTROLLER (ESC) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) INDEX - (CONTINUED)
625 14 5 83 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 5, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 84 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 5, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 85 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 5, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 97 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 6, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 98 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 6, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 99 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 6, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 100 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 6, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 5 101 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 4 Switch 6, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 6 0 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 3 not Refer to Switch Pack Modules
communicating with ESC. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
Switch data link fault.
625 14 6 17 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 3 Switch 1, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 6 18 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 3 Switch 1, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 6 19 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 3 Switch 1, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 6 20 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 3 Switch 1. micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 6 21 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 3 Switch 1, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 6 33 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 3 Switch 2, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 6 34 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 3 Switch 2, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 6 35 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 3 Switch 2, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
0007–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0007
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM CONTROLLER (ESC) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) INDEX - (CONTINUED)
625 14 6 52 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 3 Switch 3, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 6 53 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 3 Switch 3. Switch Refer to Switch Pack Modules
actuator or faulty micro switch. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
625 14 6 68 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 3 Switch 4, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 6 69 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 3 Switch 4. Switch Refer to Switch Pack Modules
actuator or faulty micro switch. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
625 14 6 84 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 3 Switch 5, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 6 85 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 3 Switch 5. Switch Refer to Switch Pack Modules
actuator or faulty micro switch. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
625 14 6 100 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 3 Switch 6, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 6 101 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 3 Switch 6. Switch Refer to Switch Pack Modules
actuator or faulty micro switch. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
625 14 7 17 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 2 Switch 1, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 7 21 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 2 Switch 1. Switch Refer to Switch Pack Modules
actuator or faulty micro switch. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
625 14 7 36 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 2 Switch 2, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 7 37 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 2 Switch 2. Switch Refer to Switch Pack Modules
actuator or faulty micro switch. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
625 14 7 52 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 2 Switch 3, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 7 53 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 2 Switch 3. Switch Refer to Switch Pack Modules
actuator or faulty micro switch. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
625 14 7 68 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 2 Switch 4, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 7 69 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 2 Switch 4. Switch Refer to Switch Pack Modules
actuator or faulty micro switch Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
625 14 7 84 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 2 Switch 5, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 7 85 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 2 Switch 5. Switch Refer to Switch Pack Modules
actuator or faulty micro switch. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
625 14 7 100 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 2 Switch 6, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 7 101 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 2 Switch 6. Switch Refer to Switch Pack Modules
actuator or faulty micro switch Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
625 14 15 17 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 1 Switch 1, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 15 20 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 1 Switch 1, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
0007–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0007
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM CONTROLLER (ESC) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) INDEX - (CONTINUED)
625 14 15 21 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 1 Switch 1. Switch Refer to Switch Pack Modules
actuator or faulty micro switch. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
625 14 15 36 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 1 Switch 2, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 15 37 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 1 Switch 2. Switch Refer to Switch Pack Modules
actuator or faulty micro switch. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
625 14 15 52 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 1 Switch 3, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 15 53 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 1 Switch 3. Switch Refer to Switch Pack Modules
actuator or faulty micro switch. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
625 14 15 68 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 1 Switch 4, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 15 69 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 1 Switch 4. Switch Refer to Switch Pack Modules
actuator or faulty micro switch. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
625 14 15 84 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 1 Switch 5, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 15 85 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 1 Switch 5. Switch Refer to Switch Pack Modules
actuator or faulty micro switch. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
625 14 15 100 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 1 Switch 6, micro Refer to Switch Pack Modules
switch inputs are in an invalid Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
state.
625 14 15 101 1600/29, 30 Switch Pack 1 Switch 6. Switch Refer to Switch Pack Modules
actuator or faulty micro switch. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0069).
627 14 11 4009/4010 ESC main power and ground Refer to Electronic System Controller
interruption (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0068).
639 14 0 240 1600/34, 35, Engine brake torque not being Refer to Transmission Operational
36 communicated from the ECM Checkout Troubleshooting Procedure
or transmission retarder torque (WP 0142).
not being communicated from
transmission.
639 14 1 240 1600/34, 35, ABS controller not Refer to Antilock Brake System
36 communicating with the ESC. (ABS) J1939 Serial Communications
Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0139).
639 14 2 240 1600/34, 35, Electronic transmission Refer to Transmission Circuit
36 controller communication Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0141).
has not been received.
639 14 3 240 1600/34, 35, Accelerator position not Refer to Multiplexing Data Link
36 communicated to ESC. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0067).
639 14 4 240 1600/34, 35, Engine speed not Refer to Multiplexing Data Link
36 communicated to ESC. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0067).
639 14 5 240 1600/34, 35, Current gear, range inhibit and Refer to Transmission Operational
36 check transmission lamps not Checkout Troubleshooting Procedure
communicated to ESC. (WP 0142).
639 14 8 240 1600/34, 35, Electronic pressure mode Refer to Multiplexing Data Link
36 indicator not communicated to Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0067).
ESC.
0007–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0007
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM CONTROLLER (ESC) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) INDEX - (CONTINUED)
639 14 33 239 1600/34, 35, IPC not communicating with Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster
36 ESC. (IPC) Power and Data Link Circuits
Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0071).
639 14 82 254 1600/34, 35, Pyrometer ammeter not Refer to Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
36 communicating to ESC. Operational Checkout Procedure
(WP 0082).
1542 14 11 1600/1, 2, 12 ESC main power or ground Electronic System Controller (ESC)
interruption. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0068).
2023 14 105 or N/A IPC gauge location 5 (oil Refer to Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
205 6 pressure) data unavailable to Operational Checkout Procedure
IPC. Data for this gauge is not (WP 0082).
being transmitted on the data
link.
2023 14 105 or N/A IPC gauge location 5 (oil Refer to Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
205 7 pressure) data missing to IPC. Operational Checkout Procedure
Data for this gauge is not being (WP 0082).
transmitted on the data link.
2023 14 106 or N/A IPC gauge location 6 sensor Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster
206 5 fault to primary IPC. There is (IPC) Operational Checkout Procedure
a problem with the sensor that (WP 0070).
provides the data for this gauge.
The gauge in this location is
optional.
2023 14 106 or N/A IPC gauge location 6 data Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster
206 6 unavailable to primary IPC. The (IPC) Operational Checkout Procedure
data that this gauge displays (WP 0070).
should be, but is not, available
at this time. The gauge in this
location is optional.
2023 14 106 or N/A IPC gauge location 6 data Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster
206 7 missing to primary IPC. The (IPC) Operational Checkout Procedure
data for this gauge is not being (WP 0070).
transmitted on the data link.
The gauge in this location is
optional.
2023 14 107 or N/A IPC gauge location 7 (fuel level) Refer to Fuel Level Gauge Troubleshooting
207 5 sensor fault to primary IPC. Procedure (WP 0085).
There is a problem with the
sensor that provides the data
for this gauge.
2023 14 107 or N/A IPC gauge location 7 (fuel level) Refer to Fuel Level Gauge Troubleshooting
207 6 data unavailable to IPC. The Procedure (WP 0085).
data that this gauge displays
should be, but is not, available
at this time.
2023 14 107 or N/A IPC gauge location 7 (fuel level) Refer to Fuel Level Gauge Troubleshooting
207 7 data unavailable to IPC. The Procedure (WP 0085).
data that this gauge displays
should be, but is not, available
at this time.
2023 14 108 or N/A IPC gauge location 8. Primary Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster
208 5 Air Pressure Gauge sensor fault (IPC) Operational Checkout Procedure
to IPC. There is a problem with (WP 0070).
the sensor that provides the
data for this gauge.
0007–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0007
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM CONTROLLER (ESC) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) INDEX - (CONTINUED)
2023 14 108 or N/A IPC gauge location 8. Primary Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster
208 6 Air Pressure Gauge sensor fault (IPC) Operational Checkout Procedure
to IPC. There is a problem with (WP 0070).
the sensor that provides the
data for this gauge.
2023 14 108 or N/A IPC gauge location 8. Primary Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster
208 7 Air Pressure Gauge sensor fault (IPC) Operational Checkout Procedure
to IPC. The data for this gauge (WP 0070).
is not being transmitted on the
data link.
2023 14 109 or N/A IPC gauge location 9. Voltmeter Refer to 12V Voltmeter Operational
209 5 sensor fault to IPC. There is a Checkout Procedure (WP 0080).
problem with the sensor that
provides the data for this gauge.
2023 14 109 or N/A IPC gauge location 9. Voltmeter Refer to 12V Voltmeter Operational
209 6 data unavailable to IPC. The Checkout Procedure (WP 0080).
data that this gauge displays
should be, but is not, available
at this time.
2023 14 109 or N/A IPC gauge location 9. Voltmeter Refer to 12V Voltmeter Operational
209 7 data missing to IPC. The data Checkout Procedure (WP 0080).
for this gauge is not being
transmitted on the data link.
2023 14 110 or N/A IPC gauge location 10. Refer to IPC Operational Checkout
210 5 Secondary AirPressure Gauge Procedure (WP 0070).
sensor fault to IPC. There is a
problem with the sensor that
provides the data for this gauge.
2023 14 110 or N/A IPC gauge location 10. Refer to IPC Operational Checkout
210 6 Secondary Air Pressure Gauge Procedure (WP 0070).
data unavailable to IPC. The
data that this gauge displays
should be, but is not, available
at this time.
2023 14 110 or N/A IPC gauge location 10. Refer to IPC Operational Checkout
210 7 Voltmeter data missing to Procedure (WP 0070).
IPC. The data for this gauge
is not being transmitted on the
data link.
2023 14 150 or N/A Loss of data link from ESC to Refer to Electronic System Controller
250 1 IPC. Loss of communication in (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
excess of 10 seconds. (WP 0068).
2023 14 150 or N/A ECM not communicating with Refer to Multiplexing Data Link
250 2 IPC. Loss of communication in Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0067).
excess of 10 seconds.
2023 14 150 or N/A ABS warning light malfunction Refer to ABS Warning Lamp
250 8 on IPC. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0079).
2023 14 150 or N/A Trailer ABS warning light Refer to ABS Warning Lamp
250 9 malfunction on primary IPC. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0079).
2033 14 1 0 1601/A Connector 1601 pin A is drawing Refer to Electronic System Controller
current and it is configured as (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
unused. (WP 0068).
0007–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0007
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM CONTROLLER (ESC) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) INDEX - (CONTINUED)
2033 14 1 1 1601/A Connector 1601 pin A current Refer to Electronic System Controller
overload. (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0068).
2033 14 1 2 1601/A Connector 1601 pin A output Refer to Electronic System Controller
open circuit. (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0068).
2033 14 1 3 1601/A Connector 1601 pin A output Refer to Electronic System Controller
shorted to ground. (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0068).
2033 14 2 0 1601/E Connector 1601 pin E is drawing Refer to Electronic System Controller
current and it is configured as (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
unused. (WP 0068).
2033 14 2 1 1601/E Connector 1601 pin E (reverse Refer to Electronic System Controller
lamps) current overload. (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0068).
2033 14 2 2 1601/E Connector 1601 pin E (reverse Refer to Electronic System Controller
lamps). Output open circuit. (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0068).
2033 14 2 3 1601/E Connector 1601 pin E (reverse Refer to Electronic System Controller
lamps). Output shorted to (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
ground. (WP 0068).
2033 14 3 0 1600/11 Connector 1600 pin 11. Electric Refer to Electronic System Controller
Door Control Open Command, (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
is drawing current and it is (WP 0068).
configured as unused.
2033 14 3 1 1600/11 Connector 1600 pin 11. Electric Refer to Electronic System Controller
Door Open current overloaded. (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0068).
2033 14 3 2 1600/11 Connector 1600 pin 11. Electric Refer to Electronic System Controller
Door Open circuit open. (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0068).
2033 14 3 3 1600/11 Connector 1600 pin 11. Electric Refer to Electronic System Controller
Door Open shorted to ground. (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0068).
2033 14 4 0 1600/6 Connector 1600 pin 6. Fog Refer to Electronic System Controller
Light Command is drawing (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
current and it is configured as (WP 0068).
unused.
2033 14 4 1 1600/6 Connector 1600 pin 6, Fog Refer to Electronic System Controller
Light Command Output, current (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
overload. (WP 0068).
2033 14 4 2 1600/6 1600 pin 6, Fog Light Command Refer to Electronic System Controller
Output, open circuit. (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0068).
2033 14 4 3 1600/6 Connector 1600 pin 6, Fog Light Refer to Electronic System Controller
Command Output, shorted to (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
ground. (WP 0068).
2033 14 5 0 1600/4 Connector 1600 pin 4 is drawing Refer to Electronic System Controller
current and it is configured as (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
unused. (WP 0068).
2033 14 5 1 1600/4 Connector 1600 pin 4 (Bus Refer to Electronic System Controller
- Park Brake Relay). Output (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
overloaded. Connector 1600 (WP 0068).
pin 4 current overload.
0007–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0007
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM CONTROLLER (ESC) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) INDEX - (CONTINUED)
2033 14 5 2 1600/4 Connector 1600 pin 4 open Refer to Electronic System Controller
circuit. (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0068).
2033 14 5 3 1600/4 Connector 1600 pin 4 shorted Refer to Electronic System Controller
to ground. (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0068).
2033 14 6 0 4004/17 Connector 4004 pin 17. There Refer to Electronic System Controller
is a load on this pin that has (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
been configured as unused. (WP 0068).
2033 14 6 1 4004/17 Connector 4004 pin 17. Body Refer to Electronic System Controller
Trailer Marker & Tail Lamp relay (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
is output overloaded. (WP 0068).
2033 14 6 2 4004/17 Connector 4004 pin 17. Body Refer to Electronic System Controller
Trailer Marker & Tail Lamp relay (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
is output open circuit. (WP 0068).
2033 14 6 3 4004/17 Connector 4004 pin 17. Body Refer to Electronic System Controller
Trailer Marker & Tail Lamp relay (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
is Output shorted to ground. (WP 0068).
2033 14 7 0 4004/19 Connector 4004/ pin 19. There Refer to Electronic System Controller
is a load on this pin that has (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
been configured as unused. (WP 0068).
2033 14 7 1 4004/19 Connector 4004/ pin 1. (Air Refer to Electronic System Controller
Solenoid Power) output (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
overloaded. (WP 0068).
2033 14 7 2 4004/19 Connector 4004/ pin 19 (Air Refer to Electronic System Controller
Solenoid Power) output open (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
circuit. (WP 0068).
2033 14 7 3 4004/19 Connector 4004/ pin 19 (Air Refer to Electronic System Controller
Solenoid Power) output shorted (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
to ground. (WP 0068).
2033 14 8 0 4004/20 Connector 4004/ pin 20 (Wiper Refer to Electronic System Controller
High Speed Relay). There is a (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
load on this pin that has been (WP 0068).
configured as unused.
2033 14 8 1 4004/20 Connector 4004/ pin 20 (Wiper Refer to Electronic System Controller
High Speed Relay) output (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
overloaded. (WP 0068).
2033 14 8 2 4004/20 Connector 4004/ pin 20 (Wiper Refer to Electronic System Controller
High Speed Relay) output open (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
circuit. (WP 0068).
2033 14 8 3 4004/20 Connector 4004/ pin 20 (Wiper Refer to Windshield Wiper and Washer
High Speed Relay) output Operational Checkout Procedure
shorted to ground. (WP 0113).
2033 14 9 0 4004/21 Connector 4004/ pin 21 (Stop Refer to Electronic System Controller
Relay). There is a load on this (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
pin that has been configured as (WP 0068).
Unused.
2033 14 9 1 4004/21 Connector 4004/ pin 21 (Stop Refer to Electronic System Controller
Relay) output overloaded. (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0068).
2033 14 9 2 4004/21 Connector 4004/ pin 21 (Stop Refer to Electronic System Controller
Relay) output open circuit. (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0068).
0007–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0007
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM CONTROLLER (ESC) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) INDEX - (CONTINUED)
2033 14 9 3 4004/21 Connector 4004/ pin 21 (Stop Refer to Electronic System Controller
Relay) output shorted to ground. (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0068).
2033 14 10 0 4004/22 Connector 4004/ pin 22. Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
(4-Pack Air Solenoid Channel From Electronic System Controller (ESC)
3). There is a load on this pin Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
that has been configured as
unused.
2033 14 10 1 4004/22 4004/ pin 22 (4-Pack Air Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
Solenoid Channel 3) current from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
overload. Defective relay, or Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
4-pack air solenoid module.
2033 14 10 2 4004/22 Connector 4004/ pin 22. Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
Output open circuit (4-Pack Air from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
Solenoid Channel 3). Open Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
circuit, defective relay, or 4-pack
air solenoid module.
2033 14 10 3 4004/22 Connector 4004/ pin 22 (4-Pack Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
Air Solenoid Channel 3). Output from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
shorted to ground, defective Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
relay, or 4-pack air solenoid
module.
2033 14 10 4 4004/22 Connector 4004/ pin 22 shorted Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
to ground. Power to solenoid from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
pack has been disabled due Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
to solenoid 3 being shorted to
ground.
2033 14 11 0 4004/23 4004/ pin 23 is drawing current Refer to Electronic System Controller
and it is configured as unused. (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0068).
2033 14 11 1 4004/23 Connector 4004/ pin 23 current Refer to Electronic System Controller
overload. (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0068).
2033 14 11 2 4004/23 Connector 4004/ pin 23 output Refer to Electronic System Controller
open circuit. (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0068).
2033 14 11 3 4004/23 Connector 4004/ pin 23 output Refer to Electronic System Controller
shorted to ground. (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0068).
2033 14 12 0 4004/24 4004/ pin 24 (4-Pack Air Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
Solenoid Channel 2) is drawing from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
current and it is configured as Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
unused.
2033 14 12 1 4004/24 Connector 4004/ pin 24 (4-Pack Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
Air Solenoid Channel 2) output from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
overloaded. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
2033 14 12 2 4004/24 Connector 4004/ pin 24 (4-Pack Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
Air Solenoid Channel 2) open from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
circuit, defective relay, or Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
4-Pack Air Solenoid Module.
2033 14 12 3 4004/24 Connector 4004/ pin 24 (4-Pack Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
Air Solenoid Channel 2) shorted from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
to ground. defective relay or Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
4-Pack Air Solenoid Module.
0007–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0007
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM CONTROLLER (ESC) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) INDEX - (CONTINUED)
2033 14 12 4 4004/24 Connector 4004/ pin 24 shorted Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
to ground. Power to the from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
solenoid pack has been turned Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
off due to a short in solenoid 2.
2033 14 13 0 4004/25 Connector 4004/ pin 25, Park Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
Position Unlock solenoid. There from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
is a load on this pin and it has Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
been configured as unused.
2033 14 13 1 4004/25 Connector 4004/ pin 25. Output Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
overloaded. Bus connector from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
1602 pin 25, Park Position Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
Unlock solenoid, output
overloaded.
2033 14 13 2 4004/25 Connector 4004/ pin 25. Park Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
Position Unlock solenoid, from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
Output open circuit. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
2033 14 13 3 4004/25 Connector 4004/ pin 25. Park Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
Position Unlock solenoid, output from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
shorted to ground. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
2033 14 14 0 4004/29 Connector 4004/ pin 29 is Refer to Windshield Wiper and Washer
drawing current and it is Operational Checkout Procedure
configured as unused. (WP 0113).
2033 14 14 1 4004/29 Connector 4004/ pin 29 current Refer to Windshield Wiper and Washer
overload. Operational Checkout Procedure
(WP 0113).
2033 14 14 2 4004/29 Connector 4004/ pin 29 open Refer to Windshield Wiper and Washer
circuit. Operational Checkout Procedure
(WP 0113).
2033 14 14 3 4004/29 Connector 4004/ pin 29 shorted Refer to Windshield Wiper and Washer
to ground. Operational Checkout Procedure
(WP 0113).
2033 14 15 0 4004/30 4004/ pin 30 (4-Pack Air Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
Solenoid Channel 4) is drawing from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
current and it is configured as Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
unused.
2033 14 15 1 4004/30 Connector 4004/ pin 30 (4-Pack Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
Air Solenoid Channel 4) current from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
overload. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
2033 14 15 2 4004/30 Connector 4004/ pin 30 (4-Pack Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
Air Solenoid Channel 4) open from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
circuit. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
2033 14 15 3 4004/30 Connector 4004/ pin 30 (4-Pack Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
Air Solenoid Channel 4) shorted from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
to ground, defective relay, or Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
4-pack air solenoid module.
2033 14 15 4 4004/30 Connector 4004/ pin 30 shorted Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
to ground. Power to the from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
solenoid pack has been turned Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
off due to a short in solenoid 4.
2033 14 16 0 4004/31 Connector 4004/ pin 31 is Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
drawing current and it is from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
configured as unused. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
0007–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0007
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM CONTROLLER (ESC) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) INDEX - (CONTINUED)
2033 14 16 1 4004/31 . Connector 4004/ pin 31 Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
(4-Pack Air Solenoid Channel from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
1). Current overload, defective Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
relay, or 4-Pack Air Solenoid
Module.
2033 14 16 2 4004/31 Connector 4004/ pin 31 (4-Pack Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
Air Solenoid Channel 1). Open from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
circuit, defective relay, or Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
4-Pack Air Solenoid Module.
2033 14 16 3 4004/31 Connector 4004/ pin 31 (4-Pack Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
Air Solenoid Channel 1). from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
Shorted to ground, defective Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
relay, or 4-Pack Air Solenoid
Module.
2033 14 16 4 4004/31 Connector 4004/ pin 31 shorted Refer to 4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits
to ground. Power to the from Electronic System Controller (ESC)
solenoid pack has been turned Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0138).
off due to a short in solenoid 1.
0007–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0008
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
NOT APPLICABLE
0008–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0008
P0727 Engine Speed Sensor, No Refer to Transmission High Side Driver Troubleshooting
Signal. Procedures (WP 0150).
P0731* Incorrect 1st Gear Ratio. Refer to Internal Transmission Operational Checkout
Procedure (WP 0151).
P0732* Incorrect 2nd Gear Ratio. Refer to Internal Transmission Operational Checkout
Procedure (WP 0151).
P0733* Incorrect 3rd Gear Ratio. Refer to Internal Transmission Operational Checkout
Procedure (WP 0151).
P0734* Incorrect 4th Gear Ratio. Refer to Internal Transmission Operational Checkout
Procedure (WP 0151).
P0735* Incorrect 5th Gear Ratio. Refer to Internal Transmission Operational Checkout
Procedure (WP 0151).
P0736* Incorrect Reverse Gear Ratio. Refer to Internal Transmission Operational Checkout
Procedure (WP 0151).
P0776* Pressure Control Solenoid 2, Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 2
Stuck Off. Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0152).
P0777* Pressure Control Solenoid 2, Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 2
Stuck On. Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0152).
P0796* Pressure Control Solenoid 3, Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 3
Stuck Off. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0153).
P0797* Pressure Control Solenoid 3, Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 3
Stuck On. Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0153).
P0842* Transmission Pressure Switch Refer to Transmission Pressure Switch Troubleshooting
1, Low. Procedures (WP 0154).
P0843* Transmission Pressure Switch Refer to Transmission Pressure Switch Troubleshooting
1, High. Procedures (WP 0154).
P0880 Transmission Control Module Refer to Transmission Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure
(TCM) Power Input Signal. (WP 0141).
P0881 Transmission Control Module Refer to Transmission Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure
(TCM) Power Input Signal (WP 0141).
Performance.
P0882 Transmission Control Module Refer to Transmission Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure
(TCM) Power Input Signal, Low. (WP 0141).
P0883 Transmission Control Module Refer to Transmission Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure
(TCM) Power Input Signal, High. (WP 0141).
P0894* Transmission Component Refer to Transmission Slipping Operational Checkout
Slipping. Procedure (WP 0155).
P0960* Pressure Control Solenoid Main Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Main MOD
Modulation Control, Open. Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0156).
P0962* Pressure Control Solenoid Main Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Main MOD
Mod Control, Low. Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0156).
P0963* Pressure Control Solenoid Main Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Main MOD
Mod Control, High. Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0156).
P0964* Pressure Control Solenoid 2 Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 2
Control, Open. Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0152).
P0966* Pressure Control Solenoid 2 Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 2
Control, Low. Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0152).
P0967* Pressure Control Solenoid 2 Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 2
Control, High. Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0152).
P0968* Pressure Control Solenoid 3 Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 3
Control, Open. Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0153).
P0970* Pressure Control Solenoid 3 Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 3
Control, Low. Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0153).
P0971* Pressure Control Solenoid 3 Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 3
Control, High. Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0153).
0008–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0008
P0973* Shift Solenoid 1 Control, Low. Refer to Transmission Shift Solenoid 1 Troubleshooting
Procedures (WP 0153).
P0974* Shift Solenoid 1 Control, High. Refer to Transmission Shift Solenoid 1 Troubleshooting
Procedures (WP 0153).
P1739* Incorrect Low Gear Ratio. Refer to Transmission Low Gear Troubleshooting Procedures
(WP 0158).
P2670* Actuator Supply Voltage 2 Refer to Transmission High Side Driver 2 Troubleshooting
(HSD2), Low. Procedures (WP 0159).
P2671* Actuator Supply Voltage 2 Refer to Transmission High Side Driver 2 Troubleshooting
(HSD2), High. Procedures (WP 0159).
P2685* Actuator Supply Voltage 3 Refer to Transmission High Side Driver 3 Troubleshooting
(HSD3), Low. Procedures (WP 0160).
P2686* Actuator Supply Voltage 3 Refer to Transmission High Side Driver 3 Troubleshooting
(HSD3), High. Procedures (WP 0160).
P2714* Pressure Control Solenoid 4, Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 4
Stuck Off. Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0161).
P2715* Pressure Control Solenoid 4, Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 4
Stuck On. Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0161).
P2718* Pressure Control Solenoid 4 Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 4
Control, Open. Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0161).
P2720* Pressure Control Solenoid 4 Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 4
Control, Low. Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0161).
P2721* Pressure Control Solenoid 4 Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 4
Control, High. Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0161).
P2723* Pressure Control Solenoid 1, Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 1
Stuck Off. Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0162).
P2724* Pressure Control Solenoid 1, Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 1
Stuck On. Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0162).
P2727* Pressure Control Solenoid 1 Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 1
Control, Open. Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0162).
P2729* Pressure Control Solenoid 1 Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 1
Control, Low Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0162).
P2730* Pressure Control Solenoid 1 Refer to Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 1
Control, High. Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0162).
U0010 Controller Area Network (CAN) Refer to Transmission Communication Troubleshooting
Bus Reset Counter Overrun. Procedures (WP 0163).
U0100* Lost Communication with Engine Refer to Transmission Communication Troubleshooting
Cotrol Module (ECM) (J1587). Procedures (WP 0163).
U0103* Lost Communication with Gear Refer to Transmission Communication Troubleshooting
Shift Module (Shift Selector) 1. Procedures (WP 0163).
U0115* Lost Communication With Refer to Transmission Communication Troubleshooting
Engine Control Module (ECM). Procedures (WP 0163).
U0291* Lost Communication with Gear Refer to Transmission Communication Troubleshooting
Shift Module (Shift Selector) 2. Procedures (WP 0163).
U0304* Incompatible Gear Shift Module Refer to Transmission Communication Troubleshooting
1 (Shift Selector ID). Procedures (WP 0163).
U0333* Incompatible Gear Shift Module Refer to Transmission Communication Troubleshooting
2 (Shift Selector ID). Procedures (WP 0163).
0008–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0008
U0404* Invalid Data Received from Gear Refer to Transmission Communication Troubleshooting
Shift Module (Shift Selector) 1. Procedures (WP 0163).
U0592* Invalid Data Received from Gear Refer to Transmission Communication Troubleshooting
Shift Module (Shift Selector) 2. Procedures (WP 0163).
0008–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0009
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
NOT APPLICABLE
NOTE
Sequences of blinks illuminate the ABS indicator lamp for half a second, with half-second
pauses between them. Pauses between blink code digits are 1.5 seconds. Pauses between
blink code messages are 2.5 seconds. The lamp remains on for 5 seconds at the end of
messages.
Once the ABS indicator lamp begins displaying a sequence of codes, it continues until all blink
code messages have been displayed and then returns to the normal operating mode. During
this time, the ABS control module will ignore any additional blink code switch activation.
0009–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0009
ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) INDEX - (CONTINUED)
4 2 Left Drive Axle Sensor Output Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Wheel Speed
Low at Drive-Off. Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0177).
4 3 Left Drive Axle Sensor Open or Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Wheel Speed
Shorted. Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0177).
4 4 Left Drive Axle Sensor Loss of Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Wheel Speed
Sensor Signal. Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0177).
4 5 Left Drive Axle Sensor Wheel Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Wheel Speed
End. Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0177).
4 6 Left Drive Axle Sensor Erratic Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Wheel Speed
Sensor Signal. Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0177).
4 7 Left Drive Axle Sensor Tire Size Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Wheel Speed
Calibration. Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0177).
4 10 Left Drive Axle Sensor Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Wheel Speed
Configuration Error. Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0177).
5 1 Right Drive Axle Sensor Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Wheel Speed
Excessive Air Gap. Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0177).
5 2 Right Drive Axle Sensor Output Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Wheel Speed
Low at Drive-Off. Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0177).
5 3 Right Drive Axle Sensor Open or Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Wheel Speed
Shorted. Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0177).
5 4 Right Drive Axle Sensor Loss of Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Wheel Speed
Sensor Signal. Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0177).
5 5 Right Drive Axle Sensor Wheel Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Wheel Speed
End. Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0177).
5 6 Right Drive Axle Sensor Erratic Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Wheel Speed
Sensor Signal. Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0177).
5 7 Right Drive Axle Sensor Tire Size Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Wheel Speed
Calibration. Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0177).
5 10 Right Drive Axle Sensor Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Wheel Speed
Configuration Error. Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0177).
6 1 Power Supply Battery Voltage Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) J1939 Serial
Too Low. Communications Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0139)
6 2 Power Supply Battery Voltage Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) J1939 Serial
Too High. Communications Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0139)
6 3 Power Supply Battery Voltage Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) J1939 Serial
Too Low During ABS. Communications Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0139)
6 4 Power Supply Battery Voltage Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) J1939 Serial
Open Circuit. Communications Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0139)
6 5 Power Supply Ignition Voltage Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) J1939 Serial
Too Low. Communications Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0139)
6 6 Power Supply Ignition Voltage Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) J1939 Serial
Too High. Communications Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0139)
6 7 Power Supply Ignition Voltage Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) J1939 Serial
Too Low During ABS. Communications Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0139)
6 8 Power Supply Input Voltage Has Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) J1939 Serial
Excessive Noise (Temporary). Communications Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0139)
6 9 Power Supply Input Voltage Has Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) J1939 Serial
Excessive Noise. Communications Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0139)
7 1 Left Steer Axle Release Solenoid Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Shorted to Ground. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
7 2 Left Steer Axle Release Solenoid Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Shorted to Voltage. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
7 3 Left Steer Axle Release Solenoid Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Open Circuit. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
7 4 Left Steer Axle Hold Solenoid Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Shorted to Ground. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
0009–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0009
ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) INDEX - (CONTINUED)
7 5 Left Steer Axle Hold Solenoid Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Shorted to Voltage. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
7 6 Left Steer Axle Hold Solenoid Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Open Circuit. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
7 7 Left Steer Axle Common Circuit Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Open Circuit. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
7 8 Left Steer Axle Configuration If this DTC sets, ABS control module is faulty. Refer to
Error. Antilock Brake System (ABS) Control Module Removal
and Installation (WP 0355).
8 1 Right Steer Axle Release Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Solenoid Shorted to Ground. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
8 2 Right Steer Axle Release Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Solenoid Shorted to Voltage. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
8 3 Right Steer Axle Release Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Solenoid Open Circuit. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
8 4 Right Steer Axle Hold Solenoid Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Shorted to Ground. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
8 5 Right Steer Axle Hold Solenoid Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Shorted to Voltage. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
8 6 Right Steer Axle Hold Solenoid Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Open Circuit. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
8 7 Right Steer Axle Common Circuit Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Open Circuit. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
8 8 Right Steer Axle Configuration If this DTC sets, ABS control module is faulty. Refer to
Error. Antilock Brake System (ABS) Control Module Removal
and Installation (WP 0355).
9 1 Left Drive Axle Release Solenoid Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Shorted to Ground. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
9 2 Left Drive Axle Release Solenoid Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Shorted to Voltage. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
9 3 Left Drive Axle Release Solenoid Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Open Circuit. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
9 4 Left Drive Axle Hold Solenoid Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Shorted to Ground. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
9 5 Left Drive Axle Hold Solenoid Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Shorted to Voltage. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
9 6 Left Drive Axle Hold Solenoid Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Open Circuit. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
9 7 Left Drive Axle Common Circuit Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Open Circuit. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
9 8 Left Drive Axle Configuration If this DTC sets, ABS control module is faulty. Refer to
Error. Antilock Brake System (ABS) Control Module Removal
and Installation (WP 0355).
10 1 Right Drive Axle Release Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Solenoid Shorted to Ground. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
10 2 Right Drive Axle Release Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Solenoid Shorted to Voltage. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
10 3 Right Drive Axle Release Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Solenoid Open Circuit. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
10 4 Right Drive Axle Hold Solenoid Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Shorted to Ground. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
10 5 Right Drive Axle Hold Solenoid Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Shorted to Voltage. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
0009–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0009
ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) INDEX - (CONTINUED)
10 6 Right Drive Axle Hold Solenoid Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Open Circuit. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
10 7 Right Drive Axle Common Circuit Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Open Circuit. Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0178).
10 8 Right Drive Axle Configuration If this DTC sets, ABS control module is faulty. Refer to
Error. Antilock Brake System (ABS) Control Module Removal
and Installation (WP 0355).
11 1 J1939 Serial Communications Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) J1939 Serial
Error. Communications Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0139).
11 2 J1939 Retarder Communications Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) J1939 Serial
Error. Communications Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0139).
11 3 J1939 Engine Communications Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) J1939 Serial
Error. Communications Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0139).
12 1 Stop Lamp Switch Not Detected. Vehicle is not equipped with this feature. If this DTC sets,
ABS control module is faulty. Refer to Antilock Brake
System (ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation
(WP 0355).
12 2 Stop Lamp Switch Defective. Vehicle is not equipped with this feature. If this DTC sets,
ABS control module is faulty. Refer to Antilock Brake
System (ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation
(WP 0355).
12 3 Automatic Traction Control (ATC) ABS control module has been placed in the dynamometer
Disabled or Dynamometer Test test mode by either the diagnostic blink code switch or a
Mode Active. hand-held or PC-based diagnostic tool. ATC is disabled.
If this DTC sets, ABS control module is faulty. Refer to
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Control Module Removal
and Installation (WP 0355).
12 7 PMV Common Shorted to Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Ground. Valve (PMV) Common Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0140).
12 8 PMV Common Shorted to Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator
Voltage. Valve (PMV) Common Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0140).
12 9 ATC Disabled to Prevent Brake ATC is temporarily disabled to prevent excessive heating
Fade. of the foundation brakes. Informational DTC, no repair
required.
12 10 Tire Size Out of Range (Front to Verify proper tire inflation (TM 9-2355-106-10).Verify
Rear). tire tread wear is not excessive. Refer to Preventive
Maintenance Checks And Services (PMCS) Including
Lubrication Instructions (WP 0216). Verify tone ring
teeth are not damaged. Refer to Front Axle Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Tone Ring Removal and Installation
(WP 0483).
12 11 Wheel Speed Sensors Reversed Sensors are reversed (left to right) on one of the axles.
on an Axle. Verify proper installation, connection, and wiring of the
sensors. Refer to Front Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Sensor Removal and Installation (WP 0425).
12 12 Differential Lock Solenoid Vehicle is not equipped with this feature. If this DTC sets,
Shorted to Ground or Open ABS control module is faulty. Refer to Antilock Brake
Circuit. System (ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation
(WP 0355).
12 13 Differential Lock Solenoid Vehicle is not equipped with this feature. If this DTC sets,
Shorted to Voltage. ABS control module is faulty. Refer to Antilock Brake
System (ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation
(WP 0355).
0009–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0009
ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) INDEX - (CONTINUED)
12 23 I/O 2 or I/O 3 Shorted High. Check for short circuit condition between voltage and the
I/O 2 and I/O 3 circuits.
13 2 ABS control module circuit failure Check for damaged or corroded connectors. Check for
(10). damaged wiring. Clear trouble codes. If DTCs return,
replace the ABS control module. Refer to Antilock Brake
System (ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation
(WP 0355).
13 3 ABS control module circuit failure Check for damaged or corroded connectors. Check for
(11). damaged wiring. Clear trouble codes. If DTCs return,
replace the ABS control module. Refer to Antilock Brake
System (ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation
(WP 0355).
13 4 ABS control module circuit failure Check for damaged or corroded connectors. Check for
(12). damaged wiring. Clear trouble codes. If DTCs return,
replace the ABS control module. Refer to Antilock Brake
System (ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation
(WP 0355).
13 5 ABS control module circuit failure Check for damaged or corroded connectors. Check for
(13). damaged wiring. Clear trouble codes. If DTCs return,
replace the ABS control module. Refer to Antilock Brake
System (ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation
(WP 0355).
13 6 ABS control module circuit failure Check for damaged or corroded connectors. Check for
(14). damaged wiring. Clear trouble codes. If DTCs return,
replace the ABS control module. Refer to Antilock Brake
System (ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation
(WP 0355).
13 7 ABS control module circuit failure Check for damaged or corroded connectors. Check for
(15). damaged wiring. Clear trouble codes. If DTCs return,
replace the ABS control module. Refer to Antilock Brake
System (ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation
(WP 0355).
13 8 ABS control module circuit failure Check for damaged or corroded connectors. Check for
(16). damaged wiring. Clear trouble codes. If DTCs return,
replace the ABS control module. Refer to Antilock Brake
System (ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation
(WP 0355).
13 9 ABS control module circuit failure Check for damaged or corroded connectors. Check for
(17). damaged wiring. Clear trouble codes. If DTCs return,
replace the ABS control module. Refer to Antilock Brake
System (ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation
(WP 0355).
13 10 ABS control module circuit failure Check for damaged or corroded connectors. Check for
(18). damaged wiring. Clear trouble codes. If DTCs return,
replace the ABS control module. Refer to Antilock Brake
System (ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation
(WP 0355).
13 11 ABS control module circuit failure Check for damaged or corroded connectors. Check for
(1A). damaged wiring. Clear trouble codes. If DTCs return,
replace the ABS control module. Refer to Antilock Brake
System (ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation
(WP 0355).
0009–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0009
ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) INDEX - (CONTINUED)
13 12 ABS control module circuit failure Check for damaged or corroded connectors. Check for
(1B). damaged wiring. Clear trouble codes. If DTCs return,
replace the ABS control module. Refer to Antilock Brake
System (ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation
(WP 0355).
13 13 ABS control module circuit failure Check for damaged or corroded connectors. Check for
(80). damaged wiring. Clear trouble codes. If DTCs return,
replace the ABS control module. Refer to Antilock Brake
System (ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation
(WP 0355).
18 1 Traction Control Valve (TCV) Vehicle is not equipped with this feature. If this DTC sets,
Solenoid Shorted to Ground. ABS control module is faulty. Refer to Antilock Brake
System (ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation
(WP 0355).
18 2 TCV Solenoid Shorted to Voltage. Vehicle is not equipped with this feature. If this DTC sets,
ABS control module is faulty. Refer to Antilock Brake
System (ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation
(WP 0355).
18 3 TCV Solenoid Open Circuit. Vehicle is not equipped with this feature. If this DTC sets,
ABS control module is faulty. Refer to Antilock Brake
System (ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation
(WP 0355).
18 4 TCV Configuration Error. Vehicle is not equipped with this feature. If this DTC sets,
ABS control module is faulty. Refer to Antilock Brake
System (ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation
(WP 0355).
0009–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0010
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0014
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0011
70) WP 0078
WP 0005
Tools and Special Tools
WP 0012
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
WP 0006
(WP 0795, Item 37)
WP 0172
References WP 0174
TM 9-2355-106-10 WP 0173
TM 9-2355-106-23P WP 0009
WP 0032 WP 0782
WP 0409
WP 0412 Equipment Condition
WP 0317 Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0333 Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
WP 0448 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0449 Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0422 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0034 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
0010–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0010
CONDITION/INDICATION
Was condition found and corrected?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is symptom related to engine?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 13.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine crank?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine start and run?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD communicate with Transmission Control Module (TCM) or Electronic System Controller (ESC)?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD communicate with ECM?
DECISION
STEP
12. Obtain Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) for ECM with MSD. Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Access
Procedure (WP 0012).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD display current DTCs?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is symptom related to transmission?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 16.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
14. Connect MSD. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD communicate with TCM?
DECISION
NO Go to Transmission Control Module (TCM) Power Operational Checkout Procedure (WP 0142).
YES Go to next step.
STEP
15. Obtain DTCs for TCM with MSD. Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Access Procedure (WP 0012).
0010–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0010
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD display current DTCs?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is symptom related to chassis?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 19.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
17. Connect MSD. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD communicate with ESC?
DECISION
STEP
18. Obtain DTCs for ESC with MSD. Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Access Procedure (WP 0012).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD display current DTCs?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is symptom related to antilock brakes?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 22.
YES Go to next step.
0010–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0010
STEP
20. Connect MSD. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD communicate with antilock brake control module?
DECISION
STEP
21. Obtain DTCs for antilock brake module. Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Access Procedure
(WP 0012).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does antilock brake module display DTCs?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is symptom related to transfer case?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is symptom is related to service brakes?
DECISION
0010–5/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0011
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment Equipment Condition
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
70) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
9-2355-106-10)
References
Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0782
The MSD laptop computer, along with troubleshooting software, is used to diagnose vehicle systems. The MSD
communicates with vehicle control modules by means of an interface cable. The cable connects to the 9-pin
American Trucking Association (ATA) diagnostic connector, located to the left of the steering column.
0011–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0011
1. Connect 9-pin connector of truck interface cable (Figure 2, Item 4) to ATA 9-pin connector (Figure 2, Item
5) to left of steering column.
2. Connect USB connector on truck interface cable (Figure 2, Item 4) to USB port (Figure 2, Item 1) on back of
MSD (Figure 2, Item 3).
3. To operate from external power, connect power cable or power pack to MSD power port (Figure 2, Item 2).
4. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
5. Turn ignition switch on.
6. Power up MSD (Figure 2, Item 3).
0011–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0012
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
References
TM 9-2355-106-10
This procedure covers retrieval of stored DTCs for the following control modules:
• Electronic System Controller (ESC)
• Engine Control Module (ECM)
• Antilock Brake System (ABS)
• Transmission Control Module (TCM)
MSD AVAILABLE
The MSD is capable of retrieving stored DTCs from each control module listed above. If available, use the
MSD to retrieve DTCs.
MSD UNAVAILABLE
If the MSD is unavailable, use the off-line diagnostic mode to retrieve DTCs by performing the following steps. The
mode is specific to each control module.
ESC
1. Set parking brake (TM 9-2355-106-10).
2. Set transmission in NEUTRAL (N) (TM 9-2355-106-10).
3. Shut engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10).
4. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
5. Turn ignition switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
6. Press and release CRUISE ON and RESUME/ACCEL buttons simultaneously during Instrument Panel
(IP) gauge sweep.
7. Observe odometer display.
a. The display will show the number of stored DTCs.
b. After 10 seconds, the first DTC displays for 10 seconds before displaying the next DTC in the list. The
cycle continues for all stored DTCs.
0012–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0012
8. To manually cycle through the DTC list, press and release the cluster select/reset button (Figure 1, Item 1).
9. Record DTCs.
ECM
NOTE
All ECM DTCs are three digits. The IP uses the RED and AMBER ENGINE lamps to display
DTCs. Code 111 indicates no stored ECM DTCs.
0012–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0012
ABS Module
0012–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0012
TCM
0012–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0013
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
This procedure covers clearing inactive DTCs for the following control modules:
• Engine Control Module (ECM)
• Electronic System Controller (ESC)
• Antilock Brake System (ABS) Control Module
• Transmission Control Module (TCM)
NOTE
Clearing inactive DTCs stored in the ECM requires use of MSD.
1. Connect MSD to vehicle. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) WP 0011.
2. Clear inactive DTCs stored in specific control module, using MSD.
0013–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0014
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
References WP 0032
TM 9-2355-106-10 WP 0066
TM 9-2355-106-23P WP 0782
WP 0037
WP 0017 Equipment Condition
WP 0018 Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0019 Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
WP 0049 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0020 Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0021 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0035 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
1. Perform engine startup procedure (TM 9 2355–106–10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Vehicle cranks but will not start or is difficult to start.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Perform the following diagnostic procedures in order listed.
1. Battery Power Operational Checkout Procedure (WP 0032)
2. Keyless Ignition Switch Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0066)
3. Fuel Operational Checkout Procedure (WP 0037)
4. Engine Systems Operational Checkout Procedure (WP 0017)
5. Engine Oil Operational Checkout Procedure (WP 0018)
6. Intake/Exhaust Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0019)
7. Engine Control Module (ECM) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0049)
8. Injection Control Pressure (ICP) No Start Operational Checkout Procedure (WP 0020)
1. Return vehicle to service.
0014–1/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0015
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
References WP 0024
TM 9-2355-106-10 WP 0027
TM 9-2355-106-23P WP 0782
WP 0018
Equipment Condition
WP 0035
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0036
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
WP 0019
9-2355-106-10)
WP 0038
Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0022
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0023
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0025
WP 0026
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
1. Start vehicle and evaluate engine performance.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Engine runs but has performance issues.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Perform the following diagnostic procedures in the order listed.
1. Engine Oil Operational Checkout Procedure (WP 0018)
2. Fuel Pump Pressure Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0035)
3. Fuel Pump Restriction Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0036)
4. Intake/Exhaust Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0019)
5. Fuel Pressure (Full Load) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0038)
6. Injection Control Pressure (ICP) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0022)
7. Boost Pressure Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0023)
8. Crankcase Pressure Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0025)
9. Wastegate Actuator Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0026)
10. Charge Air Cooler Pressure Operational Checkout Procedure (WP 0024)
11. Valve Adjustment Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0027)
1. Return vehicle to service.
0015–1/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0016
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0249
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0250
70) WP 0233
WP 0236
Tools and Special Tools WP 0234
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) WP 0253
(WP 0795, Item 37) WP 0261
WP 0277
References
WP 0283
WP 0011
WP 0527
WP 0019
WP 0782
WP 0014
WP 0015 Equipment Condition
WP 0020 Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0025 Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
WP 0045 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0218 Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0219 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0222 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0228 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on electrical circuits. Always assume that
electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high enough
to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems, generally
1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps can cause
loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing; ensure skin,
clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only the insulated,
nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent electrical arcing,
avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can cause bright
flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs, immediately
shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result in serious
injury or death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
0016–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0016
STEP
1. Visually inspect for external oil leaks.
CONDITION/INDICATION
External oil leaks are detected.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Perform necessary repairs to correct external oil leaks. Refer to Chapter 4 Index for required removal and
replacement procedures.
1. Inspect engine air filter (TM 9-2355-106–10).
Air filter is restricted.
Replace air filter. Refer to (TM 9-2355-106–10). Return vehicle to service.
1. Visually inspect engine air induction system for damage and leaks. Refer to Intake/Exhaust Restriction
Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0019).
Inspection of engine air induction system reveals damage or leaks.
Perform necessary repairs to correct engine air induction system leaks or damage. Refer to Alphabetical Index for
required removal and installation procedures.
1. Verify crankcase pressure is not excessive. Refer to Crankcase Pressure Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0025).
Crankcase pressure is excessive.
Replace engine. Refer to Engine Assembly Removal (WP 0218) and Engine Assembly Installation (WP 0219).
Return vehicle to service.
1. Remove air dryer governor supply air line from air dryer. Refer to Air Compressor Supply Air Line Removal
and Installation (WP 0523).
Oil in air line.
Replace air compressor. Refer to Air Compressor Removal and Installation (WP 0527). Return vehicle to service.
1. Check engine oil level (TM 9-2355-106-10).
Engine oil level is excessive.
Change engine oil. Fill with recommended amount and viscosity of new engine oil. Refer to Engine Oil Drain/Fill
Procedure (WP 0233). Return vehicle to service.
1. Verify engine oil is recommended viscosity. Refer to Engine Oil Drain/Fill Procedure (WP 0233).
Unable to verify engine oil is recommended viscosity.
Change engine oil. Fill with recommended amount and viscosity of new engine oil. Refer to Engine Oil Drain/Fill
Procedure (WP 0233). Return vehicle to service.
1. Verify vehicle is not moving over-rated loads. Refer to (TM 9-2355-106-10).
Vehicle is moving over-rated loads.
Reduce load. Return vehicle to service.
1. Verify vehicle is not operated in incorrect gear range that lugs the engine.
Vehicle is operated in incorrect gear range that lugs engine.
Operate vehicle in correct gear or transfer case range. Refer to (TM 9-2355-106-10). Return vehicle to service.
1. Inspect turbocharger inlets and outlets. Refer to Turbocharger Removal and Installation (WP 0261).
Turbocharger compressor inlet is clean while outlet is oily, turbocharger turbine outlet is coked while inlet is not or
turbocharger shows other visible signs of oil leakage.
Replace turbocharger. Refer to Turbocharger Removal and Installation (WP 0261). Return vehicle to service.
0016–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0016
1. Verify fuel injector O-rings and injectors are not leaking engine oil. Refer to Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0020).
Fuel injector O-rings or injectors leak engine oil.
Replace fuel injector O-rings or fuel injectors. Refer to Fuel Injector Removal and Installation (WP 0249). Return
vehicle to service.
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
STEP
1. Visually inspect for fuel leaks.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Fuel leaks are detected.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Refer to Chapter 4 Index for replacement procedures to repair fuel leak.
1. Check engine oil level regularly.
Engine oil level is increasing.
STEP 1. Connect MSD. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
STEP 2. Perform injector tests with MSD. Replace injectors operating incorrectly. Refer to Fuel Injector Removal
and Installation (WP 0249). Return vehicle to service.
1. Monitor engine speed during use.
Engine speed is too high or too low.
Adjust driving practices to operate engine in correct speed range for operating conditions. Refer to (TM
9-2355-106-10). Return vehicle to service.
1. Monitor idle time.
Idle time is excessive.
Reduce idle time.
1. Monitor actual fuel used during specific operating periods and conditions. Compare to another vehicle during
similar operating periods and conditions.
Fuel use is excessive when compared to another vehicle.
Perform all performance and hard start/no start diagnostics. Refer to Engine Performance Operational Checkout
Procedure (WP 0015), and Hard Start/No Start Operational Checkout Procedure (WP 0014).
HIGH COOLANT TEMPERATURE OR COOLANT LOSS
STEP
1. Verify engine cooling system overheats.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Cooling system overheats.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Refer to Cooling System Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0045).
0016–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0016
0016–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0016
0016–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0016
Replace fuel/oil manifold. Refer to Oil/Fuel Manifold Removal and Installation (WP 0250). Return vehicle
to service.
1. Inspect for cracked or porous fuel/manifold. Refer to Oil/Fuel Manifold Removal and Installation (WP 0250).
Cracked or porous fuel/oil manifold is indicated.
Replace fuel/oil manifold. Refer to Oil/Fuel Manifold Removal and Installation (WP 0250). Return vehicle
to service.
1. Inspect for cracked or porous cylinder head. Refer to Cylinder Head and Gasket Removal and Installation
(WP 0222).
Cracked or porous cylinder head is indicated. Refer to Cylinder Head and Gasket Removal and Installation
(WP 0222).
Replace cylinder head. Refer to Cylinder Head and Gasket Removal and Installation (WP 0222). Return vehicle
to service.
0016–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0017
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0334
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) WP 0336
(WP 0795, Item 37) WP 0330
WP 0407
References
TM 9-2355-106-10
WP 0014
TM 9-2355-106-23P
WP 0045
WP 0782
WP 0033
WP 0250 Equipment Condition
WP 0256 Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0257 Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
WP 0263 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0264 Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0265 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0268 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0333 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
0017–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0017
WARNING
Fuel is flammable and can explode. Keep all open flames, flammable materials, ignition
sources, and sparks away from diesel fuel and keep fire extinguisher nearby. Do not smoke
when working with fuel. Do not work on fuel system when engine is hot. Fuel can be ignited by
hot engine. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Be alert at all times for the smell of fuel. Hot engines and components can ignite fuel. If fuel
smell is detected while operating vehicle, shut down vehicle immediately. Failure to comply
may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Store diesel fuel in an approved container clearly marked DIESEL FUEL. Dispose of fuel in
an approved container clearly marked DIESEL FUEL in accordance with standard operating
procedures.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on electrical circuits. Always assume that
electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high enough
to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems, generally
1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps can cause
loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing; ensure skin,
clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only the insulated,
nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent electrical arcing,
avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can cause bright
flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs, immediately
shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result in serious
injury or death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
NOTE
Engine will not start with Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) or Camshaft Position Sensor
(CMP) disconnected.
STEP
0017–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0017
CONDITION/INDICATION
Injector Pressure Regulator (IPR) or Engine Control Module (ECM) connections loose, damaged, or corroded.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace engine sensor wiring harness or replace engine wiring harness. Refer to Engine Sensor Wiring Harness
Removal and Installation (WP 0330) or Engine Wiring Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0336). Return
vehicle to service.
0017–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0017
0017–5/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0018
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts WP 0597
Rags - (2) (WP 0794, Item 39) WP 0598
Lubricating oil (WP 0794, Item 27) WP 0599
WP 0606
References
WP 0782
TM 9-2355-106-10
TM 9-2355-106-23P Equipment Condition
WP 0014 Vehicle positioned on level surface
WP 0015 Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0025 Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
WP 0216 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0222 Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0249 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0233 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0234 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0253 Belly armor removed (WP 0606)
WP 0261 Left side engine armor removed (WP 0597)
WP 0264 Left engine armor plate bracket removed (WP 0598)
WP 0527 Right side engine armor removed (WP 0599)
WP 0524 Right side engine armor plate removed (WP 0599)
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine components become extremely hot during normal operation. Allow engine to cool
completely prior to performing maintenance. Use extreme care when working in close quarters
in engine compartment. Stay clear of rotating parts. Wear safety goggles, work gloves, and
long sleeves or shop coat. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use caution when working under hood with ignition ON. Failure to comply may result in damage
to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedure Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
1. Remove oil fill cap. Refer to TM 9-2355-106-10.
2. Check bottom of oil fill cap for milky-white residue or smell of antifreeze.
CONDITION/INDICATION
0018–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0018
NOTE
Ensure engine has been off for at least 1 minute.
NOTE
Excessive oil consumption can be caused by towing abnormally heavy loads, driving in an
incorrect gear causing the engine to lug, over-revving the engine, and other improper operation.
Refer to TM 9-2355-106-10 for proper vehicle operation.
STEP 1. Visually inspect engine and vehicle undercarriage for external engine oil leaks. If oil leak is present,
visually follow oil trail to source of leak. If oil leak is found, refer to Chapter 4, Maintenance Instructions, index for
repair procedures. If oil leak is present but source cannot be found, perform the following steps:
a. Clean oil residue from engine and undercarriage.
b. Top-off engine oil level (TM 9-2355-106-10).
c. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
d. Start engine and let idle for 10 minutes. Do not let engine run out of oil. Turn engine off immediately if
oil leak is severe.
e. Turn engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10).
f. Inspect engine and vehicle undercarriage for external engine oil leaks.
STEP 2. Observe engine intake air filter restriction gauge (TM 9-2355-106-10). If restriction gauge indicates
restriction, refer to Intake Restriction Test Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0259).
STEP 3. Compare sample of oil from this vehicle to sample of known-good oil for this vehicle. Verify that color,
odor, and thickness of samples are similar. If incorrect oil viscosity was used, change engine oil. Refer to Engine
Oil Drain/Fill Procedure (WP 0233).
STEP 4. Ensure air brake compressor is not leaking engine oil internally by inspecting air dryer desiccant
cartridge for oil residue. Refer to Air Dryer Desiccant Cartridge Removal and Installation (WP 0519). If oil is found
in desiccant cartridge, replace air compressor and desiccant cartridge. Refer to Air Compressor Removal and
Installation (WP 0527) and Air Dryer Desiccant Cartridge Removal and Installation (WP 0519).
0018–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0018
STEP 5. Ensure turbocharger is not leaking internally by inspecting charge air cooler inlet pipe for oil residue.
Refer to Charge Air Cooler (CAC) Hose Removal and Installation (WP 0264) to remove piping between
turbocharger and charge air cooler for inspection. If oil residue is found, replace turbocharger. Refer to
Turbocharger Removal and Installation (WP 0261).
NOTE
Fuel injector O-rings and seals must be replaced anytime the fuel injectors are removed. After
inspecting the injector seals and O-rings during the next step, install new O-rings and seals as
instructed in the injector installation procedure.
STEP 6. Remove fuel injectors, refer to Fuel Injector Removal and Installation (WP 0249) and inspect O-rings
and seals for damage.
STEP 7. To determine if an internal engine mechanical fault is present. Refer to Crankcase Pressure Test
Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0025).
STEP 8. Perform the following steps to determine if valve guides and seals are worn.
a. Top-off engine oil level (TM 9-2355-106-10).
b. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
c. Start the engine and let idle for 10 minutes (TM 9-2355-106-10).
d. Test drive vehicle for 10 miles (TM 9-2355-106-10).
e. Turn engine OFF (TM 9-2355-106-10).
f. Turn MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10).
g. Keep engine off for at least 4 hours (TM 9-2355-106-10).
h. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
i. Start engine and observe tailpipe (TM 9-2355-106-10).
j. If unusual blue smoke comes from tailpipe upon startup, replace engine cylinder head and gasket. Refer to
Engine Cylinder Head and Gasket Removal and Installation (WP 0222).
0018–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0018
STEP 5. If engine oil smells of fuel, oil is contaminated with diesel fuel. Perform the following inspections:
a. Remove fuel pump. Refer to Fuel Pump Removal and Installation (WP 0253). Inspect gasket and fuel pump
for evidence of fuel leaking into crankcase. Replace faulty component as necessary. If a fault is found,
change engine oil. Refer to Engine Oil Drain/Fill Procedure (WP 0233).
b. Remove oil/fuel manifold. Refer to Oil/Fuel Manifold Removal and Installation (WP 0250), replace gasket
and change engine oil. Refer to Engine Oil Drain/Fill Procedure (WP 0233).
1. If oil meets specification, return to Hard Start/No Start Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0014).
0018–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0019
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0263
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) WP 0264
(WP 0795, Item 37) WP 0275
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122) WP 0276
WP 0335
Materials/Parts
WP 0336
Goggles (WP 0794, Item 20)
WP 0247
Gloves (WP 0794, Item 19)
WP 0597
References WP 0782
TM 9-2355-106-10
TM 9-2355-106-23P Equipment Condition
WP 0014 Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0015 Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
WP 0024 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0056 Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0246 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0256 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0257 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
0019–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0019
STEP
WARNING
Engine components become extremely hot during normal operation. Allow engine to cool
completely prior to performing maintenance. Use extreme care when working in close quarters
in engine compartment. Stay clear of rotating parts. Wear safety goggles, work gloves, and
long sleeves or shop coat. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
1. Observe FILTER MINDER (Figure 1, Item 1) air filter restriction gauge located in center of Instrument Panel
(IP). Refer to TM 9-2355-106-10.
0019–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0019
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does FILTER MINDER air filter restriction gauge read 22 in. H2O (5.5 kPa) or more?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 3.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
2. Remove engine air filter and inspect. Refer to TM 9-2355-106-10. Air filter should be clean and undamaged.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is air filter dirty or damaged?
DECISION
STEP
3. Remove air cleaner housing, refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257). Inspect air
cleaner housing for debris, damage, and restrictions.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is air filter housing damaged or restricted?
DECISION
0019–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0019
STEP
4. Remove air intake tube between air filter housing and turbo fresh air inlet, refer to Air Intake Tube (To Turbo)
Removal and Installation (WP 0256). Inspect intake tube for debris, damage, and restrictions.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is intake tube damaged or restricted?
DECISION
STEP
5. Inspect Charge Air Cooler (CAC) hoses, pipes, and clamps for damage, restrictions, or looseness. Refer to
Charge Air Cooler (CAC) Hose Removal and Installation (WP 0264).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are any CAC hoses, pipes, or clamps damaged, restricted, or loose?
DECISION
STEP
6. Perform CAC pressure test. Refer to Charge Air Cooler Pressure Operational Checkout Procedure (WP 0024).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did CAC pressure test pass?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 27.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
7. Visually inspect exhaust pipes (Figure 2, Item 1), muffler (Figure 3, Item 2), and tailpipe (Figure 3, Item
1) for damage or restrictions.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are exhaust pipes, muffler, or tailpipe damaged or restricted?
DECISION
STEP
8. Remove muffler. Refer to Muffler and Shield Removal and Installation (WP 0276).
9. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
10. Start engine (TM 9-2355-106-10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine start normally?
DECISION
STEP
11. Inspect exhaust brake valve actuator arm (Figure 4, Item 1). Arm should be in position shown in illustration.
0019–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0019
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is exhaust brake valve actuator arm in position indicated?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine start normally?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does a hard start or no start condition still exist?
DECISION
YES Proceed to Hard Start/No Start Operational Checkout Procedure (WP 0014) or Engine Performance
Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0015)
NO Return vehicle to service.
0019–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0019
STEP
WARNING
Wear eye protection when working on or around air systems. Air lines, fittings, and components
contain air under pressure. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
18. Disconnect air line (Figure 5, Item 2) from exhausted brake valve actuator while observing actuator arm
(Figure 5, Item 1) for movement. Actuator arm should move back to position indicated in illustration.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did actuator arm move to position indicted?
DECISION
STEP
19. Remove left side engine armor. Refer to Left Side Engine Armor Plate Removal and Installation (WP 0597).
20. Disconnect connector 4100F/4103 (connector with 18 wires). Refer to Figure 6.
0019–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0019
21. Measure resistance between connector 4103 terminal 15 and all other terminals on connector 4103 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 6.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did multimeter read OL for all terminals?
DECISION
STEP
22. Measure resistance between connector 4100F terminal 15 and all other terminals on connector 4100F with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 6.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did multimeter read OL for all terminals?
DECISION
0019–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0019
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace air filter. Refer to TM 9-2355-106-10. Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace air cleaner housing. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace air intake tube. Refer to Air Intake Tube (To Turbo) Removal and Installation (WP 0056). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Repair as necessary. Refer to Charge Air Cooler (CAC) Hose Removal and Installation (WP 0264). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace CAC. Refer to Charge Air Cooler (CAC) Removal and Installation (WP 0263). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0019–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0019
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace exhaust pipes, muffler, or tailpipe. Refer to Exhaust Pipe Removal and Installation (WP 0275) or
Muffler and Shield Removal and Installation (WP 0276). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace muffler. Refer to Muffler and Shield Removal and Installation (WP 0276). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace exhaust brake. Refer to Exhaust Brake Removal and Installation (WP 0246). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace engine wiring harness. Refer to Engine Wiring Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0336). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace PDC harness. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0335).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace exhaust brake solenoid. Refer to Exhaust Brake Solenoid Removal and Installation (WP 0247).
Return vehicle to service.
0019–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0019
END OF TEST
0019–11/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0020
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0782
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
Equipment Condition
(WP 0795, Item 37)
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Tee, 3-wire pressure sensor breakout (ZTSE4347)
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
(WP 0795, Item 116)
9-2355-106-10)
References Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0021 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0035
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
0020–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0020
1. Install 3-wire breakout tee between ICP sensor (Figure 1, Item 1) and harness connector. Refer to Figure 1.
0020–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0021
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0011
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) WP 0007
(WP 0795, Item 37) WP 0228
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0249
70) WP 0233
Tee, Injection Control Pressure (ICP) adapter WP 0252
(ZTSE4594) (WP 0795, Item 119) WP 0253
Gun, air (WP 0795, Item 43) WP 0389
WP 0391
Materials/Parts WP 0396
Sealing compound (WP 0794, Item 44) WP 0782
Gloves (WP 0794, Item 18)
Goggles, industrial (WP 0794, Item 20) Equipment Condition
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Personnel Required Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
Maintainer - (2) 9-2355-106-10)
Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
0021–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0021
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine components become extremely hot during normal operation. Allow engine to cool
completely prior to performing maintenance. Use extreme care when working in close quarters
in engine compartment. Stay clear of rotating parts. Wear safety goggles, work gloves, and
long sleeves or shop coat. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Fuel is flammable and can explode. Keep all open flames, flammable materials, ignition
sources, and sparks away from diesel fuel and keep fire extinguisher nearby. Do not smoke
when working with fuel. Do not work on fuel system when engine is hot. Fuel can be ignited by
hot engine. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
If Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) were detected, perform those diagnostics first (WP 0007).
STEP
1. Remove Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor. Refer to Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) Sensor Removal and
Installation (WP 0389).
0021–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0021
2. Oil should come out of EOT opening on front cover. Install EOT sensor when complete. Refer to Engine Oil
Temperature (EOT) Sensor Removal and Installation (WP 0389).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did oil come out of EOT sensor opening on front cover?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 26.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
3. Disconnect high-pressure oil hose (Figure 1, Item 3) from elbow fitting (Figure 1, Item 2) on high-pressure
oil manifold (Figure 1, Item 1).
0021–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0021
4. Install ICP adapter (Figure 2, Item 4) into end of high-pressure hose (Figure 2, Item 5).
5. Install new ICP sensor (Figure 2, Item 3) into ICP adapter (Figure 2, Item 4).
6. Transfer ICP harness connector (Figure 2, Item 2) from original ICP sensor (Figure 2, Item 1) on high-pressure
oil manifold (Figure 2, Item 6) to new ICP sensor (Figure 2, Item 3) in high-pressure hose (Figure 2, Item 5).
Leave original ICP sensor (Figure 2, Item 1) in high-pressure oil manifold (Figure 2, Item 6).
7. Connect MSD to vehicle. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
8. Observe ICP on MSD while cranking engine (TM 9–2355–106–10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is ICP more than 500 psi (3,447 kPa)?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 20.
YES Go to next step.
0021–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0021
STEP
9. Remove ICP harness connector (Figure 2, Item 2), new ICP sensor (Figure 2, Item 3), and ICP adapter (Figure
2, Item 4) from high-pressure hose (Figure 2, Item 5).
10. Install ICP harness connector (Figure 2, Item 2) on original ICP sensor (Figure 2, Item 1).
11. Install high-pressure hose (Figure 3, Item 3) to fitting (Figure 3, Item 2) on high-pressure oil manifold (Figure 3,
Item 1). Tighten hose securely.
12. Remove valve cover. Refer to Valve Cover Removal and Installation (WP 0228).
0021–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0021
13. Remove high-pressure hose (Figure 4, Item 2) from high-pressure injector pump (Figure 4, Item 1).
NOTE
Regulate shop air to 100 psi (689 kPa).
14. Apply more than 100 psi (689 kPa) of shop air into high-pressure hose (Figure 4, Item 2) using air gun.
Figure 5. Injector.
15. Inspect for leakage around base of each fuel injector (Figure 5, Item 1). Some leakage around top of fuel
injector is normal. One injector shown (Figure 5, Item 1).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are any fuel injectors leaking?
DECISION
STEP
16. With valve cover still off, connect fuel injector harness connector (Figure 6, Item 1) to harness on fuel injectors.
17. Connect MSD to vehicle. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
18. With air pressure still applied, command injectors ON using MSD.
0021–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0021
Figure 7. Injector.
19. Check for oil discharge from each injector (Figure 7, Item 1). Oil discharge should be equal. Excess oil
discharge indicates faulty fuel injector. One injector shown. (Figure 7, Item 1).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did any fuel injectors have excessive oil discharge?
DECISION
STEP
20. Remove fuel pump from high-pressure injector pump. Refer to Fuel Pump Removal and Installation
(WP 0253).
21. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector (Figure 7, Item 2).
22. With assistant, crank engine and check for rotation of fuel pump camshaft (Figure 8, Item 2) inside
high-pressure injector pump housing (Figure 8, Item 1).
0021–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0021
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is camshaft rotating?
DECISION
STEP
23. Remove high-pressure injector pump. Refer to High-Pressure Injector Pump Removal and Installation
(WP 0252).
24. Check drive gear (Figure 9, Item 1) on high-pressure pump (Figure 9, Item 2) for tightness.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is drive gear tight?
DECISION
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Tighten drive gear mounting bolt. Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
0021–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0021
ACTION
Go to Engine Oil Drain/Fill Procedure (WP 0233). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace fuel injector O-rings. Go to Fuel Injector Removal and Installation (WP 0249). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace fuel injector. Go to Fuel Injector Removal and Installation (WP 0249). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace injection pressure regulator. Go to Injection Pressure Regulator Removal and Installation (WP 0396).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace high-pressure injector pump. Go to High-Pressure Injector Pump Removal and Installation (WP 0252).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0021–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0022
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0782
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item
Equipment Condition
70)
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-10 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0011 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0015 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0021
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
1. Connect MSD to vehicle. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
2. Start engine (TM 9-2355-106-10).
3. Observe ICP voltage on MSD while driving vehicle.
NOTE
Vehicle can be driven uphill or fully loaded to reach 100% engine load.
4. Drive vehicle on road until engine reaches operating temperature. On an open section of road, select suitable
gear. Press accelerator pedal to floor and accelerate to 100% load.
5. Record ICP voltage at full load.
6. Stop vehicle and record ICP voltage at 1200 rpm.
7. Record ICP voltage at idle.
0022–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0022
0022–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0023
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0026
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0782
70)
Equipment Condition
Tools and Special Tools Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
(WP 0795, Item 37) 9-2355-106-10)
Engine shut off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0011
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
1. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
2. Turn ignition switch to the START position (TM 9-2355-106-10).
3. Start engine (TM 9-2355-106-10).
4. Verify correct engine performance. Refer to Engine Performance Operational Checkout Procedure
(WP 0015).
CONDITION/INDICATION
0023–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0023
NOTE
Insufficient boost pressure may result in poor engine performance at full load.
0023–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0024
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0782
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) (Item 37)
Equipment Condition
Charge air cooler tester (ZTSE4341) (WP 0795, Item
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
124)
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
Materials/Parts 9-2355-106-10)
Gloves, leather (WP 0794, Item 19) Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Goggles (WP 0794, Item 20) MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 Left side engine armor plate removed (WP 0597)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Right side engine armor plate removed (WP 0599)
WARNING
Engine components become extremely hot during normal operation. Allow engine to cool
completely prior to performing maintenance. Use extreme care when working in close quarters
in engine compartment. Stay clear of rotating parts. Wear safety goggles, work gloves, and
long sleeves or shop coat. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
To prevent coupler from blowing off charge air cooler hose during test, connect safety chain
before applying air pressure to system. Increase air pressure slowly to prevent adapters
from blowing off. After testing, relieve pressure slowly through bleed valve before removing
test equipment. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or
death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
To prevent foreign matter from entering the engine, cover the turbocharger exhaust and intake
piping while the charge air cooler is disconnected. Failure to comply may result in damage
to equipment.
NOTE
Charge air coolers are not required to be leak-proof. Do not test the cooler core for leaks by
submerging it in a radiator test tank. Almost all charge air cooler units will show leakage if
they are submerged.
It is not necessary to remove charge air cooler from the vehicle to perform the test in this
work package.
0024–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0024
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
NOTE
End seal movement is indicated by a polished area at seal contact area in air cleaner housing.
NOTE
An instruction manual accompanies the CAC tester.
1. Install CAC tester bleed-off coupler at CAC cold side rubber hose (Figure 1, Item 1).
0024–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0024
0024–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0024
2. Install CAC tester gauge and regulator assembly (Figure 2, Item 2) at CAC hot side rubber hose (Figure
2, Item 3).
3. Connect filtered air supply (Figure 2, Item 4) to quick disconnect fitting (Figure 2, Item 5) on CAC tester
gauge and regulator assembly (Figure 2, Item 2).
4. Open air valve (Figure 2, Item 6) and adjust regulator (Figure 2, Item 7) to 30 psi (206.9 kPa), and then shut off
air valve and monitor gauge (Figure 2, Item 1). Note decrease in air pressure.
Air pressure drop is 5 psi (34.5 kPa) or less in 15 seconds.
Go to Engine Performance Operational Checkout Procedure (WP 0015).
1. Coat following areas with soapy water:
• All pipe and hose surfaces.
• All pipes to and from charge air cooler.
2. Open air valve (Figure 2, Item 6) and adjust regulator (Figure 2, Item 7) to 30 psi (206.9 kPa), and then
shut off air valve.
Bubbles from soapy water indicate presence of leaks.
Replace CAC hose. Refer to Charge Air Cooler (CAC) Hose Removal and Installation (WP 0251). Return vehicle
to service.
0024–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0025
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0606
Pressure Test Kit (ZTSE4409) (WP 0795, Item 77) WP 0782
Tools and Special Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
(WP 0795, Item 37)
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
Adapter, crankcase pressure test (WP 0795, Item 1)
9-2355-106-10)
References Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0017 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0524 Belly armor removed (WP 0606)
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Excessive crankcase pressure may indicate engine mechanical faults that result in poor
engine performance.
STEP
1. Park vehicle on level ground (TM 9-2355-106-10).
2. Verify engine oil level is not above full mark and oil dipstick is secured (TM 9-2355-106-10).
3. Verify intake manifold gasket is not leaking. Refer to Engine Systems Operational Checkout Procedures
(WP 0017).
4. Verify breather tube is clean and valve rocker cover is tight. Refer to Engine Systems Operational Checkout
Procedures (WP 0017).
5. Verify air compressor does not affect test results by disconnecting air compressor delivery line. Refer to Air
Compressor Delivery Air Line Removal and Installation (WP 0524).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Engine does not perform correctly.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0025–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0025
NOTE
If engine has a breather extension tube, remove extension tube before installing the crankcase
breather tool.
0025–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0025
STEP 2. Connect a line from the crankcase breather tool to position 4 of magnehelic gauge (Figure 2).
STEP 3. Turn MAIN POWER switch on (TM 9-2355-106-10) .
STEP 4. Start engine (TM 9-2355-106-10).
STEP 5. Run engine to reach normal operating temperature (TM 9-2355-106-10).
STEP 6. Run engine at high idle (no load) rpm.
NOTE
Allow the gauge reading to stabilize before taking the pressure reading.
0025–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0025
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace engine. Refer to Engine Assembly Removal (WP 0218) and Engine Assembly Installation (WP 0219).
Return vehicle to service.
0025–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0026
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
WARNING
Wear protective eye goggles, face shield, and long sleeves when working on or near batteries.
Batteries contain corrosive acid and can produce explosive gases. Batteries supply electrical
current that can cause burns and electrical shock. Always check electrolyte level with engine
off. Avoid leaning over or onto battery. Do not wear jewelry and do not smoke or have open
flame or spark near battery. Do not allow tools to contact battery box or battery terminals.
Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine components become extremely hot during normal operation. Allow engine to cool
completely prior to performing maintenance. Use extreme care when working in close quarters
in engine compartment. Stay clear of rotating parts. Wear safety goggles, work gloves, and
long sleeves or shop coat. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting.
STEP
0026–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0026
1. Verify correct engine performance. Refer to Engine Performance Operational Checkout Procedure
(WP 0015).
CONDITION/INDICATION
NOTE
Incorrect wastegate operation may cause poor engine performance.
STEP 4. Remove actuator boost line (Figure 1, Item 2) from turbocharger housing (Figure 1, Item 1).
0026–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0026
STEP 5. Connect air regulator with 0-60 psi gauge (Figure 2, Item 1) to actuator boost line (Figure 2, Item 2).
STEP 6. Mark actuator shaft (Figure 2, Item 3) at wastegate actuator bracket (Figure 2, Item 4) with soapstone
marker. Spray leak detector or soap solution around actuator housing.
STEP 7. Slowly apply air pressure to actuator. Movement of actuator shaft (Figure 2, Item 3) (indicated by
position of soapstone mark) should start at 26-30 psi (179-207 kPa).
STEP 8. Measure movement of actuator shaft (Figure 2, Item 3) between soapstone mark and wastegate
actuator bracket (Figure 2, Item 4) with ruler.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Actuator shaft does not move at 26-30 psi (179-207 kPa).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace turbocharger. Refer to Turbocharger Removal and Installation (WP 0261). Return vehicle to service.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Actuator shaft does not move more than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace turbocharger. Refer to Turbocharger Removal and Installation (WP 0261). Return vehicle to service.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Actuator housing leaks.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace turbocharger. Refer to Turbocharger Removal and Installation (WP 0261). Return vehicle to service.
0026–3/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0027
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
9-2355-106-10)
References
Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0015
Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0229
Engine valve cover removed (WP 0228)
WP 0228
WP 0782
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
NOTE
Perform engine valve clearance check on cold engine.
SYMPTOM
Engine performance is poor.
MALFUNCTION
Engine valve adjustment may be incorrect.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0027–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0027
STEP 1. Rotate crankshaft until piston number 1 is on compression stroke and timing mark on damper pulley is
aligned with TDC mark on front cover. Refer to Engine Valve Adjustment (WP 0229).
Figure 1. Valve Adjustment with No. 1 Piston and No. 6 Piston at Top Dead Center (TDC).
STEP 2. Check valve adjustment for valves 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, and 10 by inserting a 0.025-inch (0.64-mm) feeler gauge
between rocker arm and valve stem tip. A light drag on feeler gauge indicates correct valve clearance. Refer to
Figure 1 and Figure 2. If valve clearance is incorrect, refer to Engine Valve Adjustment (WP 0229).
STEP 3. Position piston number six at TDC in the compression stroke. Refer to Engine Valve Adjustment
(WP 0229).
STEP 4. Check valve adjustment for valves 4, 5, 8, 9, 11, and 12 by inserting a 0.025-inch (0.64-mm) feeler
gauge between rocker arm and valve stem tip. A light drag on feeler gauge indicates correct valve clearance.
Refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2. If valve clearance is incorrect refer, to Engine Valve Adjustment (WP 0229).
STEP 5. Return to next step in Engine Performance Operational Checkout Procedure (WP 0015).
0027–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0028
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0329
Pressure Test Kit (ZTSE4409) (WP 0795, Item 77) WP 0317
WP 0782
Tools and Special Tools
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) Equipment Condition
(WP 0795, Item 37) Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Tee, 3-wire pressure sensor breakout (ZTSE4347) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
(WP 0795, Item 116) 9-2355-106-10)
Personnel Required Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Maintainer - (2) MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 Left side engine armor plate removed (WP 0597)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Left engine armor plate bracket removed (WP 0598)
WP 0392
WP 0238 Drawings Required
WP 0393 WP 0789, Figure 79
0028–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0028
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
When routing DMM leads, do not crimp leads, run leads too close to moving parts, or let leads
touch hot engine surfaces. Failure to comply may result in serious injury to personnel.
Keep hands and clothing clear of moving parts in the engine compartment. Rotating parts
can cause severe injury to personnel. Ensure that all guards are in place and do not wear
loose clothing when conducting maintenance. Always check to ensure that the area is clear
of personnel and obstructions before starting the engine. Failure to comply may result in
injury to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Make sure engine oil is at the proper level before performing the work package.
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
0028–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0028
STEP
2. Install 3-wire breakout harness between EOP sensor and harness connector LAM1013. Refer to Figure 2
and Figure 1.
0028–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0028
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 0.039V and 1.49V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 14.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
6. Measure DC voltage between breakout harness SIG CIRC and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
7. Observe multimeter while assistant operates engine at 700 rpm, 1400 rpm, and 2000 rpm.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 1V at 700 rpm, 1.2V at 1400 rpm, and 1.7V at 2000 rpm?
DECISION
STEP
13. Observe multimeter while assistant operates engine at 700 rpm, 1400 rpm, and 2000 rpm.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does mechanical gauge 5 read more than 5 psi at 700 rpm, 10 psi at 1400 rpm, and 20 psi at 2000 rpm?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 45.
YES Go to Step 50.
STEP
0028–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0028
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 20.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 4.5V and 5.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 22.
YES Go to Step 33.
0028–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0028
STEP
20. Disconnect connector LAM1019. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329).
Refer to Figure 6.
21. Measure resistance between connector LAM1013 terminal A and connector LAM1019 terminal 19 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 5 and Figure 6.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
DECISION
0028–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0028
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 49.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
31. Measure resistance between connector LAM1013 terminals B and A with multimeter. Refer to Figure 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 49.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
32. Measure resistance between connector LAM1013 terminal B and connector LAM1019 terminal 40 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 7 and Figure 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0028–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0028
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 49.
YES Go to next step.
0028–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0028
STEP
42. Measure resistance between connector LAM1013 terminal C and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 49.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
43. Measure resistance between connector LAM1013 terminals C and A with multimeter. Refer to Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 49.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
44. Measure resistance between connector LAM1013 terminal C and connector LAM1019 terminal 14 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 9 and Figure 10.
0028–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0028
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
45. Replace engine oil pump. Refer to Front Oil Pump Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0238).
46. Install pressure test kit (ZTSE4409) mechanical gauge 5 to EOP sensor location on engine. Refer to Figure 11.
47. Turn ignition switch ON, with engine running (TM 9-2355-106-10).
48. Observe multimeter while assistant operates engine at 700 rpm, 1400 rpm, and 2000 rpm.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does mechanical gauge 5 read more than 5 psi at 700 rpm, 10 psi at 1400 rpm, and 20 psi at 2000 rpm?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 52.
YES Return vehicle to service.
0028–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0028
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace engine sensor harness. Refer to Engine Sensor Wiring Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0317).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace EOP sensor. Refer to Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Removal and Installation (WP 0393).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ECM. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace engine. Refer to Engine Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0215). Return the vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0028–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0029
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
Tee, 2-way breakout (WP 0795, Item 115) 9-2355-106-10)
Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P
Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0329
WP 0317 Drawings Required
WP 0330 Schematic (WP 0789, Figure 79)
WP 0782
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
0029–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0029
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting.
STEP
2. Measure resistance between connector LAM1015 terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 4.5V and 5.5V?
0029–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0029
DECISION
NO Go to Step 13.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 19.
YES Go to Step 18.
0029–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0029
STEP
11. Disconnect harness connector LAM1019. Refer to Figure 3. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal
and Installation (WP 0329).
12. Measure resistance between harness connector LAM1015 terminal A and harness connector LAM1019
terminal 19 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3 and Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 18.
YES Go to Step 20.
0029–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0029
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 20.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
16. Measure resistance between harness connector LAM1015 terminal B and harness connector LAM1019
terminal 12 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3 and Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
17. Measure resistance between harness connector LAM1019 terminal 12 and all other harness connector
LAM1019 terminals. Multimeter should read OL for each test. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
0029–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0029
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ECM. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace EOT sensor. Refer to Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor removal and installation(WP 0330).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace engine sensor harness. Refer to Engine Sensor Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0317).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0029–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0030
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
9-2355-106-10)
References
Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0329
Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0317
WP 0393 Drawings Required
WP 0782 WP 0789, Figure 79
0030–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0030
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
When routing DMM leads, do not crimp leads, run leads too close to moving parts, or let leads
touch hot engine surfaces. Failure to comply may result in serious injury to personnel.
Keep hands and clothing clear of moving parts in the engine compartment. Rotating parts
can cause severe injury to personnel. Ensure that all guards are in place and do not wear
loose clothing when conducting maintenance. Always check to ensure that the area is clear
of personnel and obstructions before starting the engine. Failure to comply may result in
injury to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
0030–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0030
STEP
2. Measure resistance between connector LAM1011 terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 1
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 12.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 4.5V and 5.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 14.
YES Go to next step.
0030–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0030
STEP
6. Measure DC voltage between connector LAM1011 terminal C and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 4.5V and 5.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 25.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
7. Measure DC amperage between connector LAM1011 terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 2 milliamps and 10 milliamps?
DECISION
STEP
11. Measure resistance between connector LAM1011 terminals B and C with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
STEP
12. Disconnect connector LAM1019. Refer to Figure 2. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and
Installation (WP 0329).
13. Measure resistance between connector LAM1011 terminal A and connector LAM1019 terminal 53 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 3 and Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
0030–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0030
DECISION
NO Go to Step 36.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
23. Measure resistance between connector LAM1011 terminals B and A with multimeter. Refer to Figure 5.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 36.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
24. Measure resistance between connector LAM1011 terminal B and connector LAM1019 terminal 40 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 5 and Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 36.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
34. Measure resistance between connector LAM1011 terminals C and A with multimeter. Refer to Figure 5.
0030–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0030
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 36.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
35. Measure resistance between connector LAM1011 terminal C and connector LAM1019 terminal 51 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 6 and Figure 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace engine sensor wiring harness. Refer to Engine Sensor Wiring Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0317). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace CMP sensor. Refer to Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Removal and Installation (WP 0393). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ECM. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
0030–9/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0031
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0011
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0287
70) WP 0288
WP 0499
Tools and Special Tools WP 0782
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Equipment Condition
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Materials/Parts Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
Goggles, industrial (WP 0794, Item 20) 9-2355-106-10)
Engine shut off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Do not attempt to restrict fan blade rotation during engine operation. Improper use of
application or modification of fan drive or fan can damage fan drive. Do not operate vehicle with
malfunctioning or damaged fan drive or fan blades. Failure to comply may result in damage to
equipment and serious injury to personnel.
Air drain valves are under pressure. Wear protective goggles and do not place face in front
of air drain valves while draining air reservoirs. Open air drain valves slowly to release air
pressure gradually. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Do not disconnect any air line or fitting until system pressure has been relieved. Hoses may
whip and injure personnel, and air under pressure can penetrate skin. Failure to comply may
result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Do not operate vehicle with air pressure system loss. Vehicle has reduced or no braking
capability and may not stop. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment and serious
injury or death to personnel.
0031–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0031
Let air pressure build in both tanks to 100 psi (689 kPa) before releasing the parking brake.
Low air pressure may affect vehicle braking capability. Failure to comply may result in injury or
death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
1. Connect Maintenance Support Device (MSD) to vehicle. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device
(MSD) (WP 0011).
2. Read Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
CONDITION/INDICATION
DTC 246 is set.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Refer to Engine Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index (WP 0006).
1. Verify no other engine DTCs are set.
Other engine DTCs set.
Refer to Engine Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index (WP 0006).
1. Check fan clutch air hose for damage and leaks. Refer to Cooling Fan Actuator Solenoid Removal and
Installation (WP 0288).
Fan clutch air hose damaged or leaking.
Replace fan clutch air hose. Refer to Cooling Fan Actuator Solenoid Removal and Installation (WP 0288). Return
vehicle to service.
1. Drain air supply in secondary and supply tanks. Refer to Air Reservoir Tank Removal and Installation
(WP 0499).
2. Remove outlet side air hose to engine cooling fan from cooling fan actuator solenoid. Refer to Cooling Fan
Actuator Solenoid Removal and Installation (WP 0288).
3. Start engine (TM 9-2355-106-10) and build air pressure in Air 2 pressure gauge to 30 psi (207 kPa).
4. Turn ignition OFF (TM 9-2355-106-10).
5. Turn MAIN POWER switch OFF (TM 9-2355-106-10).
6. Check for air leaking from cooling fan actuator solenoid. Refer to Cooling Fan Actuator Solenoid Removal and
Installation (WP 0288).
Air leaking from solenoid.
Replace cooling fan actuator solenoid. Refer to Cooling Fan Actuator Solenoid Removal and Installation
(WP 0288). Return vehicle to service.
1. Start engine (TM 9-2355-106-10) and build air pressure to more than 70 psi (483 kPa).
2. Turn ignition OFF (TM 9-2355-106-10).
3. Turn MAIN POWER switch OFF (TM 9-2355-106-10).
4. With engine off, attempt to spin fan blades.
Fan blades spin.
Replace cooling fan drive assembly. Refer to Cooling Fan Drive Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0287).
Return vehicle to service.
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) TM 9-2355-106-10
(WP 0795, Item 37) TM 9-2355-106-23P
Battery filler, gravity (WP 0795, Item 14) WP 0418
Battery Service Kit (WP 0795, Item 15) WP 0782
Analyzer, battery and charging system
Equipment Condition
(WP 0795, Item 7)
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Tester, antifreeze solution/battery specific gravity
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
(WP 0795, Item 123)
9-2355-106-10)
Materials/Parts Engine shut off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Water, distilled (WP 0794, Item 15) MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Batteries removed (WP 0418)
WARNING
Wear protective eye goggles, face shield, and long sleeves when working on or near batteries.
Batteries contain corrosive acid and can produce explosive gases. Batteries supply electrical
current that can cause burns and electrical shock. Always check electrolyte level with engine
off. Avoid leaning over or onto battery. Do not wear jewelry and do not smoke or have open
flame or spark near battery. Do not allow tools to contact battery box or battery terminals.
Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Battery acid must not contact eyes, skin, or clothing. If battery acid contacts eyes or skin,
flush area with large amounts of water for 15 minutes and seek immediate medical care. If
swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Drink large amounts of water or milk. Follow with milk of
magnesia, beaten egg, or vegetable oil. Seek immediate medical attention. Failure to comply
may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
NOTE
Before beginning these test procedures, make sure the vehicle batteries are at 75% state of
charge (SOC) or higher. This represents an open circuit voltage (OCV) of 12.4 volts. Verify
accessories have not been left on for an extended period.
STEP
1. Check for proper electrolyte level in each cell of all batteries as indicated on batteries (TM 9-2355-106-10).
2. Verify specific gravity in each cell of all batteries with gravity tester.
3. Verify all battery terminals are free of corrosion (TM 9-2355-106-10).
0032–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0032
NOTE
When the battery analyzer is connected to the battery, instructions appear on the analyzer
screen. Follow instructions to perform the test. An instruction manual accompanies the
analyzer.
4. Connect battery analyzer to battery and test each battery with battery and charging analyzer.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Electrolyte level low.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Fill low cell as indicated on battery with distilled water (TM 9-2355-106-10). Charge batteries after adding distilled
water.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Battery terminals are corroded.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Clean battery terminals (TM 9-2355-106-10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Battery fails specific gravity test per tester. Specific gravity results must be within 0.05 units between each cell.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace battery. Refer to Battery Removal and Installation (WP 0418).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Battery fails test per analyzer.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace battery. Refer to Battery Removal and Installation (WP 0418).
0032–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0033
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0187
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122) WP 0414
WP 0333
Tools and Special Tools
WP 0336
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
WP 0407
(WP 0795, Item 37)
WP 0782
Gloves, rubber (WP 0795, Item 38)
Materials/Parts Equipment Condition
Goggles, industrial (WP 0794, Item 20) Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Face shield, industrial (WP 0794, Item 16) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
9-2355-106-10)
Personnel Required
Engine shut off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Maintainer - (2)
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P
WP 0014 Drawings Required
WP 0032 WP 0789, Figure 28
NOTE
Battery condition and state of charge must be confirmed before any load tests can be
performed. Refer to Battery Power Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0032).
Ensure nuts holding battery cables to starter solenoid and starter terminals are tight.
Slow cranking is often caused by high resistance in the battery cables or connections, especially in cold weather.
After all batteries check good and terminals are clean and tight, check the battery cables using the sequence
of measurements described in this test.
The voltage loss on the positive side plus the voltage loss on the negative side equals the difference between the
voltage available in the batteries and the voltage available at the starter. A multimeter reading of more than 0.5V
indicates a faulty cable.
0033–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0033
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Wear protective eye goggles, face shield, and long sleeves when working on or near batteries.
Batteries contain corrosive acid and can produce explosive gases. Batteries supply electrical
current that can cause burns and electrical shock. Always check electrolyte level with engine
off. Avoid leaning over or onto battery. Do not wear jewelry and do not smoke or have open
flame or spark near battery. Do not allow tools to contact battery box or battery terminals.
Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Battery acid must not contact eyes, skin, or clothing. If battery acid contacts eyes or skin,
flush area with large amounts of water for 15 minutes and seek immediate medical care. If
swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Drink large amounts of water or milk. Follow with milk of
magnesia, beaten egg, or vegetable oil. Seek immediate medical attention. Failure to comply
may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine components become extremely hot during normal operation. Allow engine to cool
completely prior to performing maintenance. Use extreme care when working in close quarters
in engine compartment. Stay clear of rotating parts. Wear safety goggles, work gloves, and
long sleeves or shop coat. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
0033–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0033
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
The starter solenoid B+ terminal is at battery voltage (24V) when batteries are connected.
STEP
1. To prevent engine from starting during test, remove CEC Power Module relay (Figure 1, Item 2) from Power
Distribution Center (Figure 1, Item 1) at rear of engine compartment on driver side. Refer to Power Distribution
Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0333).
0033–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0033
2. Connect multimeter from either alternator B+ terminal to battery positive post as shown by meter 1. Refer to
Figure 2. Measure voltage from battery post, not cable end.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0.5V?
DECISION
YES Go to Step 9.
NO Go to next step.
0033–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0033
STEP
5. Move test lead connected to one B+ terminal on alternator to other B+ terminal on alternator (Figure 3,
Item 1). Repeat Steps 3 and 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0.5V?
DECISION
YES Go to Step 9.
NO Go to next step.
0033–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0033
STEP
6. Connect meter leads as shown by meters 2, 3, and 4. Refer to Figure 4. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 for each
meter connection.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0.5V for one or more tests?
DECISION
YES Go to Step 9.
NO Go to next step.
0033–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0033
STEP
7. Connect meter leads as shown by meters 5 and 6. Refer to Figure 5. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 for each meter
connection.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0.5V for one or more tests?
DECISION
YES Go to Step 9.
NO Go to next step.
0033–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0033
STEP
8. Connect multimeter between negative battery post and starter ground terminal as shown by meter 7. Refer to
Figure 5. Attach lead directly to starter ground stud (Figure 6, Item 1), not cable end. Repeat Steps 3 and 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0.5V?
DECISION
YES Go to Step 9.
NO Refer to next step in Hard Start/No Start Troubleshooting Procedures (List) Operational Checkout Procedure
(WP 0014).
MALFUNCTION
- 9. Faulty cables.
ACTION
Replace battery cable or cables that failed test. For cables on alternator, refer to Engine Wiring Harness
Removal and Installation (WP 0336). For cable on starter, refer to Starter Motor to Battery Ground Cable
Removal and Installation (WP 0414). For all other cables, refer to Battery Cables Removal and Installation
(WP 0407). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0033–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0034
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0333
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0335
70) WP 0336
WP 0407
Tools and Special Tools WP 0411
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) WP 0418
(WP 0795, Item 37) WP 0419
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122) WP 0606
Personnel Required WP 0782
Maintainer - (2) Equipment Condition
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-10
9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P
Engine shut off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0067
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0032
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0034
Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0257
Battery box removed (WP 0419)
WP 0292
Belly armor removed (WP 0606)
WP 0302
WP 0329 Drawings Required
WP 0317 WP 0789, Figure 18
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
0034–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0034
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
1. Verify battery ground stud connections (Figure 1, Item 1) are clean and tight.
2. Verify starter engine ground jumper cable terminals are clean and tight at engine stud (Figure 2, Item 1) and
starter ground stud (Figure 2, Item 2).
0034–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0034
3. Verify starter frame ground jumper cable terminal is clean and tight at frame. Refer to Figure 3.
4. Verify batteries are fully charged. Refer to Battery Power Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0032).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are batteries fully charged?
DECISION
0034–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0034
STEP
5. Charge batteries.
6. Test batteries to verify batteries are good. Refer to Battery Power Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0032).
Replace batteries found to be faulty. Refer to Battery Removal and Installation (WP 0418).
7. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
8. Turn ignition switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
9. Verify transmission is in Neutral (N) (TM 9-2355-106-10).
10. Attempt to start engine (TM 9-2355-106-10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine crank?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 15.
YES Return vehicle to service.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine crank?
DECISION
0034–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0034
STEP
15. Measure DC voltage between starter solenoid positive stud (Figure 4, Item 1) and ground with multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 22.5V and 25.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 50.
YES Go to next step.
0034–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0034
STEP
16. Measure DC voltage between starter motor solenoid terminal S (Figure 5, Item 1) and ground with multimeter.
17. Have assistant hold ignition switch in START position (TM 9-2355-106-10) while observing multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 22.5V and 25.5V?
DECISION
0034–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0034
STEP
18. Remove starter relay from power distribution center. Refer to Figure 6. Refer to Power Distribution Center
(PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0333).
WARNING
Engine may start when testing or jumpering terminals. Always check to ensure that area is clear
of personnel and obstructions before testing. Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel.
19. Install a jumper wire between starter relay terminal 30 and terminal 87. Refer to Figure 6.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine crank?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 31.
YES Go to next step.
0034–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0034
STEP
20. Measure DC voltage between starter relay terminal 86 and ground with a multimeter. Refer to Figure 6.
21. Have assistant hold ignition switch in START position (TM 9-2355-106-10) while observing multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 40.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
22. With assistance, measure resistance between starter relay terminal 85 and ground with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 6.
23. Have an assistant turn ignition switch to START position (TM 9-2355-106-10) while observing multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 49.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
27. With assistant, measure resistance between connector 6007 terminal 46 and connector 4003 terminal 85
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 7 and Figure 8.
0034–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0034
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 46.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
28. Remove air cleaner assembly. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
29. Disconnect connector 4103. Refer to Figure 9.
0034–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0034
30. Measure resistance between connector 4103 terminal 17 and connector 4003 terminal 85 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 9 and Figure 10.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
31. Measure voltage between connector 4003 terminal 30 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 10.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 22.5V and 25.5V?
DECISION
0034–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0034
STEP
32. Measure voltage between connector 4025 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 11.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 22.5V and 25.5V?
DECISION
0034–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0034
STEP
37. Install starter relay. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and Installation
(WP 0333).
38. Measure DC voltage between connector 4101M terminal A and ground. Refer to Figure 12.
39. Have an assistant turn ignition switch to START position (TM 9-2355-106-10) while observing multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 22.5V and 25.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 52.
YES Go to Step 53.
0034–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0034
STEP
41. Measure resistance between connector 1701 (engine harness side) terminal 8 and ground with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 13.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0034–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0034
STEP
42. Measure resistance between relay connector 4003 terminal 86 and connector 1701 (engine side) terminal
8. Refer to Figure 14 and Figure 15.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
43. Disconnect ignition switch connector 1100M. Refer to Figure 16. Refer to Keyless Ignition Switch Removal
and Installation (WP 0302).
44. Measure resistance between connector 1701 terminal 8 (cabin side) and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 17.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
0034–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0034
DECISION
STEP
45. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal B and connector 1701 terminal 8 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 17 and Figure 18.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
46. Connect MSD to vehicle. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
47. Verify MSD indicates vehicle is in neutral.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate vehicle is in NEUTRAL (N)?
DECISION
0034–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0034
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Diagnose and repair/replace data links. Refer to Multiplexing Data Link Circuits Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0067).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace start relay. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and Installation
(WP 0333).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
- 50. Battery cable between batteries and starter motor solenoid is faulty.
ACTION
Replace battery cable. Refer to Battery Cable Removal and Installation (WP 0407). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace starter motor. Refer to Starter Motor Removal and Installation (WP 0292). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace PDC wiring harness. Refer to PDC Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0335). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
0034–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0034
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace engine wiring harness. Refer to Engine Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0336). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace battery cable between starter motor and 24 volt stud. Refer to Battery Cable Removal and Installation
(WP 0407). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IP wiring harness. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Feed Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0411).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ignition switch. Refer to Keyless Ignition Switch Removal and Installation (WP 0302). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ECM. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0011
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) WP 0396
(WP 0795, Item 37) WP 0036
Pressure Test Kit (ZTSE4409) (WP 0795, Item 77) WP 0782
Cap and plug set (WP 0795, Item 23)
Equipment Condition
Personnel Required Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Maintainer (2) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
9-2355-106-10)
References Engine shut off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0005 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Fuel is flammable and can explode. Keep all open flames, flammable materials, ignition
sources, and sparks away from diesel fuel and keep fire extinguisher nearby. Do not smoke
when working with fuel. Do not work on fuel system when engine is hot. Fuel can be ignited by
hot engine. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Be alert at all times for the smell of fuel. Hot engines and components can ignite fuel. If fuel
smell is detected while operating vehicle, shut down vehicle immediately. Failure to comply
may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Hood is extremely heavy. Ensure there is adequate space to open hood completely without
pinning personnel between hood and another structure. Use extreme care when working
under hood and make sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious
injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
0035–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0035
STEP
1. Remove cap (Figure 1, Item 2) and air bleed valve (Figure 1, Item 3) from fuel filter header (Figure 1, Item 1).
2. Install adapter (Figure 2, Item 3) from fuel Pressure Test Kit into air bleed valve opening on fuel filter header
(Figure 2, Item 2).
3. Install fuel pressure gauge set by connecting line (Figure 2, Item 1), contained in fuel Pressure Test Kit, from
adapter (Figure 2, Item 3) to fuel pressure gauge 5 on gauge bar (Figure 2, Item 4).
NOTE
Cranking engine with fuel injector harness connector disconnected will prevent the engine from
starting and cause additional Diagnostic Trouble codes (DTC) to set.
4. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector (Figure 3, Item 1) from valve cover (Figure 3, Item 2).
0035–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0035
5. Record maximum pressure shown on fuel pressure gauge 5, while assistant cranks engine for 20 seconds.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuel pressure more than 35 psi (241.3 kPa)?
DECISION
YES Remove test equipment and install air bleed valve and cap. Connect fuel injector harness connector (Figure
3, Item 1) to valve cover (Figure 3, Item 2) and go to Vehicle Troubleshooting Symptom Index (WP 0005).
NO Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuel pressure more than 35 psi (241.3 kPa)?
DECISION
YES Remove test equipment and install air bleed valve and cap. Connect fuel injector harness connector
(Figure 3, Item 1) to valve cover (Figure 3, Item 2) and return vehicle to service.
NO Go to next step.
0035–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0035
STEP
9. Disconnect fuel pressure regulator connector (Figure 4, Item 2) from fuel pressure regulator valve (Figure
4, Item 3).
10. Remove fuel pressure regulator valve (Figure 4, Item 3) from rear of fuel/oil supply manifold (Figure 4, Item 1).
11. Install new fuel pressure regulator valve (Figure 4, Item 3) on fuel/oil supply manifold (Figure 4, Item 1).
Tighten fuel pressure regulator valve securely.
12. Install fuel pressure regulator connector (Figure 4, Item 2) on fuel pressure regulator valve (Figure 4, Item 3).
NOTE
Cranking engine with fuel injector harness connector disconnected will prevent the engine from
starting and cause additional Diagnostic Trouble codes (DTC) to set.
13. Ensure fuel injector harness connector (Figure 5, Item 1) is still disconnected from valve cover (Figure
5, Item 2).
0035–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0035
14. Record maximum pressure shown on fuel pressure gauge 5, while assistant cranks engine for 20 seconds.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is maximum pressure more than previously recorded pressure?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 16.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine perform correctly?
DECISION
YES Connect fuel injector harness connector to valve cover (Figure 5, Item 2) and return vehicle to service.
NO Go to Engine Performance Check (WP 0015).
MALFUNCTION
0035–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0035
ACTION
Perform fuel pump restriction troubleshooting procedure. Refer to Fuel Pump Restriction Troubleshooting
Procedure (WP 0036).
END OF TEST
0035–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0036
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0268
Pressure Test Kit (ZTSE4409) (WP 0795, Item 77) WP 0253
WP 0270
Tools and Special Tools WP 0782
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Equipment Condition
Cap and Plug kit (WP 0795, Item 23) Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
Personnel Required 9-2355-106-10)
Maintainer (2) Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Left side engine armor removed (WP 0597)
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Fuel is flammable and can explode. Keep all open flames, flammable materials, ignition
sources, and sparks away from diesel fuel and keep fire extinguisher nearby. Do not smoke
when working with fuel. Do not work on fuel system when engine is hot. Fuel can be ignited by
hot engine. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Be alert at all times for the smell of fuel. Hot engines and components can ignite fuel. If fuel
smell is detected while operating vehicle, shut down vehicle immediately. Failure to comply
may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
0036–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0036
STEP
1. Remove cap (Figure 1, Item 3) and vacuum side quick connect fitting (Figure 1, Item 2) from fuel filter header
(Figure 1, Item 1).
2. Install adapter (Figure 2, Item 2) from Fuel Pressure Test Kit into vacuum side quick connect opening on fuel
filter header (Figure 2, Item 3).
3. Install fuel pressure gauge set by connecting Fuel Pressure Test Kit line (Figure 2, Item 4) from adapter (Figure
2, Item 2) on fuel filter header (Figure 2, Item 3) to gauge 2 on gauge bar (Figure 2, Item 1).
4. Have assistant start engine (TM 9-2355-106-10).
5. Check for fuel leaks in line (Figure 2, Item 4) to gauge 2 on gauge bar (Figure 2, Item 1)
6. Measure vacuum at 1200 rpm and record reading.
0036–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0036
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is vacuum more than 8 in.Hg (203 mm Hg)?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 10
YES Go to next step.
STEP
7. Replace fuel/water separator filter. Refer to Fuel/Water Separator Filter Removal and Installation (WP 0270).
8. Have assistant start engine (TM 9-2355-106-10).
9. Measure vacuum at 1200 rpm and record reading.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is vacuum more than 8 in.Hg (203 mm Hg)?
DECISION
STEP
10. Check fuel filter outlet to supply pump inlet fuel line (Figure 3, Item 1) for damage, rust, or kinks.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does the fuel filter outlet to supply pump inlet fuel line have any damage, rust, or kinks?
DECISION
0036–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0036
STEP
13. Install plug to seal off fuel supply hose opening at fuel filter header (Figure 4, Item 2).
14. Have assistant start engine (TM 9-2355-106-10).
15. Measure vacuum at 1200 rpm and record reading.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is recorded reading more than 17 in.Hg (431 mm Hg)?
DECISION
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace fuel pump. Refer to Fuel Pump Removal and Installation (WP 0253). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0036–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0036
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace fuel supply hose. Refer to Fuel Hose Removal and Installation (WP 0268). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace fuel supply hose. Refer to Fuel Hose Removal and Installation (WP 0268). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
- 19. Damaged fuel filter outlet to supply pump inlet fuel line.
ACTION
Replace fuel filter outlet to supply pump inlet fuel line. Refer to Fuel Pump Removal and Installation (WP 0253).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0036–5/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0037
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
WARNING
Fuel is flammable and can explode. Keep all open flames, flammable materials, ignition
sources, and sparks away from diesel fuel and keep fire extinguisher nearby. Do not smoke
when working with fuel. Do not work on fuel system when engine is hot. Fuel can be ignited by
hot engine. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Be alert at all times for the smell of fuel. Hot engines and components can ignite fuel. If fuel
smell is detected while operating vehicle, shut down vehicle immediately. Failure to comply
may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Store diesel fuel in an approved container clearly marked DIESEL FUEL. Dispose of fuel in
an approved container clearly marked DIESEL FUEL in accordance with standard operating
procedures.
Do not fill fuel tank with engine running. Do not overfill fuel tank. Clean fuel spills immediately.
Ensure fuel nozzle is grounded to filler neck to prevent sparks. Failure to comply may result in
injury or death to personnel and damage to equipment.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
0037–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0037
STEP
1. Remove fuel cap and visually inspect fuel level in fuel tank (TM 9-2355-106-10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Fuel is very low or empty.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Add fuel and follow priming procedure. Refer to Fuel Primer Sequence (WP 0255).
1. Take fuel sample at water separator. Refer to Fuel/Water Separator Assembly Purge, Removal, and
Installation (WP 0271).
Water is present in fuel sample.
Drain separator. Refer to Fuel/Water Separator Assembly Purge, Removal and Installation (WP 0271). Drain
and replace fuel. Refer to Fuel Tank and Bracket Removal and Installation (WP 0265). Move vehicle to a warm
building and allow time for vehicle to warm up to ensure there is no ice in lines.
1. Inspect fuel sample for gelling.
Fuel sample is gelled.
Move vehicle to a warm building and allow it time for vehicle to warm up. Flush fuel system, replace fuel filter, and
replace fuel. Refer to Fuel Filter and Strainer Removal and Installation (WP 0269).
1. Compare fuel sample to known good fuel supply.
Fuel sample is much darker than known good fuel.
Dark color may indicate oil contaminated fuel. Refer to Engine Mechanical Operations Checkout Procedure
– Lube Oil in Fuel (WP 0016).
Fuel sample is lighter than known good fuel or has gasoline smell.
1. Replace fuel filter. Refer to Fuel Filter and Strainer Removal and Installation (WP 0269).
2. Drain and replace fuel. Refer to Fuel Tank and Bracket Removal and Installation (WP 0265).
1. Disconnect fuel outlet line (Figure 1, Item 2) at fuel rail (Figure 1, Item 1) and fuel filter header outlet (Figure
1, Item 3).
0037–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0037
0037–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0037
4. Install an 18-inch section of 3/8-in. ID fuel hose (Figure 2, Item 3) on fuel outlet line (Figure 2, Item 1), and
place open end of hose into measuring cup (Figure 2, Item 4).
5. Take fuel sample from fuel filter outlet header while assistant cranks engine.
Less than 8 oz fuel is delivered during 15 seconds of cranking.
Replace fuel filter and clean filter inlet screen. Refer to Fuel Filter and Strainer Removal and Installation (WP 0269).
1. Visually inspect for damaged or crimped fuel hoses (TM 9-2355-106-10).
Damaged or crimped fuel hoses are detected.
Replace damaged or crimped fuel hoses or pickup. Refer to Fuel Hose Removal and Installation (WP 0268).
1. Verify fuel sending unit is not crimped. Refer to Fuel Tank and Bracket Removal and Installation (WP 0265).
Fuel sending unit is crimped or damaged.
Replace fuel sending unit. Refer to Fuel Tank and Bracket Removal and Installation (WP 0265).
1. Test fuel pressure. Refer to Fuel Pump Pressure Test Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0035).
0037–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0038
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0036
Pressure Test Kit (ZTSE4409) (WP 0795, Item 77) WP 0255
WP 0269
Tools and Special Tools
WP 0782
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Equipment Condition
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Personnel Required
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
Maintainer - (2)
9-2355-106-10)
References Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0015 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Fuel is flammable and can explode. Keep all open flames, flammable materials, ignition
sources, and sparks away from diesel fuel and keep fire extinguisher nearby. Do not smoke
when working with fuel. Do not work on fuel system when engine is hot. Fuel can be ignited by
hot engine. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Be alert at all times for the smell of fuel. Hot engines and components can ignite fuel. If fuel
smell is detected while operating vehicle, shut down vehicle immediately. Failure to comply
may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
0038–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0038
STEP
1. Remove cap (Figure 1, Item 2) and air bleed valve (Figure 1, Item 3) from fuel filter header (Figure 1, Item 1).
2. Install adapter (Figure 2, Item 3) from Fuel Pressure Test Kit into air bleed valve opening on fuel filter header
(Figure 2, Item 2).
3. Install fuel pressure gauge set by connecting Fuel Pressure Test Kit line (Figure 2, Item 1) from adapter (Figure
2, Item 3) on fuel filter header (Figure 2, Item 2) to fuel pressure gauge 5 on gauge bar (Figure 2, Item 4).
4. Bleed air from fuel line to ensure accurate reading by loosening line at gauge and priming fuel system
(WP 0255). Tighten line securely after bleeding fuel system.
5. Start engine and run at idle to check for fuel leaks in line (Figure 2, Item 1) to pressure gauge.
0038–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0038
NOTE
Ensure gauge set is secured to right side windshield, outside of vehicle in position viewable by
assistant during road test.
6. Drive vehicle on road until engine reaches operating temperature. Find open section of road and select
suitable gear. Press accelerator pedal to floor and accelerate to 100% load. Drive vehicle uphill or fully loaded
to reach correct engine loading at rated engine speed.
7. With assistant, measure and record fuel pressure.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is recorded fuel pressure more than 45 psi (310 kPa)?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is recorded fuel pressure more than 45 psi (310 kPa)?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine perform correctly?
DECISION
0038–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0038
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Perform fuel pump restriction troubleshooting procedure. Refer to Fuel Pump Restriction Troubleshooting
Procedure (WP 0036).
END OF TEST
0038–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0039
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0270
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0269
70) WP 0782
References Equipment Condition
TM 9-2355-106-10 Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
WP 0011 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0218 Engine shut off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0219 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0249 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0250 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0265
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
SYMPTOM
Yellow engine warning lamp is on.
MALFUNCTION
One or more of the following DTCs are set: 461, 462, 463, 464, 465, or 466.
0039–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0039
SYMPTOM
Fuel injectors show signs of rust or corrosion.
MALFUNCTION
Fuel system has water or other foreign contamination found during fuel injector replacement.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Remove any water or other foreign contamination from entire fuel system, including fuel tanks,
fuel filter housings, strainers, and fuel supply manifold. Replace all injectors that show signs of
rust or corrosion. Refer to one or more of the following procedures:
• Fuel Injector Removal and Installation (WP 0249).
• Fuel Tank and Bracket Removal and Installation (WP 0265).
• Fuel/Water Separator Filter Removal and Installation (WP 0270).
• Fuel Filter and Strainer Removal and Installation (WP 0269).
• Oil/Fuel Manifold Removal and Installation (WP 0250).
SYMPTOM
Fuel injector has been replaced and one or more of the following DTCs returns: 461, 462, 463, 464, 465,
or 466.
MALFUNCTION
Internal engine malfunction causing one or more of the following DTCs to set: 461, 462, 463, 464,
465, or 466.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace engine. Refer to Engine Assembly Removal (WP 0218) and Engine Assembly
Installation (WP 0219). Return vehicle to service.
0039–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0040
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122) 9-2355-106-10)
Engine shut off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P
Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0329
Air cleaner assembly removed (WP 0257)
WP 0317
WP 0391 Drawings Required
WP 0782 Schematic (WP 0789, Figure 79)
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
0040–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0040
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
2. Measure resistance between connector LAM1018 terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 7.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 4.5V and 5.5V?
0040–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0040
DECISION
NO Go to Step 9.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
6. Measure DC voltage between connector LAM1018 terminal C and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 0.01V and 0.25V?
DECISION
STEP
7. Disconnect connector LAM1019. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329).
Refer to Figure 3.
8. Measure resistance between connector LAM1018 terminal A and connector LAM1019 terminal 19 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 2 and Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
0040–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0040
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 31.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
18. Measure resistance between connector LAM1018 terminals B and A with multimeter. Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 31.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
19. Measure resistance between connector LAM1018 terminal B and connector LAM1019 terminal 40 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 4 and Figure 5.
0040–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0040
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
0040–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0040
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 31.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
29. Measure resistance between connector LAM1018 terminals C and A with multimeter. Refer to Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 31.
YES Go to next step.
0040–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0040
STEP
30. Measure resistance between connector LAM1018 terminal C and connector LAM1019 terminal 16 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 6 and Figure 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace engine sensor harness. Refer to Engine Sensor Wiring Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0317).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0040–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0040
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ICP sensor. Refer to Injection Control Pressure (ICP) Sensor Removal and Installation (WP 0391).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ECM. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
0040–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0041
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use caution when working under hood with ignition ON. Failure to comply may result in damage
to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
0041–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0041
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
1. Retrieve engine DTCs manually or with MSD. Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Access Procedure
(WP 0012).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Do DTCs 231 or 331 display?
DECISION
STEP
NOTE
Engine will not run with DTC 241 active or IPR disconnected.
Figure 1. IPR.
0041–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0041
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
8. Measure DC voltage between connector LAM1016 terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
12. Measure resistance between connector LAM1016 terminal A and connector LAM1019 terminal 17 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 3 and Figure 2.
0041–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0041
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 27.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
13. Measure resistance between connector LAM1016 terminal A and all other terminals on connector LAM1019
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3 and Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 27.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 26.
YES Go to Step 28.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 0 and 3 ohms?
0041–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0041
DECISION
NO Go to Step 27.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
20. Measure resistance between connector LAM1016 terminal B and all other terminals on connector LAM1019
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3 and Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
STEP
24. Measure resistance between connector LAM1016 terminal B and connector LAM1019 terminal 37 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 4 and Figure 5.
0041–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0041
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 27.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
25. Measure resistance between connector LAM1016 terminal B and all other terminals on connector LAM1019
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 4 and Figure 5.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ECM. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace engine sensor wiring harness. Refer to Engine Sensor Wiring Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0330). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IPR. Refer to Injector Pressure Regulator (IPR) Valve Removal and Installation (WP 0396). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0083
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0391
70) WP 0396
WP 0597
Tools and Special Tools WP 0598
General Mechanics Tool Kit (GMTK) (WP 0795, Item WP 0782
37)
Equipment Condition
References Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-23P 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0018 Engine shut off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0020 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0012 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0040 Left side engine armor plate removed (WP 0597)
WP 0041 Left engine armor plate bracket removed (WP 0598)
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
0042–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0042
STEP
1. Retrieve DTCs manually or with MSD. Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Access Procedure (WP 0012).
CONDITION/INDICATION
DTCs 124, 125, or 332 set.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Refer to Injection Control Pressure (ICP) No Start Operational Checkout Procedure (WP 0020).
1. Check engine oil for contamination, correct grade, and correct oil level. Refer to Engine Oil Operational
Checkout Procedure (WP 0018).
2. Check Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor for proper function. Refer to Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0040).
3. Check Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) for proper function. Refer to Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0041).
Wrong oil grade used or oil contamination.
Change engine oil. Refer to Engine Oil Drain/Fill Procedure (WP 0233).
Vehicle driven less than 20 miles (32 kilometers) after oil change.
Drive vehicle 15 to 20 miles, (24 to 32 kilometers) to eliminate air bubbles from oil reservoir and high pressure
system.
Engine oil level is too high or low.
Fill or drain engine oil to proper level. Refer to Engine Oil Drain/Fill Procedure (WP 0233).
Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor faulty.
Replace ICP sensor. Refer to (WP 0391).
Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve faulty.
Replace IPR valve. Refer to (WP 0396).
0042–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0043
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0424
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) WP 0782
(WP 0795, Item 37)
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122) Equipment Condition
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Materials/Parts
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
Cable lock strap (WP 0796, Item 155)
9-2355-106-10)
References Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0059 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0271 Left engine armor plate bracket removed (WP 0598)
WP 0333 Air filter removed (WP 0258)
WP 0335 Right engine armor plate removed (WP 0599)
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
0043–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0043
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
Remove cable lock straps as necessary to perform procedure. Note position and size of cable
lock straps to aid installation.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuel/water separator warm?
DECISION
STEP
0043–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0043
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 37.
YES Go to next step.
0043–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0043
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 21.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
16. Measure DC voltage between relay 4002 socket terminals 85 and 87 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 26.
YES Go to next step.
0043–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0043
STEP
17. Install jumper wire between relay 4002 socket terminals 30 and 86. Refer to Figure 3.
18. Measure DC voltage between fuel/water separator heater harness connector 4042 terminal and ground with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0043–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0043
STEP
20. Measure DC voltage between connector 4305F terminal E and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 5.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0043–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0043
STEP
21. Remove and inspect 10A IGNITION BUS fuse. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay
Removal and Installation (WP 0333).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuse open?
DECISION
STEP
22. Measure DC voltage between each fuse socket terminal C3 and D3 to ground with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 6.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V for either test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 40.
YES Go to Step 37.
0043–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0043
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 37.
YES Go to Step 38.
0043–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0043
STEP
26. Remove and inspect 20A FUEL HTR WIF fuse. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay
Removal and Installation (WP 0333).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuse open?
DECISION
STEP
27. Measure DC voltage between each fuse socket terminal G3 and H3 to ground with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V for either test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 40.
YES Go to Step 37.
0043–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0043
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 37.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
31. Measure resistance between relay 4002 socket terminal 30 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
STEP
33. Measure resistance between relay 4002 socket terminal 30 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
0043–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0043
STEP
NOTE
Fuel/water separator must be below 50°F (10°C) for following test.
34. Connect fuel/water separator heater harness connector 4042. Refer to Figure 11.
35. Measure resistance between relay 4002 socket terminal 30 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 12.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 36.
YES Go to Step 38.
0043–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0043
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace fuel/water separator. Refer to Fuel/Water Separator Assembly Purge, Removal, and Installation
(WP 0271). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace PDC harness. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0335).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace fuel heater relay. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuel and Relay Removal and Installation
(WP 0333). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace forward chassis harness. Refer to Forward Chassis Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0424).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Refer to Power Distribution Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0059).
END OF TEST
0043–13/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0044
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0275
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) WP 0276
(WP 0795, Item 37)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Gloves, leather (WP 0794, Item 19) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
9-2355-106-10)
References Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0246 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0261 Belly armor removed (WP 0606)
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Exhaust system components can be hot. Do not touch with bare hands or allow contact
with other skin surface. Wear protective work gloves and long sleeves. Do not use exhaust
tailpipe as a step. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or
death to personnel.
Do not remove hot exhaust system from vehicle. Bolts can stretch, crack, and break when hot.
Allow exhaust system to cool before loosening bolts on C-clamps. Failure to comply may result
in damage to equipment and injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting.
STEP
0044–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0044
1. Inspect tailpipe (Figure 1, Item 3), shield assembly (Figure 1, Item 2), tailpipe bracket (Figure 1, Item 1) and
C-clamp (Figure 1, Item 4) for looseness, damage, or rust.
CONDITION/INDICATION
0044–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0044
0044–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0044
Excessive exhaust noise, exhaust brake not operating properly, or exhaust smell inside vehicle.
1. Inspect exhaust brake-to-turbocharger clamp for leaking or damage. If found defective, replace clamp.
Refer to Exhaust Brake Removal and Installation (WP 0246). Return vehicle to service.
2. Inspect exhaust brake-to-turbocharger pipe clamp for leaking or damage. If found defective, replace clamp.
Refer to Exhaust Brake Removal and Installation (WP 0246). Return vehicle to service.
0044–5/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0045
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0004
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0031
70) WP 0283
Radiator Test Kit (SVTS262KIT) (WP 0795, Item 83)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Gloves, leather (WP 0794, Item 19) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
Goggles (WP 0794, Item 20) 9-2355-106-10)
Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting.
STEP
1. Verify coolant level is not low (TM 9-2355-106-10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Coolant level is low.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Fill to proper level and verify that vehicle achieves proper operating temperature (TM 9-2355-106-10).
1. Connect MSD. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
2. Retrieve DTCs. Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Access Procedure (WP 0012).
DTCs associated with engine cooling are set.
Diagnose DTCs. Refer to Engine Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index (WP 0006).
0045–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0045
WARNING
Cooling system components become pressurized and extremely hot during normal operation.
To prevent serious injury from hot coolant or scalding steam, use the following safety procedure
when removing radiator cap, surge tank cap, or deaeration cap:
Loosen cap slowly one-quarter to one-half turn counterclockwise, and pause to allow pressure
to release.
1. Carefully remove cap from deaeration tank. Refer to Deaeration Tank Pressure Cap Removal and Installation
(WP 0280). Test cooling system for leaks. Perform the following steps:
a. Connect Radiator Test Kit SVTS262KIT.
b. Apply 16 psi (110.3 kPa) to cooling system. System should maintain 16 psi (110.3 kPa) for 10 minutes.
System does not maintain 16 psi (110.3 kPa) for 10 minutes.
• Visually inspect engine, water pump, and all cooling system components for leaks and repair or replace as
necessary. Refer to Chapter 4 Work Package Index, for relevant repair procedures.
• Inspect cabin heater components and hoses for coolant leaks and repair or replace as necessary. Refer to
Chapter 4 Work Package Index, for relevant repair procedures.
• Inspect for coolant in engine oil. Refer to Engine Mechanical Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0016).
1. Verify fan, clutch, and drive belt are operating correctly. Refer to Engine Cooling Fan Operational Checkout
Procedure (WP 0031).
0045–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0045
0045–3/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0046
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
9-2355-106-10)
References
Engine shut off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0281
Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0329
WP 0336 Drawings Required
WP 0782 WP 0789, Figure 68
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
0046–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0046
STEP
2. Measure resistance between connector 6401M terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 13.
YES Go to next step.
0046–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0046
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 4.5V and 5.5V?
DECISION
STEP
0046–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0046
9. Measure resistance between connector 6401M terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 13.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
10. Measure resistance between connector 6401M terminal A and connector 6007 terminal 10 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 5 and Figure 6.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
0046–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0046
DECISION
NO Go to Step 13.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
11. Measure resistance between connector 6007 terminal 10 and all other terminals in connector 6007. Multimeter
should read OL for each test. Refer to Figure 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 13.
YES Go to Step 14.
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace deaeration tank. Refer to Deaeration Tank Removal and Installation (WP 0279). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace engine wiring harness. Refer to Engine Wiring Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0336). Return
vehicle to service.
0046–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0046
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ECM. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
0046–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0047
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0290
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) WP 0329
(WP 0795, Item 37) WP 0336
Tee, 2-way breakout (ZTSE4483) (WP 0795, Item WP 0388
115) WP 0782
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
0047–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0047
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
After removing the alternator and prior to connecting vehicle batteries, wrap the terminal ends
of the alternator battery cables with electrical tape to prevent accidental contact with ground.
Failure to comply may result in damage to system components.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
2. Measure resistance between connector LAM1040 terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0047–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0047
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between than 4.5 volts and 5.5 volts?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 15.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
0047–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0047
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 21.
YES Go to Step 20.
STEP
13. Disconnect harness connector LAM1019 . Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation
(WP 0329). Refer to Figure 3.
14. With assistance, measure resistance between sensor connector LAM1040 terminal A and harness connector
LAM1019 terminal 19 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 4 and Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 20.
0047–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0047
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 22.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
18. With assistance, measure resistance between harness connector LAM1040 terminal B and harness connector
LAM1019 terminal 13 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 4 and Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0047–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0047
STEP
19. With assitance, measure resistance between harness connector LAM1019 terminal 13 and all other harness
connector LAM1019 terminals. Multimeter should read OL for each test. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ECM. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ECT sensor. Refer to Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Removal and Installation(WP 0388).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace engine wiring harness. Refer to Engine Wiring Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0336). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0047–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0048
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0782
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Equipment Condition
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-10 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0059 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0257 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0288 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0329 Left side engine armor removed (WP 0597)
WP 0333 Air cleaner assembly removed (WP 0257)
WP 0335
WP 0330 Drawings Required
WP 0597 WP 0789, Figure 70
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
0048–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0048
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5 volts and 13.5 volts?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 11.
YES Go to next step.
0048–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0048
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 1,000 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5 volts and 13.5 volts?
DECISION
0048–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0048
STEP
11. Remove and inspect AIR FAN SHUTTER fuse. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay
Removal and Installation (WP 0333). Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is AIR FAN SHUTTER fuse open?
DECISION
STEP
12. Measure DC voltage between each AIR FAN SHUTTER fuse socket terminals and ground with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5 volts and 13.5 volts for either test?
DECISION
STEP
13. Install AIR FAN SHUTTER fuse. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and
Installation (WP 0333).
0048–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0048
17. Measure resistance between connector 4111M terminal A and connector 4103 terminal 14 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 4. Refer to Figure 3.
0048–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0048
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 30.
YES Go to Step 31.
STEP
21. Measure resistance between connector 4111M terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 30.
YES Go to next step.
0048–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0048
STEP
22. Measure resistance between connector 4111M terminal B and connector LAM 1019 terminal 8 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 6. Refer to Figure 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 30.
YES Go to next step.
0048–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0048
STEP
23. Measure resistance between connector LAM 1019 terminal 8 and all other terminals in ECM GRAY LAM 1019
connector with multimeter. Multimeter should read OL for each test. Refer to Figure 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 30.
YES Go to Step 32.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
0048–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0048
STEP
28. Measure resistance between connector 4111M terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 10.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 30.
YES Go to Step 31.
MALFUNCTION
0048–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0048
ACTION
Replace EFC solenoid. Refer to Cooling Fan Actuator Solenoid Removal and Installation (WP 0288). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace engine sensor harness. Refer to Engine Sensor Wiring Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0330).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace PDC wiring harness. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0335). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ECM. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
0048–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0336
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0404
70) WP 0412
WP 0405
Tools and Special Tools
WP 0598
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
WP 0606
(WP 0795, Item 37)
WP 0789
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122)
WP 0782
Gloves, rubber (WP 0795, Item 38)
Materials/Parts Equipment Condition
Goggles, industrial (WP 0794, Item 20) Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Faceshield, industrial (WP 0794, Item 16) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
9-2355-106-10)
Personnel Required
Engine shut off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Maintainer - (2)
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Belly armor removed (WP 0606)
WP 0011 Left side engine armor plate bracket removed
WP 0014 (WP 0598)
WP 0012 Air cleaner assembly removed (WP 0257)
WP 0051
WP 0257 Drawings Required
WP 0329 WP 0789, Figure 17
WP 0334 WP 0789, Figure 68
This procedure covers the following ECM Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs):
• 112
• 113
• 626
These DTCs will not illuminate amber engine warning lamp.
0049–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Wear protective eye goggles, face shield, and long sleeves when working on or near batteries.
Batteries contain corrosive acid and can produce explosive gases. Batteries supply electrical
current that can cause burns and electrical shock. Always check electrolyte level with engine
off. Avoid leaning over or onto battery. Do not wear jewelry and do not smoke or have open
flame or spark near battery. Do not allow tools to contact battery box or battery terminals.
Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Battery acid must not contact eyes, skin, or clothing. If battery acid contacts eyes or skin,
flush area with large amounts of water for 15 minutes and seek immediate medical care. If
swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Drink large amounts of water or milk. Follow with milk of
magnesia, beaten egg, or vegetable oil. Seek immediate medical attention. Failure to comply
may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
0049–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does engine start and run?
DECISION
YES Go to Step 9.
NO Go to next step.
STEP
2. Connect MSD to vehicle. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD communicate with the Engine Control Module (ECM)?
DECISION
0049–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD read more than 7V?
DECISION
STEP
9. Retrieve ECM DTCs. Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Access Procedure (WP 0012).
0049–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are DTCs 112, 113, or 626 displayed?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 60.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.8V for each test?
0049–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
DECISION
NO Go to Step 30.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
18. Install and remove CEC power module relay two or three times while listening and feeling for CEC power
module relay click.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does CEC power module relay click?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does known-good CEC power module relay click?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 41.
YES Go to Step 65.
STEP
25. Measure resistance between connector 9260F terminal A and connector 6007 terminals 1, 2, 23, and 42
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 4 and Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 3 ohms for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 48.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
26. Measure resistance between connector 9260M terminal A and ground terminal (Figure 6, Item 1) with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 5.
0049–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 61.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
27. Measure resistance between CEC power module relay terminal 87 and connector 6007 terminals 21, 22, and
41 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 7 and Figure 8.
0049–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did multimeter read less than 3 ohms for each test?
DECISION
0049–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
STEP
29. Measure resistance between connector 4101M terminal A and connector 6007 terminals 21, 22, and 41
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 9 and Figure 10.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 3 ohms for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 69.
YES Go to Step 70.
0049–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 3 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 70.
YES Go to next step.
0049–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
STEP
33. Remove and test engine ECM feed 40A fuse (Figure 12, Item 1). Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) and
Transmission Control Module (TCM) Clean Power and Ground Fuse Removal and Installation (WP 0412).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuse good?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 50.
YES Go to next step.
0049–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
STEP
34. With assistant, measure resistance between CEC power module relay terminal 86 and ECM feed 40A fuse
terminal B with multimeter. Refer to Figure 13 and Figure 12.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 3 ohms?
DECISION
0049–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
STEP
36. With assistant, measure resistance between engine ECM feed fuse terminal B and connector 4101M terminal
B with multimeter. Refer to Figure 14 and Figure 15.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 0 ohms and 3 ohms?
DECISION
0049–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
STEP
NOTE
There are two connectors in this area. Each connector contains two wires. Connector
6323M/6323F is the larger of the two connectors and contains the larger wires.
38. With assistance, measure resistance between engine ECM feed fuse terminal B and connector 6323M
terminal A with multimeter. Refer to Figure 16 and Figure 15.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does the multimeter read between 0 ohms and 3 ohms?
DECISION
0049–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
STEP
40. Measure resistance between engine ECM feed fuse terminal B and connector 9261F terminal A with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 17 and Figure 18.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does the multimeter read between 0 ohms and 3 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 61.
YES Go to Step 66.
STEP
44. Measure resistance between CEC power module relay terminal 85 and connector 4103 terminal 18 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 19 and Figure 20.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 3 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 70.
YES Go to next step.
0049–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
STEP
45. Disconnect connector 6007. Refer to Figure 21. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and
Installation (WP 0329).
46. Measure resistance between connector 4100F terminal 18 and connector 6007 terminal 25 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 21 and Figure 22.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 3 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 69.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
47. Measure resistance between ground and connector 6007 terminals 1, 2, 23, and 42 with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 23.
0049–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 3 ohms for each test?
DECISION
0049–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
STEP
NOTE
There are two connectors in this area. Each connector contains two wires. Connector
6323M/6323F is the larger of the two connectors and contains the larger wires.
49. Measure resistance between connector 6323F terminal B and connector 6007 terminals 1, 2, 23, and 42
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 24 and Figure 25.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 69.
YES Go to Step 66.
STEP
51. Measure resistance between connector 9261F terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 26.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 62.
YES Go to next step.
0049–21
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
STEP
53. Measure resistance between connect 6323M terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 27.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 67.
YES Go to next step.
0049–22
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
STEP
55. Measure resistance between ground and connector 4105 terminals A and B with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 28.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 71.
YES Go to next step.
0049–23
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
STEP
56. Measure resistance between connector 4101M terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 29.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 68.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
57. Disconnect connector 6007. Refer to Figure 30. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and
Installation (WP 0329).
58. Measure resistance between connector 4101M terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 29.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
0049–24
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
DECISION
NO Go to Step 68.
YES Go to Step 64.
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Return to Hard Start/No Start Toubleshooting Procedure (WP 0014).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace battery cable and clean power harness. Refer to Battery Cable and Clean Power Harness Removal
and Installation (WP 0405).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace battery cable and clean ground harness. Refer to Battery Disconnect Procedure (WP 0404).
END OF TEST
0049–25
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0049
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ECM. Refer to ECM Removal and Installation (WP 0329). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace 40A engine ECM feed fuse and ECM. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) and Transmission Control
Module (TCM) Clean Power and Ground Fuse Removal and Installation (WP 0412). Refer to ECM Removal
and Installation (WP 0329). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace relay. Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
- 66. ECM and Transmission Control Module (TCM) clean power and ground harness faulty.
ACTION
Replace ECM and TCM clean power and ground harness. Refer to ECM and TCM Clean Power and Ground
Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0406). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
- 67. ECM and Transmission Control Module (TCM) clean power and ground harness faulty.
ACTION
Replace 40A fuse and ECM and Transmission Control Module (TCM) clean power and ground harness. Refer
to Refer to ECM and TCM Clean Power and Ground Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0406). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace 40A fuse. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) and Transmission Control Module (TCM) Clean
Power and Ground Fuse Removal and Installation (WP 0412). Refer to Replace engine wire harness. Refer to
Engine Wire Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0336). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace engine wire harness. Refer to Engine Wire Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0336). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace PDC harness. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0335).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace 40A fuse and PDC harness. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) and Transmission Control Module
(TCM) Clean Power and Ground Fuse Removal and Installation (WP 0412). Refer to Power Distribution Center
(PDC) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0335). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0049–27/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0397
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) WP 0257
(WP 0795, Item 37) WP 0062
Tee, Accelerator Position Sensor (APS)/Idle WP 0782
Validation Switch (IVS), Sensor Breakout
Equipment Condition
(ZTSE4485) (WP 0795, Item 117)
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Personnel Required Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
Maintainer - (2) 9-2355-106-10)
Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P
Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0324
Left side engine armor plate removed (WP 0598)
WP 0329
Left cabin door open and secured (WP 0608)
WP 0319
WP 0335 Drawings Required
WP 0336 WP 0789, Figure 68
0050–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Cabin door must be secured in the open position by using heavy duty straps to prevent
accidental closure during vehicle maintenance. Pull check link retaining pin prior to securing
door open. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
0050–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
2. Measure resistance between harness connector 1804 terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0050–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 4.5V and 5.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 33.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 300,000 ohms and 400,000 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 54.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
9. Measure resistance between harness connector 1804 terminal D and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 1,300 ohms and 1,500 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 65.
YES Go to next step.
0050–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 76.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 91.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
16. Measure resistance between harness connector 1804 terminal E and all other terminals in harness connector
1804. Refer to Figure 2. Multimeter should read OL for each test.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 91.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
17. Install APS-IVS breakout harness (ZTSE4485) between APS-IVS sensor and harness connector 1804.
Refer to Figure 3.
0050–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
Figure 3. Accelerator Position Sensor (APS)/Idle Validation Switch (IVS) Breakout Harness (ZTSE4485).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does voltage transition smoothly from 0.6V to 4.0V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 95.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
22. Measure DC voltage between APS-IVS breakout harness (ZTSE4485) WHITE IVS SIGNAL test lead and
ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
23. Observe multimeter while slowly depressing accelerator pedal.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V from just off idle to wide-open throttle?
DECISION
STEP
25. Measure resistance between harness connector 1800 terminal B4 and ground with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 91.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
0050–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
27. Measure resistance between connector 1701 terminal 2 (engine harness side) and ground with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 5.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 94.
YES Go to next step.
0050–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
STEP
28. Remove air cleaner assembly. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 92.
YES Go to next step.
0050–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
STEP
31. Disconnect ECM connector 6007. Refer to Figure 7. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and
Installation (WP 0329).
32. Measure resistance between connector 4100F terminal 6 and connector 6007 terminal 11 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 8 and Figure 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 96.
YES Go to Step 93.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 4.5V and 5.5V?
DECISION
STEP
0050–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
42. Measure resistance between harness connector 1800 terminal C5 and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 11.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 94.
YES Go to next step.
0050–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
STEP
43. Measure resistance between harness connector 1800 terminal C5 and connector 1701 terminal 5 (cabin side)
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 11 and Figure 10.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 94.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
44. Measure resistance between connector 1701 terminal 5 (cabin side) and all other connector 1701 (cabin side)
terminals with multimeter. Multimeter should read OL for each test. Refer to Figure 10.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 94.
YES Go to next step.
0050–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
STEP
45. Remove air cleaner assembly. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 92.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
48. Measure resistance between harness connector 4103 terminal 4 and harness connector 1701 (engine harness
side) terminal 5 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 12 and Figure 13.
0050–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 92.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
49. Measure resistance between harness connector 4103 terminal 4 and all other harness connector 4103
terminals. Multimeter should read OL for each test. Refer to Figure 12.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 92.
YES Go to next step.
0050–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
STEP
50. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) connector 6007. Refer to Figure 14. Refer to Engine Control
Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329).
51. Measure resistance between harness connector 4100F terminal 4 and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 15.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 93.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
52. Measure resistance between harness connector 4100F terminal 4 and harness connector 6007 terminal 3
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 15 and Figure 14.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
0050–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
DECISION
NO Go to Step 93.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
53. Measure resistance between harness connector 6007 terminal 3 and all other terminals in harness connector
6007 with multimeter. Multimeter should read OL for each test. Refer to Figure 14.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 93.
YES Go to Step 96.
0050–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
STEP
55. Measure resistance between harness connector 1800 terminal C4 and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 16.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 300,000 ohms and 400,000 ohms?
DECISION
0050–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
STEP
57. Measure resistance between harness connector 1701 (engine harness side) terminal 1 and ground with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 17.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 300,000 ohms and 400,000 ohms?
DECISION
0050–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
STEP
58. Remove air cleaner assembly. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
59. Disconnect 18-wire harness connector 4100F/4103. Refer to Figure 18.
60. Measure resistance between harness connector 4100F terminal 5 and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 18.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 300,000 ohms and 400,000 ohms?
DECISION
0050–20
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
STEP
61. Disconnect ECM connector 6007. Refer to Figure 19. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and
Installation (WP 0329).
62. Measure resistance between harness connector 4100F terminal 5 and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 18.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 93.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
63. Measure resistance between harness connector 4100F terminal 5 and harness connector 6007 terminal 8
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 18 and Figure 19.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 93.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
64. Measure resistance between harness connector 6007 terminal 8 and all other terminals in harness connector
6007 with multimeter. Multimeter should read OL for each test. Refer to Figure 19.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
0050–21
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
DECISION
NO Go to Step 93.
YES Go to Step 96.
STEP
66. Measure resistance between harness connector 1800 terminal B5 and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 20.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
68. Measure resistance between harness connector 1701 (engine harness side) terminal 4 and ground with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 21.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 300,000 ohms and 400,000 ohms?
DECISION
0050–23
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
STEP
69. Remove air cleaner assembly. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
70. Disconnect 18-wire harness connector 4100F/4103. Refer to Figure 22.
71. Measure resistance between harness connector 4100F terminal 2 and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 22.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 300,000 ohms and 400,000 ohms?
DECISION
0050–24
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
STEP
72. Disconnect ECM connector 6007. Refer to Figure 23. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and
Installation (WP 0329).
73. Measure resistance between harness connector 4100F terminal 2 and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 22.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 93.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
74. Measure resistance between harness connector 4100F terminal 2 and harness connector 6007 terminal 27
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 22 and Figure 23.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 93.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
75. Measure resistance between harness connector 6007 terminal 8 and all other terminals in harness connector
6007 with multimeter. Multimeter should read OL for each test. Refer to Figure 23.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
0050–25
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
DECISION
NO Go to Step 93.
YES Go to Step 96.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuse F24 open?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
85. Measure resistance between harness connector 1800 terminal C6 and accelerator fuse (F24) terminal B2
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 25 and Figure 24.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
0050–27
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
STEP
90. Measure resistance between harness connector 1804 terminal F and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 26.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 91.
YES Go to Step 94.
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace steering column wiring harness. Refer to Steering Column Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0324). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace power distribution center harness. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Removal and
Installation (WP 0335). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace engine wiring harness. Refer to Engine Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0336). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace instrument panel wiring harness. Refer to Instrument Panel Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0319). Return vehicle to service.
0050–29
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0050
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace APS/IVS sensor. Refer to APS/IVS Sensor Removal and Installation (WP 0397). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ECM. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
0050–30
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0782
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Equipment Condition
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122) Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
References 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 Engine shut off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0257 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0329 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0319
WP 0335 Drawings Required
WP 0336 WP 0789, Figure 1
0051–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
0051–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 4.5V?
DECISION
STEP
4. Measure DC voltage between connector 1650 terminal F and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 2.5V?
DECISION
STEP
5. Measure DC voltage between connector 1650 terminal G and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 1.
0051–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 1.5V?
DECISION
STEP
6. Measure DC voltage between connector 1650 terminal G and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 0.5V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 1000 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 66.
YES Go to next step.
0051–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
STEP
10. Remove air cleaner assembly. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
11. Disconnect connector 1701. Refer to Figure 3.
Figure 3. IP Pass-Through Connector Near Power Distribution Center (PDC) Under Hood.
12. Measure resistance between connector 1701 terminal 40 and 41 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 1000 ohms?
DECISION
0051–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
STEP
14. Measure resistance between connector 4100F terminal 10 and 11 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 1000 ohms?
DECISION
0051–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
STEP
15. Disconnect ECM connector 6007. Refer to Figure 5. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and
Installation (WP 0329).
16. Measure resistance between connector 4100F terminal 10 and 11 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 1000 ohms?
DECISION
0051–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
STEP
17. Remove air cleaner assembly. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
18. Disconnect connector 1701. Refer to Figure 6.
Figure 6. IP Pass-Through Connector Near Power Distribution Center (PDC) Under Hood.
19. Measure resistance between connector 1701 terminal 40 and all other connector 1701 terminals with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 6.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0051–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
STEP
21. Measure resistance between connector 4103 terminal 10 and all other connector 4103 terminals with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
0051–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
STEP
22. Disconnect ECM connector 6007. Refer to Figure 8. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and
Installation (WP 0329).
23. Measure resistance between connector 4100F terminal 10 and all other connector 4100F terminals with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 9.
0051–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0051–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
STEP
27. Remove air cleaner assembly. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
28. Disconnect connector 1701. Refer to Figure 11.
Figure 11. IP Pass-Through Connector Near Power Distribution Center (PDC) Under Hood.
29. Measure resistance between connector 1701 terminal 40 and connector 1650 terminal F with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 11 and Figure 12.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
30. Disconnect connector 4103/4100F (connector with 18 wires). Refer to Figure 13.
0051–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
31. Measure resistance between connector 4103 terminal 10 and connector 1701 terminal 40 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 14 and Figure 15.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
32. Disconnect ECM connector 6007. Refer to Figure 16. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and
Installation (WP 0329).
33. Measure resistance between connector 6007 terminal 16 and connector 4100F terminal 10 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 16 and Figure 17.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0051–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
STEP
34. Remove air cleaner assembly. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
35. Disconnect connector 1701. Refer to Figure 18.
Figure 18. IP Pass-Through Connector Near Power Distribution Center (PDC) Under Hood.
36. Measure resistance between connector 1701 terminal 41 and all other connector 1701 terminals with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 18.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
0051–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
STEP
37. Disconnect connector 4100F/4103 (connector with 18 wires). Refer to Figure 19.
38. Measure resistance between connector 4103 terminal 11 and all other connector 4103 terminals with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 19.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
0051–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
STEP
39. Disconnect ECM connector 6007. Refer to Figure 20. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and
Installation (WP 0329).
40. Measure resistance between connector 4100F terminal 11 and all other connector 4100F terminals with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 21.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
0051–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0051–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
STEP
44. Measure resistance between connector 1650 terminal G and connector 1701 terminal 41 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 24 and Figure 23.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
45. Measure resistance between connector 1701 terminal 41 and connector 4103 terminal 11 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 25 and Figure 26.
0051–20
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0051–21
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
STEP
46. Measure resistance between connector 6007 terminal 17 and connector 4100F terminal 11 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 27 and Figure 28.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
47. Remove air cleaner assembly. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
48. Disconnect connector 1701. Refer to Figure 29.
0051–22
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
Figure 29. IP Pass-Through Connector Near Power Distribution Center (PDC) Under Hood.
49. Measure resistance between connector 1701 terminal 40 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 29.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0051–23
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
STEP
50. Disconnect connector 4103 (connector with 18 wires). Refer to Figure 30.
51. Measure resistance between connector 4103 terminal 10 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 30.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0051–24
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
STEP
52. Disconnect ECM connector 6007. Refer to Figure 31. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and
Installation (WP 0329).
53. Measure resistance between connector 6007 terminal 16 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 31.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0051–25
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
STEP
54. Remove air cleaner assembly. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
55. Disconnect connector 1701 (connector with 18 wires). Refer to Figure 32.
Figure 32. IP Pass-Through Connector Near Power Distribution Center (PDC) Under Hood.
56. Measure resistance between connector 1701 terminal 41 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 32.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0051–26
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
STEP
57. Disconnect connector 4103 (connector with 18 wires). Refer to Figure 33.
58. Measure resistance between connector 4103 terminal 11 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 33.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0051–27
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0051
STEP
59. Disconnect ECM connector 6007. Refer to Figure 34. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and
Installation (WP 0329).
60. Measure resistance between connector 6007 terminal 17 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 34.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
61. Measure resistance between connector 6007 terminal 16 and all other connector 6007 terminals with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 34.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
STEP
62. Measure resistance between connector 6007 terminal 17 and all other connector 6007 terminals with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 34.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace engine wiring harness. Refer to Engine Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0336). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace PDC harness. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0335).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IP wiring harness. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0319).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ECM. Refer to ECM Removal and Installation (WP 0329). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0051–29/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
9-2355-106-10)
References Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0297 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0329 Air cleaner assembly removed (WP 0257)
WP 0398 Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) removed (WP 0297)
WP 0319
WP 0335 Drawings Required
WP 0336 WP 0789, Figure 68
WP 0324
WP 0782
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
0052–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
2. Measure resistance between connector 1808 terminal 1 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
YES Go to Step 7.
NO Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 4.5V and 5.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 15.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
6. Measure DC voltage between connector 1808 terminal 3 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 1.
0052–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 0.01V and 0.25V?
DECISION
STEP
8. Measure resistance between connector 1800 terminal B4 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 92.
YES Go to next step.
0052–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
STEP
10. Measure resistance between dash pass-through connector 1701 terminal 2 and ground with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 93.
YES Go to next step.
0052–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
STEP
12. Measure resistance between connector 4100F terminal 6 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 93.
YES Go to next step.
0052–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
STEP
13. Disconnect connector LAM1019. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329).
Refer to Figure 5.
14. Measure resistance between connector 4100F terminal 6 and connector LAM1019 terminal 11 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 4 and Figure 5.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 33.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
0052–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 92.
YES Go to next step.
0052–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 93.
YES Go to Step 94.
0052–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL in each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 37.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
36. Measure resistance between connector 4103 terminal 4 and connector 1808 terminal 2 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 9 and Figure 10.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
0052–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
DECISION
NO Go to Step 41.
YES Go to Step 45.
STEP
38. Measure resistance between connector 1800 terminals C5 and B4, and connector 1800 terminal C5 and
ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 11.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL in each test?
DECISION
0052–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
STEP
40. Measure resistance between dash pass-through 1701 terminals 5 and 2, and dash pass-through 1701 terminal
5 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 12.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL in each test?
DECISION
0052–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
STEP
42. Measure resistance between connector 4103 terminal 4 and connector 1800 terminal C5 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 14 and Figure 13.
0052–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
0052–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
44. Measure resistance between dash pass-through connector 1701 terminal 5 and connector 4103 terminal 4
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 15 and Figure 16.
0052–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
45. Disconnect connector LAM1019. Refer to Figure 17. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and
Installation (WP 0329).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
0052–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL in each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 95.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
52. Measure resistance between connector 4100F terminal 4 and connector LAM1019 terminal 3 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 18 and Figure 19.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 95.
YES Go to Step 96.
STEP
0052–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 71.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
0052–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
0052–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
64. Measure DC voltage between connector 4103 terminal 3 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 22.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 92.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
0052–20
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 94.
YES Go to Step 93.
0052–21
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL in each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 75.
YES Go to next step.
0052–22
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
STEP
74. Measure resistance between connector 4103 terminal 3 and connector 1808 terminal 3 with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 24 and Figure 25.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 79.
YES Go to Step 83.
0052–23
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
STEP
76. Measure resistance between connector 1800 terminals C10 and B4, and connector 1800 terminal C10
and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 26.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL in each test?
DECISION
0052–24
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
STEP
78. Measure resistance between dash pass-through 1701 terminals 7 and 2, and dash pass-through 1701 terminal
7 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 27.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL in each test?
DECISION
0052–25
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
STEP
80. Measure resistance between connector 4103 terminal 3 and connector 1800 terminal C10 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 29 and Figure 28.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0052–27
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
STEP
82. Measure resistance between dash pass-through connector 1701 terminal 7 and connector 4103 terminal 3
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 30 and Figure 29.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0052–28
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
STEP
83. Disconnect connector LAM1019. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329).
Refer to Figure 31.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
0052–29
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL in each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 95.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
90. Measure resistance between connector 4100F terminal 3 and connector LAM1019 terminal 29 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 32 and Figure 31.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 95.
YES Go to Step 96.
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace Barometric Pressure (BAP) Sensor. Refer to Barometric Pressure Sensor Removal and Installation
(WP 0398). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace steering column wiring harness. Refer to Steering Column Wiring Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0324). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace instrument panel wiring harness. Refer to Instrument Panel Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0319). Return vehicle to service.
0052–30
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0052
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace power distribution center harness. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Removal and
Installation (WP 0335). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace engine wiring harness. Refer to Engine Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0336). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ECM. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
0052–31/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0053
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment Equipment Condition
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
70) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
9-2355-106-10)
References
Engine shut off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P
MAIN POWER switch on (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0011
Ignition switch on (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0329
WP 0782
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
1. Retrieve DTCs manually or with MSD. Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Access Procedure (WP 0012).
CONDITION/INDICATION
One or more of the following DTCs are set:
• 525
• 614
• 621
• 622
• 623
• 624
• 631
• 632
• 655
0053–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0053
• 661
• 664
• 665
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace ECM. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329). Return vehicle
to service.
0053–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0054
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0336
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0330
70) WP 0782
Tools and Special Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
(WP 0795, Item 37)
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
Harness, fuel injector test (ZTSE4401)
9-2355-106-10)
(WP 0795, Item 50)
Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0012 Air cleaner assembly removed (WP 0257)
WP 0228
WP 0249 Drawings Required
WP 0329 WP 0789, Figure 79
NOTE
For DTCs 421-426, 431-436, 451-456, the last digit refers to affected cylinder number. For
example, code 421 indicates cylinder 1 has an open circuit between the ECM high side driver
and the low side (signal return) to ECM.
0054–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0054
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedure Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
1. Retrieve DTCs. Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Access Procedure (WP 0012).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are DTCs 421, 422, 423, 424, 425, or 426 present?
DECISION
YES Go to Step 5.
NO Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are DTCs 431, 432, 433, 434, 435, or 436 present?
0054–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0054
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are DTCs 451, 452, 453, 454, 455, or 456 present?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is trouble code 513 or 514 present?
DECISION
STEP
0054–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0054
8. Connect fuel injector test harness (ZTSE4401) (Figure 2, Item 1) to valve cover side of LAM1020.
9. Measure resistance between high side and common terminal on test harness with multimeter. To match the
trouble code to the test harness terminal colors, refer to Table 1.
0054–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0054
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
10. Remove fuel injector test harness (ZTSE4401) (Figure 2, Item 1) from valve cover side of LAM1020.
11. Remove rocker cover. Refer to Rocker Cover and Gasket Removal and Installation (WP 0228).
12. Disconnect fuel injector harness connectors (Figure 3, Item 2) from fuel injectors (Figure 3, Item 1).
0054–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0054
13. Install fuel injector test harness (ZTSE4401) to fuel injector harness connector (Figure 4, Item 1).
14. Measure resistance between high side terminal on test harness and the injector connector terminal with the
same color wire with multimeter. To match the trouble code to the test harness terminal colors, refer to Table 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 61.
YES Go to next step.
0054–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0054
STEP
15. Measure resistance between low side terminal on test harness and injector connector terminal with same color
wire with multimeter. To match the trouble code to the test harness terminal color, refer to Table 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
16. Disconnect harness connector LAM1019. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation
(WP 0329). Refer to Figure 5.
0054–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0054
17. Measure resistance between sensor harness side injector harness connector terminal and ECM connector
LAM1019 terminal with multimeter. Refer to Figure 7 and Figure 6 To match the trouble code to the terminals,
refer to Table 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
0054–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0054
21. Connect fuel injector test harness (ZTSE4401) (Figure 8, Item 1) to valve cover side of LAM1020.
0054–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0054
22. Measure resistance between injector high side terminal on test harness and ground with multimeter. To match
the trouble code to the terminal, refer to Table 5.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 30.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
23. Remove fuel injector test harness (ZTSE4401) (Figure 8, Item 1) from valve cover side of LAM1020.
24. Remove rocker cover. Refer to Rocker Cover and Gasket Removal and Installation (WP 0228).
25. Inspect fuel injector harness for bare or pinched wires.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are any wires bare or pinched?
DECISION
0054–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0054
STEP
26. Disconnect fuel injector harness connectors (Figure 9, Item 2) from fuel injectors (Figure 9, Item 1).
27. Connect fuel injector test harness (ZTSE4401) to fuel injector harness connector (Figure 10, Item 1).
0054–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0054
28. Measure resistance between injector high side terminal on test harness and ground with multimeter. To match
the trouble code to the terminal color, refer to Table 6.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
29. Measure resistance between low side test terminal and ground with multimeter. To match the trouble code to
the terminal, refer to Table 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0054–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0054
STEP
30. Disconnect ECM connector LAM1019. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation
(WP 0329). Refer to Figure 11.
31. Measure resistance between (sensor harness side) connector LAM1020 high side terminals and ground with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 12. To match the trouble code to the terminal, refer to Table 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
0054–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0054
34. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector LAM1020 at valve cover. Refer to Figure 12.
35. Connect fuel injector test harness (ZTSE4401) (Figure 13, Item 1) to valve cover side of LAM1020.
36. Measure resistance between high side and common terminal on test harness with multimeter. To match
the trouble code to the terminals, refer to Table 9.
0054–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0054
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 2.5 and 3.5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
37. Remove fuel injector test harness (ZTSE4401) (Figure 13, Item 1) from valve cover side of LAM1020.
38. Remove rocker cover. Refer to Rocker Cover and Gasket Removal and Installation (WP 0228).
39. Disconnect fuel injector harness connectors. Refer to Figure 14.
40. Connect fuel injector test harness (ZTSE4401) to fuel injector harness connector (Figure 15, Item 1).
0054–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0054
41. Measure resistance between high side and common terminals on test harness with multimeter. To match the
trouble code to the terminal color, refer to Table 10.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 61.
YES Go to Step 60.
0054–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0054
STEP
42. Disconnect ECM connector LAM1019. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation
(WP 0329). Refer to Figure 16.
43. Measure resistance between (sensor harness side) connector LAM1020 high side and low side terminal with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 17. To match the trouble code to the terminals, refer to Table 11.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
0054–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0054
46. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector LAM1020 at valve cover. Refer to Figure 17.
47. Connect fuel injector test harness (ZTSE4401) (Figure 18, Item 1) to valve cover side of LAM1020.
48. Measure resistance between high side and common terminals on test harness with multimeter. To match the
trouble code to the terminal color, refer to Table 12.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
49. Disconnect ECM connector LAM1019. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation
(WP 0329). Refer to Figure 19.
50. Measure resistance between ECM connector LAM1019 low side terminal and sensor harness side connector
LAM1020 low side terminal with multimeter. Refer to Figure 19 and Figure 20. To match the trouble code to
the terminals, refer to Table 13.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
0054–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0054
54. Connect fuel injector test harness (ZTSE4401) (Figure 21, Item 1) to valve cover side of LAM1020.
55. Measure resistance between common terminal on test harness and ground with multimeter. To match the
trouble code to the terminal, refer to Table 14.
0054–20
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0054
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
56. Disconnect ECM connector LAM1019. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation
(WP 0329). Refer to Figure 22.
57. Measure resistance between sensor harness side connector LAM1020 low side terminal and ground with
multimeter. To match the trouble code to the terminal, refer to Table 15.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
58. Measure resistance between ECM connector LAM1019 terminal 42 and all other LAM1019 terminals with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 22.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
0054–21
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0054
DECISION
STEP
59. Measure resistance between ECM connector LAM1019 terminal 26 and all other LAM1019 terminals with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 22.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace fuel injector indicated by DTC. Refer to Fuel Injector Removal and Installation (WP 0249). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace fuel injector wiring harness. Refer to Fuel Injector Wiring Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0336).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace engine sensor wiring harness. Refer to Engine Sensor Wiring Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0330). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
- 63.ECM is faulty.
ACTION
Replace ECM. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329). Return vehicle
to service.
0054–22
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0054
END OF TEST
0054–23/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0055
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment TM 9-2355-106-23P
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0011
70) WP 0329
WP 0782
Tools and Special Tools
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) Equipment Condition
(WP 0795, Item 37) Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Tee, 2-way breakout (ZTSE4483) (WP 0795, Item Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
115) 9-2355-106-10)
Terminal Test Kit (ZTSE4435C) (WP 0795, Item Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
122) MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Personnel Required
Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Maintainer - (2)
References
TM 9-2355-106-10
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
0055–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0055
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting.
STEP
2. Measure resistance between harness connector 6703 terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 4.5V and 5.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 15.
0055–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0055
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does IAT signal voltage read 0V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 20.
YES Go to Step 21.
0055–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0055
STEP
13. Disconnect harness connector 6007. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation
(WP 0329). Refer to Figure 3.
14. Measure resistance between harness connector 6703 terminal B and harness connector 6007 terminal 11
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 4 and Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 20.
YES Go to Step 22.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
0055–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0055
DECISION
NO Go to Step 22.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
18. Measure resistance between harness connector 6703 terminal A and harness connector 6007 terminal 12
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 4 and Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
19. Measure resistance between harness connector 6007 terminal 12 and all other harness connector 6007
terminals. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ECM. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IAT sensor. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
0055–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0055
ACTION
Replace engine wiring harness. Refer to Engine Wiring Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0336). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0055–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0056
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0329
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0330
70) WP 0390
WP 0782
Tools and Special Tools
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) Equipment Condition
(WP 0795, Item 37) Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Tee, 3-wire pressure sensor breakout (ZTSE4347) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
(WP 0795, Item 116) 9-2355-106-10)
Harness, 500 ohm resistor (ZTSE4497) Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
(WP 0795, Item 48) MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References
Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10
TM 9-2355-106-23P Drawings Required
WP 0011 WP 0789, Figure 79
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
0056–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0056
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
2. Measure resistance between harness connector LAM1014 terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 11.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
0056–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0056
5. Measure DC voltage between harness connector LAM1014 terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 4.5V and 5.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 13.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
6. Connect MSD to vehicle. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
7. Observe MAP signal voltage in continuous monitoring mode with MSD.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MAP signal voltage read 0V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 24.
YES Go to next step.
0056–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0056
STEP
8. Connect 3-wire breakout harness to MAP sensor harness connector LAM1014. Refer to Figure 3.
0056–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0056
9. Connect 500 ohm jumper wire (ZTSE4497) between 3-wire breakout harness (ZTSE4347) terminals VREF
(+5) and SIG CIRC. Refer to Figure 4.
Figure 4. 500 Ohm Jumper Wire (ZTSE4497) Connected to 3-Wire Breakout Harness (ZTSE4347).
10. Observe MAP signal voltage in continuous monitoring mode with MSD.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MAP signal voltage read between 4.5V and 5.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 33.
YES Go to Step 41.
0056–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0056
STEP
11. Disconnect harness connector LAM1019. Refer to Figure 5. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal
and Installation (WP 0329).
12. Measure resistance between harness connector LAM1014 terminal A and harness connector LAM1019
terminal 19 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 6 and Figure 5.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
0056–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0056
15. Disconnect harness connector LAM1019. Refer to Figure 7. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal
and Installation (WP 0329).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
DECISION
STEP
0056–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0056
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 40.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
22. Measure resistance between harness connector LAM1014 terminals B and A with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 40.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
23. Measure resistance between harness connector LAM1014 terminal B and harness connector LAM1019
terminal 40 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 8 and Figure 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 40.
YES Go to Step 42.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 40.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
37. Disconnect harness connector LAM1019. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation
(WP 0329). Refer to Figure 9.
38. Measure resistance between harness connector LAM1014 terminals C and A with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 10 Refer to Figure 9.
0056–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0056
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 40.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
39. Measure resistance between harness connector LAM1014 terminal C and harness connector LAM1019
terminal 30 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 10 and Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ECM engine harness. Refer to Engine Sensor Wiring Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0330).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace MAP sensor. Refer to Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Removal and Installation (WP 0390).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ECM. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
0056–11/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0057
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0534
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) WP 0782
(WP 0795, Item 37)
Equipment Condition
References Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-23P 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0565 Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0403 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0316 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0353
WP 0319 Drawings Required
WP 0324 WP 0789, Figure 69
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting.
0057–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0057
STEP
2. Measure resistance between connector 1600 terminal 3 and 10 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 100,000 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 11.
YES Go to next step.
0057–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0057
STEP
4. Measure resistance between connector 1600 terminals 3 and 10 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 1,260 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 24.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0057–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0057
STEP
8. Measure resistance between connector 1600 terminal 3 and 10 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 6,240 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 48.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 2,420 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 62.
YES Go to Step 76.
STEP
12. Measure resistance between connector 1805 terminals A4 and B12 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 5.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 100,000 ohms?
DECISION
0057–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0057
STEP
13. Remove steering column covers. Refer to Steering Column Covers Removal and Installation (WP 0565).
14. Disconnect connector 1809. Refer to Figure 6.
15. Measure resistance between connector 1809 terminals A and B with multimeter. Refer to Figure 6.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 100,000 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
16. Remove horn pad. Refer to Horn Button Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0403).
17. Disconnect harness connector LAM1179. Refer to Figure 7.
18. Measure resistance between harness connector LAM1179 terminals A and B with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 100,000 ohms?
0057–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0057
DECISION
STEP
19. Remove SET/RESUME switch. Refer to Cruise Control Switch Module Removal and Installation (WP 0316).
20. Measure resistance between SET/RESUME switch terminals 1 and 2 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 100,000 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 80.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
21. Remove CRUISE/THROTTLE ON/OFF switch. Refer to Cruise Control Switch Module Removal and
Installation (WP 0316).
22. Measure resistance between CRUISE/THROTTLE ON/OFF switch terminals 2 and 5 with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 100,000 ohms?
0057–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0057
DECISION
NO Go to Step 80.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
23. Measure resistance between connector LAM1179 terminals A and B with multimeter. Refer to Figure 10.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 100,000 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 77.
NO Go to Step 76.
0057–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0057
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 1,260 ohms?
DECISION
0057–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0057
STEP
27. Remove steering column covers. Refer to Steering Column Covers Removal and Installation (WP 0565).
28. Disconnect connector 1809. Refer to Figure 12.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
31. Remove horn pad. Refer to Horn Button Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0403).
32. Disconnect clock spring upper connector and steering wheel harness LAM1179. Refer to Figure 13.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 1,260 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
35. Remove CRUISE/THROTTLE ON/OFF switch. Refer to Cruise Control Switch Module Removal and
Installation (WP 0316).
36. Press and hold CRUISE/THROTTLE ON/OFF switch ON.
37. Measure resistance between CRUISE/THROTTLE ON/OFF switch terminals 2 and 5 with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 14.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 1,260 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 80.
YES Go to Step 81.
0057–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0057
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
41. Remove steering column covers. Refer to Steering Column Covers Removal and Installation (WP 0565).
0057–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0057
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
45. Remove CRUISE/THROTTLE ON/OFF switch. Refer to Cruise Control Switch Module Removal and
Installation (WP 0316).
46. Press and hold CRUISE/THROTTLE ON/OFF switch OFF.
47. Measure resistance between CRUISE/THROTTLE ON/OFF switch terminals 2 and 5 with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 17.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
0057–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0057
DECISION
NO Go to Step 80.
YES Go to Step 81.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 6,240 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
51. Remove steering column covers. Refer to Steering Column Covers Removal and Installation (WP 0565).
0057–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0057
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
55. Remove horn pad. Refer to Horn Button Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0403).
56. Disconnect connector LAM1179. Refer to Figure 20.
0057–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0057
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 6,240 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
59. Remove SET/RESUME switch. Refer to Cruise Control Switch Module Removal and Installation (WP 0316).
60. Press and hold SET/CRUISE switch.
61. Measure resistance between SET/RESUME switch terminals 1 and 2 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 21.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 6,240 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 80.
YES Go toStep 81.
STEP
0057–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0057
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 2,420 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
65. Remove steering column covers. Refer to Steering Column Covers Removal and Installation (WP 0565).
0057–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0057
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 2,420 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
69. Remove horn pad. Refer to Horn Button Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0403).
70. Disconnect connector LAM1179. Refer to Figure 24.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 2,420 ohms?
0057–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0057
DECISION
STEP
73. Remove SET/RESUME switch. Refer to Cruise Control Switch Module Removal and Installation (WP 0316).
74. Press and hold RESUME/ACCEL switch.
75. Measure resistance between SET/RESUME switch terminals 1 and 2 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 25.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 2,420 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 80.
YES Go to Step 81.
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ESC. Refer to Electronic System Controller (ESC) Removal and Installation (WP 0353). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace instrument panel harness. Refer to Instrument Panel Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0319).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
0057–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0057
ACTION
Replace steering column harness. Refer to Steering Column Wiring Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0324). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace steering wheel. Refer to Steering Wheel and Clock Spring Removal and Installation (WP 0534).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace switch. Refer to Cruise Control Switch Module Removal and Installation (WP 0316). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace steering wheel harness. Refer to Steering Wheel Wire Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0325).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0057–20
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0058
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0782
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Equipment Condition
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-10 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Engine shut off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0329 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0336 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0395
WP 0460 Drawings Required
WP 0606 Schematic (WP 0789, Figure 69)
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on electrical circuits. Always assume that
electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high enough
to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems, generally
1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps can cause
loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing; ensure skin,
clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only the insulated,
nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent electrical arcing,
avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can cause bright
flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs, immediately
shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result in serious
injury or death to personnel.
0058–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0058
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedure Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
0058–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0058
2. Measure resistance between VSS sensor terminals A and B with multimeter. Refer to Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 500 and 1450 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 58.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
3. Measure resistance between VSS sensor terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 58.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
4. Measure resistance between VSS sensor terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 58.
YES Go to next step.
0058–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0058
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 4.0V?
DECISION
STEP
8. Measure DC voltage between connector 9755 terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 1.0V?
DECISION
STEP
9. Measure DC voltage between connector 9755 terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 4.0V?
DECISION
STEP
10. Measure DC voltage between connector 9755 terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 1.0V?
0058–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0058
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
14. Remove vehicle speed sensor from transfer case and inspect surface facing tone wheel for damage. Refer to
Vehicle Speed Sensor Removal and Installation (WP 0395).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is the speed sensor surface damaged?
DECISION
STEP
15. Remove belly armor. Refer to Belly Armor Removal and Installation (WP 0606).
0058–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0058
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 4.0V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 60.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
19. Disconnect ECM connector 6007. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329).
20. Measure resistance between connector 6007 terminal 39 and remaining terminals with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 5.
0058–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0058
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
STEP
22. Measure resistance between connector 9755 terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 6.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0058–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0058
STEP
23. Remove belly armor. Refer to Belly Armor Removal and Installation (WP 0606).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0058–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0058
STEP
26. Disconnect ECM connector 6007. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329).
27. Measure resistance between connector 6007 terminal 39 and connector 7611 terminal A with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 9 and Figure 10.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0058–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0058
STEP
28. Remove belly armor. Refer to Belly Armor Removal and Installation (WP 0606).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 4.0V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 60.
YES Go to next step.
0058–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0058
STEP
33. Disconnect ECM connector 6007. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329).
34. Measure resistance between connector 6007 terminal 40 and remaining terminals with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 12.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
37. Measure resistance between connector 9755 terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 13.
0058–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0058
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
38. Remove belly armor. Refer to Belly Armor Removal and Installation (WP 0606).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0058–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0058
STEP
41. Disconnect ECM connector 6007. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329).
42. Measure resistance between connector 6007 terminal 40 and connector 7611 terminal B with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 15 and Figure 16.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0058–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0058
STEP
43. Remove belly armor. Refer to Belly Armor Removal and Installation (WP 0606).
44. Disconnect VSS harness connector 9750/7611. Refer to Figure 17.
45. Measure resistance between connector 7611 terminals A and B with multimeter. Refer to Figure 17.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 60.
YES Go to next step.
0058–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0058
STEP
46. Disconnect ECM connector 6007. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329).
47. Measure resistance between connector 6007 terminals 40 and 39 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 18.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0058–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0058
STEP
48. Remove belly armor. Refer to Belly Armor Removal and Installation (WP 0606).
49. Disconnect VSS harness connector 9750/7611. Refer to Figure 19.
50. Measure resistance between connector 9750 terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 19.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0058–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0058
STEP
51. Disconnect ECM connector 6007. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329).
52. Measure resistance between connector 6007 terminal 39 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 20.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0058–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0058
STEP
53. Remove belly armor. Refer to Belly Armor Removal and Installation (WP 0606).
54. Disconnect VSS harness connector 9750/7611. Refer to Figure 21.
55. Measure resistance between connector 9750 terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 21.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0058–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0058
STEP
56. Disconnect ECM connector 6007. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329).
57. Measure resistance between connector 6007 terminal 40 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 22.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace VSS. Refer to Vehicle Speed Sensor Removal and Installation (WP 0395). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace engine wiring harness. Refer to Engine Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0336). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
0058–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0058
MALFUNCTION
- 60. Transfer case wiring from sensor to engine wiring harness is faulty.
ACTION
Replace center chassis wiring harness. Refer Center Chassis Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0426).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ECM. Refer to ECM Removal and Installation (WP 0329). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace transfer case and vehicle speed sensor. Refer to Transfer Case Assembly Removal and Installation
(WP 0460) and Vehicle Speed Sensor Removal and Installation (WP 0395). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0058–20
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0059
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
SYMPTOM
Power not available at Instrument Panel Distribution Center fuse block.
MALFUNCTION
No power at one or more sockets in fuse block 1011.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
SYMPTOM
Power not available at Power Distribution Center (PDC).
MALFUNCTION
No power at one or more sockets in fuse block 4001.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0059–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0059
Go to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Mini Fuse Block 4001 Troubleshooting Procedure
(WP 0065).
0059–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0060
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0351
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) WP 0335
(WP 0795, Item 37) WP 0411
WP 0353
Materials/Parts
WP 0782
Goggles, industrial (WP 0794, Item 20)
Face shield, industrial (WP 0794, Item 16) Equipment Condition
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-10
9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P
Engine shut off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0443
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0348
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0437
Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0341
Exterior battery box armor door removed
WP 0407
(WP 0604)
WP 0346
WP 0347 Drawings Required
WP 0319 WP 0789,
WP 0296 WP 0789, Figure 16
0060–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0060
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Wear protective eye goggles, face shield, and long sleeves when working on or near batteries.
Batteries contain corrosive acid and can produce explosive gases. Batteries supply electrical
current that can cause burns and electrical shock. Always check electrolyte level with engine
off. Avoid leaning over or onto battery. Do not wear jewelry and do not smoke or have open
flame or spark near battery. Do not allow tools to contact battery box or battery terminals.
Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Battery acid must not contact eyes, skin, or clothing. If battery acid contacts eyes or skin,
flush area with large amounts of water for 15 minutes and seek immediate medical care. If
swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Drink large amounts of water or milk. Follow with milk of
magnesia, beaten egg, or vegetable oil. Seek immediate medical attention. Failure to comply
may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
0060–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0060
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 18.
YES Go to next step.
0060–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0060
STEP
4. Measure DC voltage between connector LAM1164 24V terminal (Figure 2, Item 1) and ground with multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 22.5V and 25.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 28.
YES Go to next step.
0060–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0060
STEP
5. Measure DC voltage between 12V megafuse (Figure 3, Item 1) terminal (battery side) and ground with
multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 31.
YES Go to next step.
0060–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0060
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 22.5V and 25.5V at each terminal?
DECISION
0060–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0060
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 22.5V and 25.5V at each terminal?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 38.
YES Go to Step 39.
0060–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0060
STEP
18. Measure DC voltage between connector LAM1164 24V terminal (Figure 6, Item 1) and ground with multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 22.5V and 25.5V?
DECISION
STEP
19. Measure DC voltage between connector LAM1152 terminal (Figure 7, Item 1) and ground with multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
20. Measure DC voltage between connector LAM1187 terminal (Figure 7, Item 2) and ground with multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 42.
YES Go to Step 43.
STEP
24. Measure resistance between connector 1150 terminal B and ground with multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
0060–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0060
DECISION
NO Go to Step 45.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
25. Measure DC voltage between connector 1150 terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
26. Disconnect dash pass-through harness connector 1701. Refer to Figure 10.
27. Measure DC voltage between connector 1701 terminal 14 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 10.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0060–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0060
STEP
28. Measure DC voltage between connector LAM1189 terminal (Figure 11, Item 2) and ground with multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 22.5V and 25.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 41.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
29. Measure DC voltage between connector LAM1153 terminal (Figure 11, Item 1) and ground with multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 43.
YES Go to next step.
0060–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0060
STEP
30. Measure DC voltage between connector LAM1151 terminal (Figure 12, Item 1) and ground with multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 48.
YES Go to Step 44.
0060–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0060
STEP
NOTE
Three heavy gauge wires connect to the battery side of the 12V megafuse. The wire marked
M14Z supplies battery power from the 12V MAIN POWER switch to the megafuse. The wire
marked J14H supplies power to fuse block 4001 in the Power Distribution Center (PDC). The
wire that supplies power to the Electronic System Controller (ESC) does not have a circuit label.
34. Measure the resistance between B+ supply harness M14Z and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 13.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 49.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
36. Measure resistance between ESC B+ terminal and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 13.
0060–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0060
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 1000 ohms?
DECISION
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace 24V PDM. Refer to 24V Power Distribution Module (PDM) Center Removal and Installation (WP 0443).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace 24V body feed harness. Refer to 24V Body Feed Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0348).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace PDC feed harness. Refer to 24V Power Distribution Module (PDM) Feed Harness and Ground Cable
Removal and Installation (WP 0437). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace 12V MAIN POWER switch. Refer to 12V and 24V MAIN POWER Switch Removal and Installation
(WP 0341). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace battery cable. Refer to Battery Cables Removal and Installation (WP 0407). Return vehicle to service.
0060–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0060
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace battery cable. Refer to Battery Cables Removal and Installation (WP 0407). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
- 43. 12V to 24V MAIN POWER switch solenoid feed harness is faulty.
ACTION
Replace V12 to 24V MAIN POWER switch solenoid feed harness. Refer to 12V to 24V Disconnect Battery
Switch Solenoid Feed Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0346). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
- 44. 12V to 24V MAIN POWER switch solenoid ground harness is faulty.
ACTION
Replace V12 to 24V disconnect battery switch solenoid ground harness. Refer to 12V to 24V Disconnect Battery
Switch Solenoid Ground Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0347). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IP harness. Refer to Instrument Panel Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0319). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace MAIN POWER switch. Refer to MAIN POWER Switch Removal and Installation (WP 0296). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace master disconnect harness. Refer to Master Disconnect Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0351).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace 24V MAIN POWER switch. Refer to 12V and 24V MAIN POWER Switch Removal and Installation
(WP 0341). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IP feed harness. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Feed Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0411).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0060–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0060
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace PDC and IP feed harnesses. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Removal and
Installation (WP 0335) and Instrument Panel (IP) Feed Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0411). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ESC and IP Feed harness. Refer to Electronic System Controller (ESC) Removal and Installation
(WP 0353) and Instrument Panel (IP) Feed Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0411). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
0060–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0061
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122) 9-2355-106-10)
Engine shut off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P
Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0060
Instrument panel (IP) right side closeout removed
WP 0302
(WP 0580)
WP 0317
WP 0319 Drawings Required
WP 0333 WP 0789, Figure 8
WP 0782 WP 0789, Figure 10
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
0061–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0061
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
This procedure assumes that cabin fuse block 1011 lacks voltage at a buss bar with MAIN
POWER and ignition switches ON.
STEP
1. Remove fuse F5 from cabin fuse block 1011. Refer to Figure 1. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker,
Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0317).
Figure 1. Cabin Fuse Block 1011, Right Side of Instrument Panel (IP).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0061–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0061
STEP
8. Measure resistance between ACC RELAY socket terminal 87A and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 47.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
9. Measure resistance between ACC RELAY socket terminal 85 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 47.
YES Go to next step.
0061–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0061
STEP
10. Measure resistance between ACC RELAY terminal 30 and fuse F5 socket terminal E1 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 3. Refer to Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 47.
YES Go to next step.
0061–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0061
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 15.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
14. Measure DC voltage between ACC RELAY socket terminal 87 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 42.
YES Go to Step 44.
STEP
0061–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0061
0061–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0061
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 24.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 47.
YES Go to Step 48.
0061–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0061
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuse open?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V for either test?
DECISION
0061–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0061
STEP
28. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 3 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 33.
YES Go to next step.
0061–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0061
STEP
29. Install ACC RELAY in cabin fuse block 1012. Refer to Figure 9. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker,
Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0317).
30. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal C and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 10.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 3 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 38.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
31. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal D and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 10.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 3 ohms?
0061–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0061
DECISION
NO Go to Step 40.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
32. Measure resistance between keyless ignition switch terminal BAT and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 11.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
STEP
33. Remove left side engine armor plate. Refer to Left Side Engine Armor Plate Removal and Installation
(WP 0597).
34. Remove STARTER relay from underhood PDC. Refer to Figure 12. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC)
Fuse and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0333).
0061–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0061
35. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 13.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
STEP
37. Measure resistance between connector 1701 terminal 8 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 14.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 50.
YES Go to Step 47.
0061–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0061
STEP
38. Remove ACC RELAY from cabin fuse block 1012. Refer to Figure 15. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit
Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0317).
39. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal C and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 16.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 47.
YES Go to Step 44.
0061–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0061
STEP
40. Remove IGN RELAY from cabin fuse block 1012. Refer to Figure 17. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit
Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0317).
41. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal D and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 16.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
0061–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0061
STEP
42. Measure DC voltage between ground and each terminal in 12V 100-amp megafuse (Figure 18, Item 1).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V for each test?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V for either test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 49.
YES Go to Step 51.
0061–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0061
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ACC RELAY. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation
(WP 0317).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace STARTER relay. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and Installation
(WP 0333).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IGN RELAY. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and Installation
(WP 0333).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IP harness. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0319).
END OF TEST
0061–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0061
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace keyless ignition switch. Refer to Keyless Ignition Switch Removal and Installation (WP 0302).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Diagnose MAIN POWER switches system fault. Refer to 12V and 24V Battery Switches Troubleshooting
Procedure (WP 0060).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace PDC. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0335).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IP harness and 12V 100-amp megafuse. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Harness Removal and
Installation (WP 0319). Refer to 12V Underhood Megafuse and Holder Removal and Installation (WP 0422).
END OF TEST
0061–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0062
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122) 9-2355-106-10)
Engine shut off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P
Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0060
Instrument panel (IP) right side closeout removed
WP 0302
(WP 0580)
WP 0317
WP 0319 Drawings Required
WP 0333 WP 0789, Figure 8
WP 0782 WP 0789, Figure 10
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
0062–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0062
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
This procedure assumes that cabin fuse block 1012 lacks voltage at a buss bar with MAIN
POWER and ignition switches ON.
STEP
1. Remove fuse F20 from cabin fuse block 1012. Refer to Figure 1. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit
Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0317).
Figure 1. Cabin Fuse Block 1012, Right Side of Instrument Panel (IP).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0062–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0062
STEP
8. Measure resistance between IGN RELAY socket terminal 85 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 44.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 14.
YES Go to next step.
0062–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0062
STEP
12. Measure DC voltage between IGN RELAY socket terminal 87 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 42.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
13. Measure DC voltage between IGN RELAY socket terminals 87 and 30 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 44.
YES Go to Step 45.
0062–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0062
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 23.
YES Go to next step.
0062–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0062
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 44.
YES Go to Step 46.
0062–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0062
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuse open?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 42.
YES Go to Step 44.
0062–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0062
STEP
27. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 3 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
28. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal C and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 3 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
29. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 3 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
30. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal D and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 8.
0062–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0062
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 3 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 35.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
31. Remove IGN RELAY from cabin fuse block 1013. Refer to Figure 9. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit
Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0317).
32. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal D and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 3 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 45.
YES Go to next step.
0062–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0062
STEP
33. Remove IGN RELAY from cabin fuse block 1012. Refer to Figure 10. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit
Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0317).
34. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal D and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 11.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 3 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 45.
YES Go to Step 44.
0062–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0062
STEP
35. Install IGN RELAY in cabin fuse block 1012. Refer to Figure 12. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit
Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0317).
36. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal D and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 11.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 3 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 46.
YES Go to Step 45.
0062–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0062
STEP
37. Remove Power Distribution Center (PDC) armor plate. Refer to Left Side Engine Armor Plate Removal and
Installation (WP 0597).
38. Remove STARTER relay from underhood PDC. Refer to Figure 13 Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC)
Fuse and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0333).
Figure 13. Underhood Power Distribution Center (PDC), Left Side Engine Compartment.
39. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 14.
0062–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0062
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 44.
YES Go to Step 48.
STEP
40. Remove ACC RELAY from cabin fuse block 1012. Refer to Figure 15. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit
Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0317).
41. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal C and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 14.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 44.
YES Go to Step 49.
0062–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0062
STEP
42. Measure voltage between ground and each terminal in 12V 100-amp megafuse (Figure 16, Item 1) with
multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V for each test?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V for either test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 50.
YES Go to Step 47.
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IP harness. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0319).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IGN RELAY. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation
(WP 0317).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace keyless ignition switch. Refer to Keyless Ignition Switch Removal and Installation (WP 0302).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IP harness and 12V 100-amp megafuse. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Harness Removal and
Installation (WP 0319). Refer to 12V Underhood Megafuse and Holder Removal and Installation (WP 0422).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace STARTER relay. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and Installation
(WP 0333).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ACC RELAY. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation
(WP 0317).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
- 50. Power supply from 12V and 24V battery switches is faulty.
ACTION
Isolate fault with 12V and 24V battery switches. Refer to 12V and 24V Battery Switches Troubleshooting
Procedure (WP 0060).
0062–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0062
END OF TEST
0062–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0063
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122) 9-2355-106-10)
Engine shut off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P
Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0060
Instrument panel right side closeout removed
WP 0302
(WP 0580)
WP 0317
WP 0319 Drawings Required
WP 0333 WP 0789, Figure 6
WP 0782
This procedure assumes that cabin fuse block 1013 lacks voltage at one or more buss bars with MAIN POWER
and ignition switches ON.
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
0063–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0063
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
This procedure assumes that cabin fuse block 1013 lacks voltage at a buss bar with MAIN
POWER and ignition switches ON.
STEP
1. Remove ETHER START circuit breaker from cabin fuse block 1013. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit
Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0317). Refer to Figure 1.
Figure 1. Cabin Fuse Block 1013, Right Side of Instrument Panel (IP).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0063–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0063
STEP
8. Measure resistance between relay socket terminal 85 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 39.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 14.
YES Go to next step.
0063–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0063
STEP
12. Measure DC voltage between relay socket terminal 30 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 37.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
13. Measure DC voltage between relay socket terminals 87 and 30 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 39.
YES Go to Step 40.
0063–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0063
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 21.
YES Go to next step.
0063–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0063
STEP
19. Connect jumper wire between connector 1100M terminals A and D. Refer to Figure 5.
20. Measure DC voltage between relay socket terminal 86 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 6.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 39.
YES Go to Step 42.
0063–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0063
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuse open?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0063–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0063
STEP
25. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 3 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 30.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
26. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal C and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 3 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 33.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
27. Install IGN RELAY in cabin fuse block 1013. Refer to Figure 9.
28. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal D and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 35.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
29. Measure resistance between ignition switch, not harness connector 1100M, terminal BAT and ground with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 10.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 39.
YES Go to Step 42.
STEP
30. Remove left engine armor upper plate. Refer to Left Side Engine Armor Plate Removal and Installation
(WP 0597).
31. Remove STARTER relay. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and Installation
(WP 0333). Refer to Figure 11.
0063–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0063
32. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 12.
0063–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0063
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 39.
YES Go to Step 41.
STEP
34. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal C and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 12.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 39.
YES Go to Step 40.
0063–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0063
STEP
36. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal D and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 15.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 39.
YES Go to Step 40.
0063–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0063
STEP
37. Measure DC voltage between ground and each 12V 100-amp megafuse terminal (Figure 16, Item 1) with
multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V for each test?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V for either test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 43.
YES Go to Step 44.
0063–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0063
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IP harness. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0319).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IGN RELAY (H3). Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and
Installation (WP 0317).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace STARTER relay. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and Installation
(WP 0333).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace keyless ignition switch. Refer to Keyless Ignition Switch Removal and Installation (WP 0302).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
- 43. Power supply from 12V and 24V battery switches is faulty.
ACTION
Isolate fault with 12V and 24V battery switches. Refer to 12V and 24V Battery Switches Troubleshooting
Procedure (WP 0060).
END OF TEST
0063–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0063
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IP harness and 12V 100-amp megafuse. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Harness Removal and
Installation (WP 0319). Refer to 12V Underhood Megafuse and Holder Removal and Installation (WP 0422).
END OF TEST
0063–15/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0064
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122) 9-2355-106-10)
Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P
Instrument panel right side closeout removed
WP 0319
(WP 0580)
WP 0436
WP 0437 Drawings Required
WP 0443 WP 0789, Figure 14
WP 0060
WP 0782
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
This procedure assumes that cabin fuse block 1014 lacks voltage at a buss bar with MAIN
POWER and ignition switches ON.
0064–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0064
STEP
2. Reset 70-amp 24V VDC I.P. POWER circuit breaker (Figure 2, Item 1) in 24V PDM.
0064–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0064
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 21V and 27V for each test?
DECISION
STEP
9. Reset 70-amp 24V VDC I.P. POWER circuit breaker (Figure 4, Item 1) in 24V PDM.
0064–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0064
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 21V and 27V for each test?
DECISION
0064–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0064
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 21V and 27V for each test?
DECISION
0064–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0064
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IP harness. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0319).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace 24V IP feed harness. Refer to 24V Instrument Panel (IP) Feed Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0436).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace 24V PDM. Refer to 24V Power Distribution Module (PDM) Removal and Installation (WP 0443).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Diagnose fault in 24V MAIN POWER system. Refer to 12V and 24V Battery Switches Troubleshooting
Procedure (WP 0060).
END OF TEST
0064–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0065
FIELD MAINTENANCE
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122) 9-2355-106-10)
Engine shut off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P
Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0060
Left side engine armor plate removed (WP 0597)
WP 0302
WP 0317 Drawings Required
WP 0319 WP 0789, Figure 9, WP 0789, Figure 7,
WP 0333 WP 0789, Figure 15
WP 0335
WP 0782
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
0065–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0065
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -
(CONTINUED)
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
This procedure assumes that Mini Fuse Block 4001 lacks voltage at a buss bar with MAIN
POWER and ignition switches ON.
STEP
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -
(CONTINUED)
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V at each terminal?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 26.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
0065–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0065
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -
(CONTINUED)
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V at each terminal?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 16.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
15. Measure DC voltage between ground and each of the following fuse socket terminals with multimeter:
• C1
• C2
Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 21V and 27V at each terminal?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 58.
YES Go to Step 65.
0065–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0065
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -
(CONTINUED)
STEP
19. Measure resistance between IGN relay socket terminal 85 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 65.
YES Go to next step.
0065–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0065
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -
(CONTINUED)
STEP
20. Measure resistance between IGN relay socket terminal 87A and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 65.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 27.
YES Go to next step.
0065–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0065
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -
(CONTINUED)
STEP
24. Measure DC voltage between IGN relay socket terminal 87 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 5.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 65.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
25. Measure DC voltage between IGN relay socket terminals 87 and 30 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 5.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 65.
YES Go to Step 60.
STEP
26. Measure DC voltage between ground and each 12-volt 100-amp mega fuse terminal (Figure 6, Item 1) with
multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V for either test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 66.
0065–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0065
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -
(CONTINUED)
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 39.
YES Go to next step.
0065–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0065
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -
(CONTINUED)
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0065–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0065
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -
(CONTINUED)
STEP
38. Measure resistance between connector 1701 (engine side) terminal 11 and IGN relay socket terminal 86 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 10. Refer to Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
0065–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0065
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -
(CONTINUED)
DECISION
NO Go to Step 65.
YES Go to Step 68.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuse open?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 68.
YES Go to next step.
0065–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0065
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -
(CONTINUED)
STEP
42. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 12.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 3 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 48.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
43. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal C and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 12.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 3 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 50.
YES Go to next step.
0065–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0065
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -
(CONTINUED)
STEP
44. Install IGN relay. Refer to Figure 13. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and
Installation (WP 0333).
45. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal D and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 12.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 3 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 52.
YES Go to next step.
0065–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0065
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -
(CONTINUED)
STEP
46. Remove keyless ignition switch. Refer to Engine Start Keyless Ignition Switch Removal and Installation
(WP 0302).
47. Measure resistance between keyless ignition switch terminal BAT and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 14.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
STEP
48. Remove STARTER relay. Refer to Figure 15. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay
Removal and Installation (WP 0333).
0065–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0065
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -
(CONTINUED)
49. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 16.
0065–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0065
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -
(CONTINUED)
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 68.
YES Go to Step 63.
STEP
50. Remove ACC RELAY. Refer to Figure 17. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker, Fuse, and Relay
Removal and Installation (WP 0317).
51. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal C and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 18.
0065–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0065
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -
(CONTINUED)
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 68.
YES Go to Step 64.
STEP
52. Remove relay IGN from fuse block 4003. Refer to Figure 19. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse
and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0333).
53. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal D and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 18.
0065–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0065
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -
(CONTINUED)
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 3 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
54. Remove IGN RELAY from cabin fuse block 1013. Refer to Figure 20. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit
Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0317).
55. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal D and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 21.
0065–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0065
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -
(CONTINUED)
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 3 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
56. Remove IGN RELAY from fuse block 1012. Refer to Figure 22. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker,
Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0317).
57. Measure resistance between connector 1100M terminal D and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 21.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 3 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 68.
YES Go to Step 62.
0065–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0065
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -
(CONTINUED)
STEP
58. Measure DC voltage between 24V feed stud and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 23.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 21V and 27V?
DECISION
0065–20
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0065
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -
(CONTINUED)
STEP
59. Measure DC voltage between starter solenoid (Figure 24, Item 2) 24V feed stud (Figure 24, Item 1) and
ground with multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 70.
YES Go to Step 69.
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IGN relay. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and Installation
(WP 0333).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IGN RELAY. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation
(WP 0317).
0065–21
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0065
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -
(CONTINUED)
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IGN RELAY. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation
(WP 0317).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace STARTER relay. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and Installation
(WP 0333).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ACC relay. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation
(WP 0317).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace PDC. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0335).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Diagnose MAIN POWER switches system fault. Refer to 12V and 24V Battery Switches Troubleshooting
Procedure (WP 0060).
END OF TEST
0065–22
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0065
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (PDC) MINI FUSE BLOCK 4001 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE -
(CONTINUED)
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ignition switch. Refer to Keyless Ignition Switch Removal and Installation (WP 0302).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IP harness. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0319).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace engine harness. Refer to Engine Wiring Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0336).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace starter motor feed cable. Refer to Starter Motor Feed Cable Removal and Installation (WP 0413).
END OF TEST
0065–23/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0066
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
9-2355-106-10)
References
Engine shut off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0302
Keyless ignition switch removed (WP 0302)
WP 0782
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting.
0066–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0066
STEP
1. While turning switch to START position, measure resistance between switch terminal BAT and all other
switch terminals. Refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms between BAT and STA, and BAT and IGN only?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 5.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
2. Turn key to RUN position and measure resistance between switch terminal BAT and all other terminals.
Refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms between terminals BAT and IGN, and BAT and ACC only?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 5.
YES Go to next step.
0066–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0066
STEP
3. Turn key to ACCESSORY (ACC) position and measure resistance between switch terminal BAT and all
other terminals. Refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less 5 ohms between BAT and ACC only?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 5.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
4. Turn key to OFF position and measure resistance between switch terminal BAT and all other terminals.
Refer to Figure 3 and Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for all tests?
0066–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0066
DECISION
NO Go to next step.
YES Go to Step 6.
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ignition switch. Refer to Keyless Ignition Switch Removal and Installation (WP 0302). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Return to next step in Hard Start/No Start Operational Checkout Procedure (WP 0014).
END OF TEST
0066–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0452
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0453
70) WP 0355
WP 0578
Tools and Special Tools
WP 0580
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
WP 0597
(WP 0795, Item 37)
WP 0782
References
TM 9-2355-106-10 Equipment Condition
TM 9-2355-106-23P Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0011 Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
WP 0078 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0257 Engine shut off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0297 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0329 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0319 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0320
WP 0335 Drawings Required
WP 0336 WP 0789, Figure 1
WP 0337 WP 0789, Figure 2
WP 0353 WP 0789, Figure 3
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
0067–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedure Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
0067–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
3. Measure DC voltage between ATA connector terminal C and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 4.0V?
DECISION
0067–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
4. Measure voltage between ATA connector terminal C and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 1.0V?
DECISION
STEP
5. Measure DC voltage between ATA connector terminal D and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 4.0V?
DECISION
STEP
6. Measure voltage between ATA connector terminal D and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 1.0V?
DECISION
0067–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
Figure 3. IP Pass-Through Connector Near Power Distribution Center (PDC) Under Hood.
0067–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
12. Remove left side engine armor. Refer to Left Side Engine Armor Removal and Installation (WP 0597).
13. Remove air cleaner assembly. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0067–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
16. Disconnect TCM connector 7150F. Refer to Figure 5. Refer to Transmission Control Unit and Brace Removal
and Installation (WP 0453).
17. Measure resistance between connector 4100F terminal 7 and 8 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 6.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
0067–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
18. Disconnect ECM connector 6007. Refer to Figure 7. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and
Installation (WP 0329).
19. Measure resistance between connector 4100F terminal 7 and 8 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0067–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
21. Measure resistance between connector 4100F terminal 7 and 8 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 10.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
0067–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
DECISION
STEP
23. Measure resistance between connector cabin side 1701 terminal 15 and 16 with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 12.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
24. Remove IPC. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation (WP 0297).
26. Measure resistance between connector cabin side 1701 terminal 15 and 16 with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 14.
0067–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
27. Disconnect transmission auto shift control module connector. Refer to Figure 15. Refer to Transmission Auto
Shift Control Module Removal and Installation (WP 0452).
28. Measure resistance between connector cabin side 1701 terminal 15 and 16 with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 16.
0067–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
Figure 17. Antilock Brake System (ABS) Control Module Connector Under Right Side IP.
29. Disconnect ABS control module connector X1. Refer to Figure 17.
30. Measure resistance between connector cabin side 1701 terminal 15 and 16 with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 18.
0067–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
31. Disconnect cabin terminating resistor under right side IP. Refer to Figure 19.
0067–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
32. Measure resistance between IP side connector 1701 terminal 15 and 16 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 20.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
35. Measure resistance between ATA connector terminal D and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 21.
0067–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
Figure 22. IP Pass-Through Connector Near Power Distribution Center Under Hood.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 120 ohms?
DECISION
0067–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
38. Remove air cleaner assembly. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
39. Disconnect connector 4100F (connector with 18 wires). Refer to Figure 23.
40. Measure resistance between connector 4100F terminal 7 and 8 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 23.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 120 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 136.
YES Go to next step.
0067–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
41. Disconnect chassis terminating resistor above transmission. Refer to Figure 24. Refer to Belly Armor
Removal and Installation (WP 0606).
42. Measure resistance between terminating resistor terminal A and C with multimeter. Refer to Figure 24.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 120 ohms?
DECISION
0067–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
43. Disconnect cabin terminating resistor under right side IP. Refer to Figure 25. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP)
Right Side Closeout Removal and Installation (WP 0580).
44. Measure resistance between terminating resistor terminal A and C with multimeter. Refer to Figure 25.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 120 ohms?
DECISION
0067–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
45. Connect MSD to vehicle. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
46. Disconnect and reconnect modules one at a time while observing MSD for communication recovery.
47. Disconnect and reconnect ABS module connector X1. Refer to Figure 26.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
DECISION
STEP
48. Disconnect and reconnect shift selector module connector 1852. Refer to Figure 27. Refer to Transmission
Auto Shift Control Module Removal and Installation (WP 0452).
0067–20
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
DECISION
STEP
49. Disconnect and reconnect IPC connector 1500. Refer to Figure 28. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
Removal and Installation (WP 0578).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
DECISION
0067–21
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
50. Disconnect and reconnect ESC connector 1600. Refer to Figure 29.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
DECISION
STEP
51. Disconnect and reconnect TCM connector 7150F. Refer to Figure 30. Refer to Transmission Control Unit
and Brace Removal and Installation (WP 0453).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
0067–22
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
DECISION
STEP
52. Disconnect and reconnect ECM connector 6007. Refer to Figure 31. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM)
Removal and Installation (WP 0329).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
DECISION
0067–23
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
0067–24
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
55. Disconnect connector 4100F/4103 (connector with 18 wires). Refer to Figure 33.
56. Measure resistance between connector 4100F terminal 7 and all other terminals with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 33.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
0067–25
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
57. Connect MSD to vehicle. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
58. Disconnect and reconnect modules one at a time while observing MSD for communication recovery.
59. Disconnect and reconnect ABS module connector X1. Refer to Figure 34. Refer to Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation (WP 0355).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
DECISION
0067–26
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
60. Disconnect and reconnect shift selector module connector 1852. Refer to Figure 35. Refer to Transmission
Auto Shift Control Module Removal and Installation (WP 0452).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
DECISION
0067–27
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
61. Disconnect and reconnect IPC connector 1500. Refer to Figure 36. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
Removal and Installation (WP 0578).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
DECISION
STEP
62. Disconnect and reconnect ESC connector 1600. Refer to Figure 37.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
0067–28
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
DECISION
STEP
63. Disconnect and reconnect TCM connector 7150F. Refer to Figure 38. Refer to Transmission Control Unit
and Brace Removal and Installation (WP 0453).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
DECISION
STEP
0067–29
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
64. Disconnect and reconnect ECM connector 6007. Refer to Figure 39. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM)
Removal and Installation (WP 0329).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
67. Disconnect connector 4100F/4103 (connector with 18 wires). Refer to Figure 41.
68. Measure resistance between connector 4100F terminal 8 and all other terminals with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 41.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
STEP
71. Measure resistance between connector 1650 terminal C and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 42.
0067–31
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
72. Connect MSD to vehicle. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
73. Disconnect and reconnect modules and resistors one at a time while observing MSD for communication
recovery.
74. Disconnect and reconnect ABS module connector X1. Refer to Figure 43. Refer to Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation (WP 0355).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
DECISION
0067–32
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
75. Disconnect cabin terminating resistor above transmission. Refer to Figure 44. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP)
Right Side Closeout Removal and Installation (WP 0580).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when resistor was disconnected?
DECISION
0067–33
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
76. Disconnect and reconnect shift selector module connector 1852. Refer to Figure 45. Refer to Transmission
Auto Shift Control Module Removal and Installation (WP 0452).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
DECISION
0067–34
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
77. Disconnect and reconnect IPC connector 1500. Refer to Figure 46. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
Removal and Installation (WP 0578).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
DECISION
STEP
78. Disconnect and reconnect ESC connector 1600. Refer to Figure 47.
0067–35
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
DECISION
STEP
79. Disconnect and reconnect TCM connector 7150F. Refer to Figure 48. Refer to Transmission Control Unit
and Brace Removal and Installation (WP 0453).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
DECISION
STEP
80. Disconnect and reconnect ECM connector 6007. Refer to Figure 49. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM)
Removal and Installation (WP 0329).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
DECISION
STEP
81. Disconnect chassis terminating resistor above transmission. Refer to Figure 50. Refer to Belly Armor
Removal and Installation (WP 0606).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when resistor was disconnected?
DECISION
0067–37
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0067–38
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
84. Disconnect connector 4100F/4103 (connector with 18 wires). Refer to Figure 52.
85. Measure resistance between connector 4100F terminal 7 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 52.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0067–39
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
86. Connect MSD to vehicle. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
87. Disconnect and reconnect modules and resistors one at a time while observing MSD for communication
recovery.
88. Disconnect and reconnect ABS module connector X1. Refer to Figure 53. Refer to Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation (WP 0355).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
DECISION
0067–40
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
89. Disconnect cabin terminating resistor above transmission. Refer to Figure 54. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP)
Right Side Closeout Removal and Installation (WP 0580).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when resistor was disconnected?
DECISION
0067–41
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
90. Disconnect and reconnect shift selector module connector 1852. Refer to Figure 55. Refer to Transmission
Auto Shift Control Module Removal and Installation (WP 0452).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
DECISION
0067–42
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
91. Disconnect and reconnect IPC connector 1500. Refer to Figure 56. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
Removal and Installation (WP 0578).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
DECISION
STEP
92. Disconnect and reconnect ESC connector 1600. Refer to Figure 57.
0067–43
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
DECISION
STEP
93. Disconnect and reconnect TCM connector 7150F. Refer to Figure 58. Refer to Transmission Control Unit
and Brace Removal and Installation (WP 0453).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
DECISION
STEP
94. Disconnect and reconnect ECM connector 6007. Refer to Figure 59. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM)
Removal and Installation (WP 0329).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when module was disconnected?
DECISION
STEP
95. Disconnect chassis terminating resistor above transmission. Refer to Figure 60. Refer to Belly Armor
Removal and Installation (WP 0606).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does MSD indicate that communication was restored when resistor was disconnected?
DECISION
0067–45
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0067–46
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
98. Disconnect connector 4100F/4103 (connector with 18 wires). Refer to Figure 62.
99. Measure resistance between connector 4100F terminal 8 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 62.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0067–47
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
102.Measure resistance between connector 7150F terminal 28 and all other connector 7150F terminals with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 63.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
0067–48
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
108.Measure resistance between connector 6007 terminal 19 and all other connector 6007 terminals with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 64.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
0067–49
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
114. Measure resistance between connector 1600 terminal 34 and all other connector 1600 terminals with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 65.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
0067–50
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
STEP
120.Measure resistance between connector 1500 terminal 4 and all other connector 1500 terminals with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 66.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
STEP
0067–51
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
123.Measure resistance between connector 1500 terminal 5 and all other connector 1500 terminals with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 66.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
STEP
126.Measure resistance between connector 1852 terminal 8 and all other connector 1852 terminals with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 67.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
STEP
132.Measure resistance between connector X1 terminal 8 and all other connector X1 terminals with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 68.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for any terminal?
DECISION
0067–53
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace dash harness. Refer to Power Distribution Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0335). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace engine wiring harness. Refer to Engine Wiring Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0336). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IP wiring harness. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0319).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ECM. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Unit and Brace Removal and Installation (WP 0453). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ESC. Refer to Electronic Sytem Controller (ESC) Removal and Installation (WP 0353). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IPC. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation (WP 0578). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace shift selector module. Refer to Transmission Auto Shift Control Module Removal and Installation
(WP 0452). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ABS module. Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation
(WP 0355). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0067–55
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0067
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace cabin terminating resistor. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Harness Terminating Resistor Removal and
Installation (WP 0320). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace chassis terminating resistor. Refer to Engine Wiring Harness Terminating Resistor Removal and
Installation (WP 0337). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
- 147. Datalink circuits are operating as designed. Recheck diagnostic connector power and ground (WP 0078).
Check MSD connector for missing, corroded, or damaged terminals. If communication failure persists, substitute
a known good ECM and ESC and retest.
ACTION
END OF TEST
0067–56
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0299
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0317
70) WP 0319
WP 0335
Tools and Special Tools WP 0324
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) WP 0353
(WP 0795, Item 37) WP 0426
Box, breakout, Electronic System Controller (ESC) WP 0598
(ZTSE4477) (WP 0795, Item 21) WP 0580
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122) WP 0565
Personnel Required WP 0605
Maintainer - (2) WP 0782
Equipment Condition
References
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-23P
9-2355-106-10)
WP 0012
Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0059
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0067
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0086
Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0087
Cabin doors open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0106
WP 0115 Drawings Required
WP 0257 WP 0789, Figure 35
WP 0297 WP 0789, Figure 37
WP 0301 WP 0789, Figure 44
• Park lamps
• Turn signals
• Headlights
• Brake lamps
• Transfer case mode
• Electric horns
• Water-in-fuel warning lamp
• Park brake warning lamp
• Fasten seatbelts warning lamp
• High beam headlight indicator lamp
• Turn signal indicator lamps
• Primary air pressure gauge
• Secondary air pressure gauge
• Transmission temperature gauge
• Fuel level gauge
• Front axle disconnect
• All ESC dependent Electronic Gauge Cluster (EGC) lamps and gauges are inoperative. ESC dependent
EGC lamps and gauges include:
• Water-in-fuel warning lamp
• Park brake warning lamp
• Fasten seatbelts warning lamp
• High beam headlight indicator lamp
• Turn signal indicator lamps
• Primary air pressure gauge
• Secondary air pressure gauge
• Transmission temperature gauge
• Fuel level gauge
• All ESC 5-volt reference dependent features are inoperative. ESC 5-volt reference dependent features
include:
• Primary air pressure gauge pressure transducer
• Secondary air pressure gauge pressure transducer
• All ESC zero-volt reference dependent features are inoperative. ESC zero-volt reference feature include:
• Park brake switch
• Primary air pressure gauge pressure transducer
• Secondary air pressure gauge pressure transducer
• Electric horn switch
• Windshield wiper switch
• Fuel level sending unit
• Air conditioner relay AC ON signal to ESC connector 4004
• All switch pack module controlled functions are inoperative. Switch pack module controlled functions include:
• Mirror and windshield heaters
• Front axle disconnect
0068–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
0068–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
Cabin door must be secured in the open position by using heavy duty straps to prevent
accidental closure during vehicle maintenance. Pull check link retaining pin prior to securing
door open. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
1. Retrieve DTCs. Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Access Procedure (WP 0012).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is DTC 1557 0 1 1 set?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is DTC 625 14 5 0 set?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is the DTC any of the following:
• 1705 14 150 1
• 2023 14 150 1
• 2023 14 250 1
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is the DTC any of the following:
• 610 14 1 0
• 610 14 2 0
• 612 14 0 1
• 612 14 0 2
• 627 14 11
• 1542 14 11
DECISION
0068–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is the DTC any of the following:
• 612 14 30 1
• 612 14 30 2
DECISION
YES Go to Primary Air Pressure Gauge Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0086) and Secondary Air Pressure
Gauge Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0087).
NO Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Do all features fail to operate?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Do all of the features fail to operate?
DECISION
STEP
8. Operate the vehicle and observe the following EGC lamps and gauges:
• Water-in-fuel warning lamp
• Park brake warning lamp
• Fasten seatbelts warning lamp
• High beam headlight indicator lamp
• Turn signal indicator lamps
• Primary air pressure gauge
• Secondary air pressure gauge
• Transmission temperature gauge
• Fuel level gauge
CONDITION/INDICATION
Do all EGC lamps and gauges fail to operate?
DECISION
0068–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Do the primary and secondary air pressure gauges fail to operate correctly?
DECISION
YES Go to Primary Air Pressure Gauge Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0086) and Secondary Air Pressure
Gauge Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0087).
NO Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Do all features fail to operate correctly?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does the fuel level gauge operate correctly?
DECISION
0068–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
12. Measure voltage between ESC power cable terminal (left) at megafuse and ground with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5 volts and 13.5 volts?
DECISION
STEP
0068–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
16. Install connector 1600 on ZTSE4477 breakout box male connector. Refer to Figure 3.
17. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
18. Turn ignition switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
19. Measure voltage between ZTSE4477 breakout box pin 12 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 22.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
20. Measure voltage between ZTSE4477 breakout box pin 2 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5 volts and 13.5 volts?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 63.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
21. Measure voltage between ZTSE4477 breakout box pin 2 and pin 1 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5 volts and 13.5 volts?
DECISION
0068–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
22. Remove IP right side closeout. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Right Side Closeout Removal and Installation
(WP 0580).
23. Turn ignition switch OFF (TM 9-2355-106-10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuse F20 open?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5 volts and 13.5 volts at either terminal?
DECISION
0068–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
29. Measure resistance between ZTSE4477 breakout box pin 12 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 5.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0068–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
0068–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
33. Install connector 1600 on ZTSE4477 breakout box male connector. Refer to Figure 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5 volts and 13.5 volts?
DECISION
STEP
37. Measure voltage between ZTSE4477 breakout box pin 2 and pin 1 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5 volts and 13.5 volts?
DECISION
0068–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
38. Remove IPC. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation (WP 0297).
39. Disconnect connector 1500 from IPC.
40. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
41. Turn ignition switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
42. Measure voltage between connector 1500 terminal 4 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 1.0 volts and 5.0 volts?
DECISION
0068–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
43. Measure voltage between connector 1500 terminals 5 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 1.0 and 5.0 volts?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0068–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
47. Remove switch pack from Instrument Panel (IP). Refer to Rocker Switch Removal and Installation (WP 0301).
48. Disconnect connector 1101M from switch pack module. Refer to Figure 10.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 5.0 and 1.0 volts?
DECISION
0068–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
52. Measure voltage between connector 1101M terminal E and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 10.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 5.0 and 1.0 volts?
DECISION
STEP
56. With assistant, measure resistance between connector 1600 terminal 29 and connector 1101M terminal D
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 11 and Figure 12.
0068–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
57. Measure resistance between ESC connector 1600 terminal 29 and all other terminals in connector 1600 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 11.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for every terminal?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
62. Measure resistance between ESC connector 1600 terminal 30 and all other terminals in connector 1600 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 11.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for every terminal?
DECISION
STEP
63. Remove IP right side closeout. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Right Side Closeout Removal and Installation
(WP 0580).
64. Remove and inspect fuse F5. Refer to Figure 13.
0068–20
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuse F5 open?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5 volts and 13.5 volts at either terminal?
DECISION
0068–21
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
68. Measure resistance between ZTSE4477 breakout box pin 2 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 14.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
0068–22
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
72. Install connector 1600 on ZTSE4477 breakout box male connector. Install ZTSE4477 breakout box female
connector on ESC. Refer to Figure 16.
0068–23
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0 volts?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 94.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
0068–24
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0 volts?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 146.
YES Go to next step.
0068–25
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0 volts?
DECISION
0068–27
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
88. Remove steering column covers. Refer to Steering Column Covers Removal and Installation (WP 0565).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did multimeter read 0 volts when any device was disconnected?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 144.
0068–28
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did multimeter read 0 volts when connectors 1811 or 1812 were disconnected?
DECISION
YES Go to AIR 1/Primary Air Pressure Gauge Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0086).
NO Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did multimeter read 0 volts when connectors 1809 or 1813 were disconnected?
DECISION
0068–29
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
97. Disconnect connector 1800 from 1805 under instrument panel. Refer to Figure 23.
98. Measure resistance between ZTSE4477 breakout box pin 3 and connector 1800 terminal A4 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 24 and Figure 23.
0068–30
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0068–31
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
99. Remove steering column covers. Refer to Steering Column Covers Removal and Installation (WP 0565).
100.Disconnect clockspring connector 1809 under instrument panel. Refer to Figure 25.
101.Measure resistance between connector 1805 terminal A4 and connector 1809 terminal A with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 26. Refer to Figure 25.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0068–32
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
0068–33
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
105.Install connector 4004 on ZTSE4477 breakout box male connector. Install ZTSE4477 breakout box female
connector on ESC. Refer to Figure 28.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0 volts?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 133.
YES Go to next step.
0068–34
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0 volts?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 146.
YES Go to next step.
0068–35
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
115. Remove air cleaner assembly. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
116. Remove left engine armor bracket. Refer to Left Engine Armor Plate Bracket Removal and Installation
(WP 0598).
117. Disconnect splice block connector 4830 under power distribution center in engine compartment. Refer to
Figure 30.
Figure 30. Splice Block Connector Near Power Distribution Center Underhood.
0068–36
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
120.Measure voltage between ZTSE4477 breakout box pin 26 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 31.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0 volts?
DECISION
STEP
121.Measure voltage between splice block connector 4830 terminal C and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 30.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did multimeter read more than 0 volts?
DECISION
0068–37
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
122.Remove fuel tank armor. Refer to Exterior Fuel Tank Armor Door Removal and Installation (WP 0605).
123.Disconnect fuel level sensor connector 9100 at fuel tank. Refer to Figure 32.
Figure 32. Fuel Level Sender Connector Behind Fuel Tank Armor.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0 volts?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 147.
YES Go to next step.
0068–38
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
Figure 34. Dash/Center Chassis Interconnect Below Power Distribution Center Underhood.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0 volts?
DECISION
0068–39
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
STEP
133.Remove air cleaner assembly. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
134.Remove left engine armor bracket. Refer to Left Engine Armor Plate Bracket Removal and Installation
(WP 0598).
135.Disconnect ZTSE4477 breakout box female connector from ESC. Refer to Figure 35.
0068–40
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
137.With assistant, measure resistance between ZTSE4477 breakout box pin 26 and connector 4830 terminal B
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 35. Refer to Figure 36.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are connections corrosion-free and secure?
DECISION
0068–41
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace switch pack. Refer to Rocker Switch Removal and Installation (WP 0301). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace instrument panel wiring harness. Refer to Instrument Panel Wiring Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0319). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace power distribution center wiring harness. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Removal
and Installation (WP 0335). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace steering column wiring harness. Refer to Steering Column Wiring Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0324). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace center chassis wiring harness. Refer to Center Chassis Wiring Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0426). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ESC. Refer to ESC Removal and Installation (WP 0353). Return vehicle to service.
0068–42
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0068
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace fuel level sender. Refer to Fuel Level Sending Unit Removal and Installation (WP 0299). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IPC. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation (WP 0297). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0068–43/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0069
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0301
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0319
70) WP 0782
Tools and Special Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
(WP 0795, Item 37)
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
References 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0005 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0006
WP 0059 Drawings Required
WP 0068 WP 0789, Figure 57
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
0069–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0069
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does each rocker switch light illuminate while switch is ON and go out while switch is OFF?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 8.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
4. Retrieve DTCs. Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Access Procedure (WP 0006).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are switch pack DTCs set?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are switch pack communication DTCs set?
DECISION
YES Go to Step 8.
NO Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are individual switch fault DTCs set?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is any rocker switch indicator flashing?
0069–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0069
DECISION
YES Go to troubleshooting procedure applicable to feature controlled by flashing switch. Refer to Vehicle
Troubleshooting Symptom Index (WP 0005).
NO Return vehicle to service.
STEP
10. Measure resistance between connector 1101M terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 1.
0069–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0069
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 19.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 21.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
14. Measure DC voltage between connector 1101M terminal D and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 3.5V and 5.5V?
DECISION
0069–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0069
STEP
15. Measure DC voltage between connector 1101M terminal E and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 0.1V and 1.0V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 27.
YES Go to Step 28.
0069–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0069
STEP
19. Disconnect ground eyelet 1851 circuit A11–GA from ground stud. Refer to Figure 3.
20. Measure resistance between ground eyelet 1851 circuit A11–GA and connector 1101M terminal A with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 4 and Figure 5.
0069–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0069
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 27.
YES Clean ground eyelet 1851 and connect to ground stud. Return vehicle to service.
STEP
0069–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0069
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuse F5 open?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for either test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 27.
YES Go to Power Distribution Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0059).
STEP
25. Measure resistance between connector 1101M terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 29.
YES Go to Step 30.
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace switch. Refer to Rocker Switch Removal and Installation (WP 0301). Return vehicle to service.
0069–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0069
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IP wiring harness. Refer to Instrument Panel Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0319). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace switch pack. Refer to Rocker Switch Removal and Installation (WP 0301). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace fuse and IP harness. Refer to Instrument Panel Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0319). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace fuse and switch pack. Refer to Rocker Switch Removal and Installation (WP 0301). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
0069–9/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0070
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
References WP 0782
TM 9-2355-106-10
Equipment Condition
TM 9-2355-106-23P
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0005
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
WP 0071
9-2355-106-10)
WP 0072
Engine shut off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0088
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0092
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0097
WP 0297
Problems with IPC operation can be caused by a lack of power, a malfunctioning IPC, a malfunctioning Electronic
System Controller (ESC), a malfunctioning data link, problems in the engine controller, problems in the Antilock
Brake System (ABS) controller, problems in the transmission controller, or problems with wiring or sensors feeding
the electronic controllers throughout the system.
IPC PRELIMINARY SYSTEM CHECK
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
1. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
2. Turn ignition switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10) while observing IPC. Verify IPC responds to ignition ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
0070–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0070
NOTE
A correct gauge sweep is as follows:
After the ignition is turned on, a gauge sweep of the IPC will be performed. Each gauge must
sweep from zero to maximum to zero in unison. All gauge warning lights will illuminate along
with panel warning lights applicable to features installed on the vehicle. The YELLOW and RED
ENGINE warning lamps should also illuminate. The lights controlled by the panel dimmer in
the IPC will also come on during the gauge sweep. Alarms associated with gauge warning
lights will not sound. All segments of the IPC Liquid Quartz Display (LCD) should display while
the gauges sweep. At the end of the sweep, the LCD will turn off all segments for 5 seconds,
display the firmware version number, and then return to operational mode.
1. Turn ignition OFF then ON while observing IPC (TM 9-2355-106-10). Verify IPC gauge sweep.
IPC gauge sweep performs with errors.
Go to Malfunctioning Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0072).
1. Turn ignition OFF then ON (TM 9-2355-106-10). Observe IPC after gauge sweep concludes. Verify warning
lamps are not illuminated.
Warning lamps are illuminated.
Go to troubleshooting symptom index for specific warning light (WP 0005).
1. Turn ignition OFF then ON (TM 9-2355-106-10). Observe IPC after gauge sweep concludes.
A gauge points to the 6 o'clock position or provides an incorrect reading.
Go to troubleshooting symptom index for specific gauge (WP 0005).
NOTE
Correct Select/Reset button function is as follows:
The Select/Reset switch controls the digital display. The switch allows the user to select modes
within each major functional area of the display and perform reset functions. Each time the
switch is momentarily depressed, it will scan through a different mode. Depressing the switch
for 3 seconds or more will clear the display or toggle between options, depending upon the
current mode. The Reset function has no effect if the parameter cannot be reset.
Replace IPC. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation (WP 0297).
1. Turn ignition OFF then ON (TM 9-2355-106-10). Turn headlights ON (TM 9-2355-106-10). Pump brakes to
reduce air pressure below 70 psi (482.6 kPa). Verify alarm sounds when air pressure is below 70 psi (482.6
kPa).
Alarm does not sound when air pressure is below 70 psi (482.6 kPa).
Go to Audible Alarm Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0088).
0070–3/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0071
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER (IPC) POWER AND DATA LINK CIRCUITS TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0782
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
Equipment Condition
(WP 0795, Item 37)
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122)
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
Materials/Parts 9-2355-106-10)
Grease (WP 0794, Item 22) Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Lockwasher (WP 0796, Item 17) MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References
Cabin doors open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10
IPC removed (WP 0297)
TM 9-2355-106-23P
WP 0067 Drawings Required
WP 0059 Schematic (WP 0789, Figure 35)
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
Cabin door must be secured in the open position by using heavy duty straps to prevent
accidental closure during vehicle maintenance. Pull check link retaining pin prior to securing
door open. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting.
0071–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0071
INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER (IPC) POWER AND DATA LINK CIRCUITS TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE - (CONTINUED)
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 8.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
4. Measure DC voltage between connector 1500 terminal 8 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 15.
YES Go to next step.
0071–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0071
INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER (IPC) POWER AND DATA LINK CIRCUITS TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE - (CONTINUED)
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 22.
YES Go to Step 26.
STEP
0071–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0071
INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER (IPC) POWER AND DATA LINK CIRCUITS TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE - (CONTINUED)
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuse F2 open?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 12.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
11. Measure resistance between connector 1500 terminal 3 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V for either test?
DECISION
STEP
INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER (IPC) POWER AND DATA LINK CIRCUITS TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE - (CONTINUED)
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuse F19 open?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 19.
YES Go to next step.
0071–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0071
INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER (IPC) POWER AND DATA LINK CIRCUITS TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE - (CONTINUED)
STEP
18. Measure resistance between connector 1500 terminal 8 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 6.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
0071–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0071
INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER (IPC) POWER AND DATA LINK CIRCUITS TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE - (CONTINUED)
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V for either test?
DECISION
0071–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0071
INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER (IPC) POWER AND DATA LINK CIRCUITS TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE - (CONTINUED)
STEP
22. Remove nut (Figure 8, Item 1) and lockwasher (Figure 8, Item 7) from upper interior cabin IP ground stud
(Figure 8, Item 2). Discard lockwasher.
23. Clean four ground wires (Figure 8, Item 3, 4, 5, and 6) at upper interior cabin IP ground stud (Figure 8, Item 2).
24. Secure four ground wires (Figure 8, Item 3, 4, 5, and 6) on ground stud (Figure 8, Item 2) with new lockwasher
(Figure 8, Item 7) and nut (Figure 8, Item 1).
25. Measure resistance between connector 1500 terminal 7 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 31.
YES Go to next step.
0071–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0071
INSTRUMENT PANEL CLUSTER (IPC) POWER AND DATA LINK CIRCUITS TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE - (CONTINUED)
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 1V and 4V?
DECISION
STEP
29. Measure DC voltage between connector 1500 terminal 5 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 1V and 4V?
DECISION
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IPC. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation (WP 0297). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IP harness. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0319). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0071–9/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0072
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0294
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0295
70) WP 0299
WP 0782
Tools and Special Tools
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
Equipment Condition
(WP 0795, Item 37)
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-10 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Engine off
WP 0297 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0293 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
0072–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0072
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
After the ignition is turned on, a gauge sweep of the Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) will be
performed. Each gauge must sweep from zero to maximum to zero in unison. All gauge
warning lights will illuminate along with panel warning lights applicable to features installed on
the vehicle. The YELLOW and RED ENGINE warning lamps should also illuminate. Alarms
associated with gauge warning lights will not sound. All segments of the IPC Liquid Crystal
Display (LCD) should display while the gauges sweep. At the end of the sweep, the LCD will
turn off all segments for 5 seconds, display the firmware version number, and then return
to operational mode.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Do all gauges sweep correctly?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 13.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
3. Press PANEL BRT. and then ENTER on the Master Vehicle Light Switch (MVLS) while observing panel lights.
The following panel lights should light:
• Fuel level gauge light
• Speedometer light
• Tachometer light
• Water temperature gauge light
• Transmission fluid temperature gauge light
• Oil pressure gauge light
• Primary air pressure gauge light
• Secondary air pressure gauge light
• Voltmeter light
CONDITION/INDICATION
Do all panel lights illuminate?
DECISION
YES Go to Step 9.
NO Go to next step.
0072–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0072
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does previously malfunctioning panel light illuminate?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 22.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does IPC LCD function properly during gauge sweep?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 22.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are all warning lamps for installed features illuminated during gauge sweep?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 19.
YES Return vehicle to service.
0072–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0072
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Do transmission fluid temperature gauge, primary air pressure gauge, and secondary air pressure gauge
sweep correctly?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is transmission fluid temperature gauge malfunctioning?
DECISION
STEP
15. Swap air pressure gauges and jumper harnesses with known good air pressure gauges and harnesses.
Refer to Air 1 Pressure Gauge and Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0294) and Air 2 Pressure Gauge
and Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0295).
16. Turn ignition switch OFF then ON while observing IPC.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does previously working gauge also work in new position?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 22.
YES Go to Step 23.
STEP
17. Swap transmission fluid temperature gauge with known-good transmission fluid temperature gauge. Refer to
Transmission Fluid Temperature Gauge and Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0293).
18. Turn ignition switch OFF then ON while observing IPC (TM 9-2355-106-10).
0072–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0072
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does transmission fluid temperature gauge sweep correctly?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 22.
YES Return vehicle to service.
STEP
19. Replace inoperative warning lamp bulb. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Light Bulb Removal and Installation
(WP 0299).
20. Turn ignition switch OFF (TM 9-2355-106-10).
21. Turn ignition switch ON while observing warning lamps (TM 9-2355-106-10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are all warning lamps for installed features illuminated during gauge sweep?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 22.
YES Return vehicle to service.
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IPC. Go to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation (WP 0297). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace faulty gauge and jumper harness. Refer to Transmission Fluid Temperature Gauge and Harness
Removal and Installation (WP 0293), Air 1 Pressure Gauge and Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0294),
or Air 2 Pressure Gauge and Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0295). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0072–5/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0073
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 4.
YES Go to next step.
0073–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0073
STEP
3. Place vehicle in diagnostic mode while observing YELLOW ENGINE warning lamp. Refer to Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC) Access Procedure (WP 0012).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does YELLOW ENGINE warning lamp illuminate while vehicle is in diagnostic mode?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 5.
YES Return vehicle to service.
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IPC. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation (WP 0297).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ESC. Refer to Electronic System Controller (ESC) Removal and Installation (WP 0353).
END OF TEST
0073–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0074
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0782
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item
Equipment Condition
70)
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122)
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
References 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0011 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0006 Cabin doors open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0297 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0329
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Cabin door must be secured in the open position by using heavy duty straps to prevent
accidental closure during vehicle maintenance. Pull check link retaining pin prior to securing
door open. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
0074–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0074
STEP
1. Connect MSD to vehicle. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
2. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
3. Turn ignition switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
4. Retrieve DTCs with MSD.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are engine DTCs set?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does RED ENGINE warning lamp illuminate during gauge sweep?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 12.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
0074–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0074
8. Install jumper wire between terminal A and B of connector 6401M. Refer to Figure 1.
9. Start engine and let idle (TM 9-2355-106-10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does RED ENGINE warning lamp flash?
DECISION
STEP
10. With MSD, verify Engine Control Module (ECM) sends request to flash RED ENGINE warning lamp.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does ECM send request to flash RED ENGINE warning lamp?
DECISION
NO Go to next step.
YES Go to Step 12.
0074–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0074
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ECM. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IPC. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation (WP 0297). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
0074–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0075
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0353
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0782
70)
Equipment Condition
References Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-23P 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0011 Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0142 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0297 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
1. Connect MSD to vehicle. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
2. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
3. Turn ignition switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
4. Retrieve Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) data with MSD.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are transmission DTCs set?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does check transmission warning lamp illuminate during gauge sweep and go out after gauge sweep (TM
9-2355-106-10)?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 9.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does check transmission lamp turn ON and OFF when commanded with MSD?
DECISION
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ESC. Refer to Electronic System Controller (ESC) Removal and Installation (WP 0353). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
- 9. IPC is faulty.
ACTION
Replace IPC. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster Removal and Installation (WP 0297). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0075–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0076
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
References Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-10 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0297 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0782 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Equipment Condition
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does COOLANT LEVEL warning lamp illuminate during gauge sweep and turn off after gauge sweep?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 3.
YES Return vehicle to service.
0076–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0076
MALFUNCTION
- 3. IPC is faulty.
ACTION
Replace Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC). Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation
(WP 0297). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0076–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0077
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0324
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0353
70) WP 0327
WP 0782
Tools and Special Tools
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
Equipment Condition
(WP 0795, Item 37)
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Terminal Test Kit (ZTSE 4435C) (WP 0795, Item
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
122)
9-2355-106-10)
References Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0011
WP 0297 Drawings Required
WP 0319 Schematic (WP 0789, Figure 38),
LAMP FUNCTION
The park brake lamp should light during the IPC gauge sweep after the ignition is turned ON. The lamp will go out
when the park brake is released. If the park brake is not engaged when the ignition is turned ON, the lamp should
go out after approximately 5 seconds. The light should go out when the park brake is released.
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
0077–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0077
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does park brake warning lamp illuminate during gauge sweep?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 28.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does park brake warning lamp illuminate when activated with MSD?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 29.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
5. Start vehicle and build air pressure to at least 80 psi (3.83 kPa) (TM 9-2355-106-10).
6. Monitor park brake transducer inputs to ESC with MSD.
7. Move park brake control in and out while observing MSD (TM 9-2355-106-10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Do inputs to MSD correspond correctly with park brake control position?
DECISION
0077–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0077
STEP
9. Connect and disconnect jumper wire between connector 1813 terminals C and D while observing MSD.
Refer to Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Do MSD inputs change as jumper wire is connected and disconnected?
DECISION
STEP
0077–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0077
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 23.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5 volts and 13.5 volts?
DECISION
STEP
16. Disconnect Cabin (CAB)/Driver Control Module (DCM) connector 1800. Refer to Figure 3.
0077–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0077
17. Measure DC voltage between connector 1800 terminal B7 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5 volts and 13.5 volts?
DECISION
0077–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0077
STEP
21. Measure resistance between connector 1600 terminal 32 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 27.
YES Go to next step.
0077–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0077
STEP
22. Measure resistance between connector 1600 terminal 32 and connector 1800 terminal B7 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 5. Refer to Figure 6.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 27.
YES Go to Step 29.
0077–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0077
STEP
24. Measure resistance between connector 1813 terminal D and connector 1600 terminal 3 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 7. Refer to Figure 8.
0077–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0077
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
26. Measure resistance between connector 1805 terminal A4 and connector 1813 terminal D with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 9. Refer to Figure 10.
0077–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0077
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace instrument panel wiring harness. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0319). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IPC. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation (WP 0297). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ESC. Refer to Electronic System Controller (ESC) Removal and Installation (WP 0353). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0077–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0077
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace park brake switch. Refer to Park Brake Lamp Transducer Removal and Installation (WP 0327).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace steering column wiring harness. Refer to Steering Column Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0324). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0077–11/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0078
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0319
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) WP 0782
(WP 0795, Item 37)
Equipment Condition
Personnel Required Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Maintainer - (2) Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
9-2355-106-10)
References
Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0321
WP 0067 Drawings Required
WP 0051 Schematic (WP 0789, Figure 1)
WP 0317 Schematic (WP 0789, Figure 2)
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
0078–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0078
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
1. Measure resistance between connector 1650 terminal A and cabin ground stud with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 1. Refer to Figure 2.
0078–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0078
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
YES Go to Step 6.
NO Go to next step.
STEP
2. Disconnect all ground terminal connectors at ground stud. Refer to Cabin Electrical Ground Stud Plate
Removal and Installation (WP 0321). Refer to Figure 2.
3. Clean all connections between ground terminal connectors and ground stud.
4. Connect ground terminal connections at ground stud.
0078–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0078
5. Measure resistance between connector 1650 terminal A and ground stud. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 33.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 13.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
9. Measure DC voltage between 1650 terminals C and A with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 1V and 4V?
DECISION
0078–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0078
STEP
10. Measure DC voltage between connector 1650 terminals D and A with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read DC voltage between 1V and 4V?
DECISION
STEP
11. Measure DC voltage between connector 1650 terminals F and A with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read DC voltage between 2.5V and 4.5V?
DECISION
STEP
12. Measure DC voltage between connector 1650 terminals G and A with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 0.5V and 1.5V?
DECISION
0078–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0078
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuse blown?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 23.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
16. Measure resistance between fuse block 1011 terminal F2 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 33.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
17. Install new fuse in fuse block 1011 circuit F6. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker, Fuse, and Relay
Removal and Installation (WP 0317). Refer to Figure 4.
18. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
19. Turn ignition switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
20. Turn ignition switch OFF (TM 9-2355-106-10).
21. Turn MAIN POWER switch OFF (TM 9-2355-106-10).
22. Remove and inspect fuse F6 for blown fuse. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker, Fuse, and Relay
Removal and Installation (WP 0317). Refer to Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuse blown?
0078–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0078
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 33.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
0078–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0078
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 33.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
29. Install fuse F6 in fuse block 1011. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal
and Installation (WP 0317). Refer to Figure 4.
30. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
31. Turn ignition switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
32. Measure DC voltage between connector 1650 terminals B and A with multimeter. Refer to Figure 6.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace instrument panel wiring harness. Refer to Instrument Panel Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0319). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0078–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0079
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0782
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item
Equipment Condition
70)
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-10 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0011 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0297 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0353
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
0079–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0079
STEP
1. Connect MSD to vehicle. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
2. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
3. Turn ignition switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does ABS warning lamp illuminate during gauge sweep?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 11.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does ABS warning lamp illuminate?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does ABS warning lamp illuminate when activated with MSD?
DECISION
0079–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0079
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IPC. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation (WP 0297). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ESC. Refer to Electronic System Controller (ESC) Removal and Installation (WP 0353). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0079–3/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0080
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0297
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0353
70) WP 0782
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on electrical circuits. Always assume that
electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high enough
to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems, generally
1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps can cause
loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing; ensure skin,
clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only the insulated,
nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent electrical arcing,
avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can cause bright
flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs, immediately
shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result in serious
injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
1. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON while observing 12-volt gauge (TM 9-2355-106-10). 12-volt gauge should
sweep from 10 volts to 16 volts and back to 10 volts.
CONDITION/INDICATION
0080–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0080
0080–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0081
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0353
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0782
70)
Equipment Condition
References Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-23P 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0011 Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0071 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0297 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting.
STEP
1. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
2. Turn ignition switch ON while observing engine coolant temperature gauge (TM 9-2355-106-10). Engine
coolant temperature gauge should sweep from 140°F to 260°F and back to 140°F.
CONDITION/INDICATION
0081–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0081
Engine coolant temperature gauge does not sweep correctly during gauge sweep.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace instrument panel cluster. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation (WP 0297).
1. Connect MSD. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
2. Activate engine coolant temperature gauge with MSD.
Engine coolant temperature gauge does not perform correctly when activated with MSD.
Replace Electronic System Controller. Refer to Electronic System Controller (ESC) Removal and Installation
(WP 0353).
0081–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0082
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0782
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item
Equipment Condition
70)
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-10 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0011 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0353 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0577
0082–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0082
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
1. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
2. Turn ignition switch ON while observing oil pressure gauge (TM 9-2355-106-10). Oil pressure gauge should
sweep from 0 psi to 100 psi and back to 0 psi.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Engine oil pressure gauge does not sweep correctly during gauge sweep.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC). Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation
(WP 0577). Return vehicle to service.
1. Connect MSD. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
2. Activate engine oil pressure gauge with MSD.
Engine oil pressure gauge does not perform correctly when activated with MSD.
Replace Electronic System Controller (ESC). Refer to Electronic System Controller (ESC) Removal and Installation
(WP 0353). Return vehicle to service.
0082–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0083
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0782
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item
Equipment Condition
70)
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-10 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0011 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0297 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0353
0083–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0083
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting.
STEP
1. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
2. Turn ignition switch ON while observing speedometer (TM 9-2355-106-10). Speedometer should sweep from
0 mph (0 km/h) to 85 mph (137 km/h) and back to 0 mph (0 km/h).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Speedometer does not sweep correctly during gauge sweep.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace instrument panel cluster. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation (WP 0297).
1. Connect Maintenance Support Device (MSD). Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD)
(WP 0011).
2. Activate speedometer with MSD.
Speedometer does not perform correctly when activated with MSD.
Replace electronic system controller. Refer to Electronic System Controller (ESC) Removal and Installation
(WP 0353).
0083–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0084
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0782
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item
Equipment Condition
70)
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-10 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0011 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0297 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0353
0084–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0084
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting.
STEP
1. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
2. Turn ignition switch ON while observing tachometer (TM 9-2355-106-10). Tachometer should sweep from
0 rpm to 4,000 rpm and back to 0 rpm.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Tachometer does not sweep correctly during gauge sweep.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC). Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation
(WP 0297).
1. Connect MSD. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
2. Activate tachometer with MSD.
Tachometer does not perform correctly when activated with MSD.
Replace Electronic System Controller (ESC). Refer to Electronic System Controller (ESC) Removal and Installation
(WP 0353).
0084–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0085
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0397
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0426
70) WP 0597
WP 0605
Tools and Special Tools
WP 0782
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Equipment Condition
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-10
9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P
Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0011
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0071
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0085
Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0297
Exterior fuel tank armor door removed (WP 0605)
WP 0335
WP 0353 Drawings Required
WP 0400 WP 0789, Figure 37
0085–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0085
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
STEP
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
1. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON while observing fuel level gauge (TM 9-2355-106-10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does fuel level gauge sweep from empty to full and back to empty?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 28.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
2. Connect MSD. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
3. Activate fuel level gauge with MSD.
0085–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0085
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does fuel level gauge perform correctly when activated with MSD?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 29.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
8. Measure resistance between connector 9100 terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 12.
YES Go to next step.
0085–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0085
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 9V and 11V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 17.
YES Go to Step 30.
STEP
12. Remove left side engine armor plate. Refer to Left Side Engine Armor Plate Removal and Installation
(WP 0597).
13. Disconnect chassis/dash center connector 9700. Refer to Figure 3.
14. Measure resistance between connector 9700 terminal D8 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0085–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0085
STEP
16. Measure resistance between connector 9700 Electronic System Controller (ESC) side terminal D8 and
connector 4004 terminal 26 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 4 and Figure 5.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 32.
YES Go to Step 29.
STEP
17. Remove left side engine armor plate. Refer to Left Side Engine Armor Plate Removal and Installation
(WP 0597).
18. Disconnect chassis/dash center connector 9700. Refer to Figure 6.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 9V and 11V?
DECISION
0085–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0085
STEP
25. Measure resistance between connector 9700 (ESC side) terminal B11 and ground with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 8.
0085–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0085
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 32.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
26. Measure resistance between connector 9700 (ESC side) terminal B11 and connector 4004 terminal 5 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 9 and Figure 10.
0085–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0085
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 32.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
27. Measure resistance between connector 4004 terminal 5 and all other terminals in connector 4004 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 11.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 32.
YES Go to Step 29.
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace instrument panel cluster. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation (WP 0297).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0085–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0085
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ESC. Refer to Electronic System Controller (ESC) Removal and Installation (WP 0353). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace fuel level sensor. Refer to Fuel Level Sensor Removal and Installation (WP 0397). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace center chassis harness. Refer to Center Chassis Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0426).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace PDC harness. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0335).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0085–11/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0086
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0322
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0297
70) WP 0324
WP 0319
Tools and Special Tools WP 0782
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Equipment Condition
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-10 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0011 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0294 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0353 Left cabin door open and secured (WP 0608)
This procedure covers the following Electronic System Controller (ESC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs):
• 612 14 4 1
• 612 14 4 2
• 612 14 30 1
• 612 14 30 2
• 2023 14 108 5
• 2023 14 110 5 or 2023 14 210 5
• 2023 14 110 6 or 2023 14 210 6
• 2023 14 110 7 or 2023 14 210 7
0086–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0086
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
Cabin door must be secured in the open position by using heavy duty straps to prevent
accidental closure during vehicle maintenance. Pull check link retaining pin prior to securing
door open. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting.
0086–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0086
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does primary air pressure gauge sweep from 0 psi to 150 psi and back to 0 psi?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 63.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does primary air pressure gauge perform correctly when activated with MSD?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 66.
YES Go to next step.
0086–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0086
STEP
8. Measure resistance between harness connector 1811 terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 13.
YES Go to next step.
0086–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0086
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 4.5V and 5.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 17.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
12. Measure DC voltage between harness connector 1811 terminals B and C with multimeter. Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 4.5V and 5.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 40.
YES Go to Step 67.
0086–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0086
STEP
14. Measure resistance between harness connector 1800 terminal A4 and ground with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less then 5 ohms?
DECISION
0086–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0086
STEP
16. Measure resistance between harness connector 1800 terminal A4 and harness connector 1600 terminal 3
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 5 and Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
0086–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0086
DECISION
NO Go to Step 70.
YES Go to Step 66.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
0086–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0086
STEP
27. Measure resistance between harness connector 1800 terminal B3 and ground with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
0086–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0086
STEP
28. Measure resistance between harness connector 1600 terminal 27 and all other terminals in harness connector
1600 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 32.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
29. Measure resistance between harness connector 1811 terminal B and harness connector 1600 terminal 27
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 9 and Figure 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
0086–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0086
DECISION
STEP
31. Measure resistance between harness connector 1800 terminal B3 and harness connector 1600 terminal 27
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 8 and Figure 10.
0086–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0086
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 70.
YES Go to Step 69.
0086–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0086
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 69.
YES Go to Step 70.
STEP
0086–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0086
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
0086–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0086
STEP
50. Measure resistance between harness connector 1800 terminal C12 and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 16.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 70.
YES Go to Step 69.
0086–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0086
STEP
51. Measure resistance between harness connector 1600 terminal 15 and all other terminals in harness connector
1600 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 17.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
0086–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0086
STEP
53. Measure resistance between harness connector 1600 terminal 15 and all other terminals in harness connector
1600 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 20.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
0086–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0086
STEP
54. Measure resistance between harness connector 1811 terminal C and harness connector 1600 terminal 15
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 19 and Figure 20.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0086–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0086
STEP
56. Measure resistance between harness connector 1800 terminal C12 and harness connector 1600 terminal 15
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 21 and Figure 20.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 70.
YES Go to Step 69.
0086–20
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0086
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 69.
YES Go to Step 70.
STEP
63. Substitute known good primary air pressure gauge. Refer to Air 1 Pressure Gauge and Harness Removal and
Installation (WP 0294).
0086–21
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0086
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does primary air pressure gauge sweep correctly during gauge sweep?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 68.
YES Return vehicle to service.
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ESC. Refer to Electronic System Controller (ESC) Removal and Installation (WP 0353). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace primary air pressure transducer. Refer to Air Gauge Transducer Removal and Installation (WP 0322).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IPC. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster Removal and Installation (WP 0297). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0086–22
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0086
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace steering column harness. Refer to Steering Column Wiring Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0324). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace instrument panel harness. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0319). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0086–23/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0322
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0297
70) WP 0324
WP 0319
Tools and Special Tools WP 0782
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Equipment Condition
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-10 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0011 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0295 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0353 Left cabin door open and secured (WP 0608)
This procedure covers the following Electronic System Controller (ESC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs):
• 612 14 3 1
• 612 14 3 2
• 612 14 30 1
• 612 14 30 2
• 2023 14 108 5
• 2023 14 110 5 or 2023 14 210 5
• 2023 14 110 6 or 2023 14 210 6
• 2023 14 110 7 or 2023 14 210 7
0087–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
Cabin door must be secured in the open position by using heavy duty straps to prevent
accidental closure during vehicle maintenance. Pull check link retaining pin prior to securing
door open. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does secondary air pressure gauge sweep from 0 psi to 150 psi and back to 0 psi?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 63.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does secondary air pressure gauge perform correctly when activated with MSD?
0087–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
DECISION
NO Go to Step 66.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
8. Measure resistance between harness connector 1812 terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 13.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
0087–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 4.5V and 5.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 17.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
12. Measure DC voltage between harness connector 1812 terminals B and C with multimeter. Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 4.5V and 5.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 40.
YES Go to Step 67.
0087–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
STEP
14. Measure resistance between harness connector 1800 terminal A4 and ground with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0087–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
STEP
16. Measure resistance between harness connector 1800 terminal A4 and harness connector 1600 terminal 3
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 5 and Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 70.
0087–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
0087–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
STEP
27. Measure resistance between harness connector 1800 terminal B3 and ground with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
0087–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
STEP
28. Measure resistance between harness connector 1600 terminal 27 and all other terminals in harness connector
1600 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 32.
YES Go to next step.
0087–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
STEP
29. Measure resistance between harness connector 1812 terminal B and harness connector 1600 terminal 27
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 9 and Figure 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
0087–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
31. Measure resistance between harness connector 1800 terminal B3 and harness connector 1600 terminal 27
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 10 and Figure 11.
0087–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 70.
YES Go to Step 69.
STEP
0087–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 69.
YES Go to Step 70.
0087–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
STEP
0087–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
45. Measure DC voltage between harness connector 1812 terminal C and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 14.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
0087–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
STEP
50. Measure resistance between harness connector 1800 terminal B2 and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 16.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 70.
YES Go to Step 69.
0087–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
STEP
51. Measure resistance between harness connector 1600 terminal 16 and all other terminals in harness connector
1600 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 17.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
0087–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
STEP
53. Measure resistance between harness connector 1600 terminal 16 and all other terminals in harness connector
1600 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 17.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
0087–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
STEP
54. Measure resistance between harness connector 1812 terminal C and harness connector 1600 terminal 16
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 19 and Figure 20.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0087–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
STEP
56. Measure resistance between harness connector 1800 terminal B2 and harness connector 1600 terminal 16
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 21 and Figure 20.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 70.
YES Go to Step 69.
0087–20
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 0V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 69.
YES Go to Step 70.
0087–21
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
STEP
63. Substitute known good secondary air pressure gauge. Refer to Air 2 Pressure Gauge and Harness Removal
and Installation (WP 0295).
64. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
65. Turn ignition switch ON while observing secondary air pressure gauge (TM 9-2355-106-10). Secondary air
pressure gauge should sweep from 0 psi to 150 psi and back to 0 psi.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does secondary air pressure gauge sweep correctly during gauge sweep?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 68.
YES Return vehicle to service.
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ESC. Refer to Electronic System Controller (ESC) Removal and Installation (WP 0353). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace secondary air pressure transducer. Refer to Air Gauge Transducer Removal and Installation
(WP 0322). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IPC. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster Removal and Installation (WP 0297). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace steering column harness. Refer to Steering Column Wiring Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0324). Return vehicle to service.
0087–22
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0087
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace instrument panel harness. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0319). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0087–23/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0088
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
References Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-10 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0297 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0782 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Equipment Condition
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
1. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
2. Turn ignition switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
3. Turn service drive lights ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
4. Push brake pedal repeatedly until air pressure gauges read below 70 psi (TM 9-2355-106-10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Alarm does not sound.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC). Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation
(WP 0297). Return vehicle to service.
1. Perform engine start procedure (TM 9-2355-106-10).
2. Idle engine until air pressure gauges read over 70 psi (TM 9-2355-106-10).
Alarm does not stop sounding.
Replace Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC). Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation
(WP 0297). Return vehicle to service.
0088-1/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0089
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0319
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) WP 0335
(WP 0795, Item 37) WP 0336
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122) WP 0424
WP 0597
Materials/Parts
WP 0782
Gloves (WP 0794, Item 18)
Personnel Required Equipment Condition
Maintainer - (2) Vehicle parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
References 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0059 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0257 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0272 Left side engine armor plate removed (WP 0597)
WP 0273 Air cleaner assembly removed (WP 0257)
WP 0274
WP 0300 Drawings Required
WP 0317 WP 0789, Figure 71
0089–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0089
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
Ether canisters contain hazardous, combustible and flammable materials. Handle with care and
dispose of in accordance with standard operating procedures. Use approved respirator with
dual organic vapor/mist and particulate cartridge. Avoid contact with skin and eyes, and avoid
breathing fumes. If swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Obtain immediate medical attention.
Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Ether canisters are pressurized, combustible and flammable. Keep away from flames and
sparks. Do not incinerate or puncture canister. Do not expose to temperatures above 120°F
(49°C). Do not store spare canister in vehicle cab. Failure to comply may result in serious
injury or death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
0089–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0089
1. Install new ether canister and verify system operation (TM 9-2355-106-10). Refer to Ether Canister Removal
and Installation (WP 0273).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is ether start operational (TM 9-2355-106-10)?
DECISION
STEP
5. Install jumper wire between connector 6550M terminals A and B. Refer to Figure 1.
6. Disconnect connector 8400B. Refer to Figure 2.
0089–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0089
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 11.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
10. With assistance, measure DC voltage between connector 8400B terminal B and terminal A with multimeter
while ether start switch is activated. Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
0089–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0089
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0089–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0089
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is circuit breaker tripped?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0089–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0089
STEP
32. Measure resistance between connector 4301 terminal 22 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 6.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0089–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0089
STEP
34. Measure resistance between connector 4100F terminal 12 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0089–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0089
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 3 ohms?
DECISION
0089–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0089
STEP
39. With assistance, measure resistance between connector 1701 terminal 29 and connector 1010 terminal 3
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 10 and Figure 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 48.
YES Go to Step 49.
0089–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0089
STEP
NOTE
Thermal switch must be cooled or ambient temperature must be below 40°F (4.4°C) before
test can be performed.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 46.
YES Go to Step 51.
0089–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0089
STEP
43. Reset and install breaker. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and
Installation (WP 0317).
44. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
45. Turn ignition switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did breaker trip?
DECISION
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ether (cold) start valve. Refer to Ether (COLD) Start Valve Removal and Installation (WP 0272).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace forward chassis harness. Refer to Forward Chassis Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0424).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IP harness. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0319). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace PDC harness. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0335).
Return vehicle to service.
0089–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0089
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ether start switch. Refer to Ether Start Switch Removal and Installation (WP 0300). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ether thermal switch. Refer to Ether Thermal Switch Removal and Installation (WP 0274). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace engine wiring harness. Refer to Engine Wiring Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0336). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0089–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0090
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0782
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Equipment Condition
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122) Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
References 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0059 Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0257 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0329 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0333 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0334 Left side engine armor removed (WP 0597)
WP 0335
WP 0336 Drawings Required
WP 0597 WP 0789, Figure 68
0090–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0090
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
When the exhaust brake switch is turned on, switch will light but no braking assist is available.
The exhaust brake system is disabled and cannot be activated via the switch. Service brake
must be primarily used when descending long grades. Use hard pressure braking with
applications of 3 to 5 seconds' duration, instead of long, continuous applications. This type
of brake application minimizes temperature rise, brake fade, and air consumption by the air
brake system. Failure to comply may result in loss of braking ability and serious injury or
death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
1. Remove EXHAUST BRAKE relay. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal
and Installation (WP 0334) and Figure 1.
0090–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0090
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
5. Measure DC voltage between EXHAUST BRAKE relay socket terminal 85 and ground with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 1.
0090–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0090
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read 0V?
DECISION
STEP
6. Disconnect connector 6007 from ECM. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation
(WP 0329) and Figure 2.
7. Measure resistance between EXHAUST BRAKE relay socket terminal 85 and ground with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
STEP
8. Measure resistance between EXHAUST BRAKE relay socket terminal 85 and connector 6007 terminal 47
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 4 and Figure 5.
0090–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0090
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
9. Remove air cleaner assembly. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
10. Disconnect connector 4103 from 4100F (connector with 18 wires). Refer to Figure 6.
0090–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0090
11. Measure resistance between connector 4103 terminal 16 and EXHAUST BRAKE relay socket terminal 85
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 7 and Figure 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
0090–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0090
12. Measure resistance between EXHAUST BRAKE relay terminals 85 and 86 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 75 and 95 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read 0V?
DECISION
STEP
20. Disconnect connector 6007 from ECM. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation
(WP 0329) and Figure 11.
21. Measure resistance between connector 6007 terminal 47 and all other terminals on connector 6007 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 11.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did multimeter read OL for all terminals?
DECISION
0090–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0090
STEP
22. Remove air cleaner assembly. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
23. Disconnect connector 4103 from 4100F (connector with 18 wires). Refer to Figure 12.
24. Measure resistance between connector 4103 terminal 16 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 12.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
STEP
25. Remove and test 5-amp EXHAUST BRAKE fuse. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay
Removal and Installation (WP 0333) and Figure 13.
0090–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0090
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuse open?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V for either terminal?
0090–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0090
DECISION
STEP
29. Measure resistance between EXHAUST BRAKE relay socket terminal 86 and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 14.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace harness. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0335).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace exhaust brake relay. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and
Installation (WP 0333). Return vehicle to service.
0090–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0090
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace harness. Refer to Engine Wiring Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0336). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ECM. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation (WP 0329). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
0090–13/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0091
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0335
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) WP 0333
(WP 0795, Item 37) WP 0240
Harness, 500 ohm resistor (ZTSE4497) WP 0782
(WP 0795, Item 4)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Goggles, industrial (WP 0794, Item 20)
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
Faceshield, industrial (WP 0794, Item 16)
9-2355-106-10)
Lockwasher (WP 0796, Item 9)
Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0032 Perform Battery Operational Checkout Procedure
WP 0059 (WP 0032)
WP 0257
WP 0289 Drawings Required
WP 0336 WP 0789, Figure 18
0091–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0091
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Wear protective eye goggles, face shield, and long sleeves when working on or near batteries.
Batteries contain corrosive acid and can produce explosive gases. Batteries supply electrical
current that can cause burns and electrical shock. Always check electrolyte level with engine
off. Avoid leaning over or onto battery. Do not wear jewelry and do not smoke or have open
flame or spark near battery. Do not allow tools to contact battery box or battery terminals.
Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment and serious injury or death to personnel.
Battery acid must not contact eyes, skin, or clothing. If battery acid contacts eyes or skin,
flush area with large amounts of water for 15 minutes and seek immediate medical care. If
swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Drink large amounts of water or milk. Follow with milk of
magnesia, beaten egg, or vegetable oil. Seek immediate medical attention. Failure to comply
may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Keep hands and clothing clear of moving parts in the engine compartment. Rotating parts
can cause severe injury to personnel. Ensure that all guards are in place and do not wear
loose clothing when conducting maintenance. Always check to ensure that the area is clear
of personnel and obstructions before starting the engine. Failure to comply may result in
injury to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
0091–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0091
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Did inspection reveal defective serpentine belt?
DECISION
STEP
2. Measure DC voltage between the alternator B+ terminals (Figure 1, Item 1 and 2) and ground with multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 22.5V and 25.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 53.
YES Go to next step.
0091–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0091
STEP
3. Measure resistance between engine ground and each alternator ground terminal (Figure 2, Item 3 and
4) with multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 53.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 27V and 32V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 7.
YES Go to next step.
0091–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0091
STEP
6. Measure AC voltage between alternator B+ terminal (Figure 2, Item 1 or 2) and ground with multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 1V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 27V and 32V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 32V?
DECISION
0091–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0091
STEP
11. Measure DC voltage between alternator regulator IGN terminal (Figure 3, Item 1) and ground with multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 22.5V and 25.5V?
DECISION
STEP
0091–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0091
14. Remove and inspect fuse 4 from fuse block 4001. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay
Removal and Installation (WP 0333). Refer to Figure 4 and Figure 5.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is fuse open?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 24.
YES Go to next step.
0091–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0091
STEP
15. Remove relay 1 from fuse block 4002. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal
and Installation (WP 0333). Refer to Figure 6.
16. Install relay breakout harness (ZTSE4674) (Figure 7, Item 1) in place of relay 1 (Figure 7, Item 2) in fuse
block 4002.
17. Install relay 1 (Figure 7, Item 3) in connector of relay breakout harness (ZTSE4674) (Figure 7, Item 1).
18. Measure resistance between relay breakout harness terminal 30 and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 7.
0091–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0091
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 52.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
19. Remove nut, lockwasher, and alternator regulator IGN terminal (Figure 8, Item 1) from voltage regulator.
Discard lockwasher.
20. Measure resistance between IGN terminal (Figure 8, Item 1) and ground with multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
0091–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0091
STEP
21. Remove air cleaner assembly. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
22. Disconnect harness connector 4103 (connector with 18 wires). Refer to Figure 9.
23. Measure resistance between connector 4103 terminal 24 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 52.
YES Go to Step 53.
0091–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0091
STEP
24. Install fuse 4 in fuse block 4001. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and
Installation (WP 0333). Refer to Figure 10.
25. Remove relay 1 from fuse block 4002. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal
and Installation (WP 0333). Refer to Figure 11.
0091–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0091
26. Install relay breakout harness (ZTSE4674) (Figure 12, Item 1) in place of relay 1 (Figure 12, Item 2) in
fuse block 4002.
27. Install relay 1 (Figure 12, Item 3) in connector of relay breakout harness (ZTSE4674) (Figure 12, Item 1).
28. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
29. Turn ignition switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
30. Measure DC voltage between relay breakout harness (ZTSE4674) terminal 30 and ground with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 12.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 22.5V and 25.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 48.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
31. Measure DC voltage between relay breakout harness (ZTSE4674) terminal 85 and ground with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 12.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 52.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
35. Connect 500 ohm resistor harness (ZTSE4497) between relay breakout harness (ZTSE4674) terminals 30
and 87. Refer to Figure 13 and Figure 12.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 22.5V and 25.5V?
0091–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0091
DECISION
NO Go to Step 41.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 27V and 32V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 56.
YES Go to Step 54.
0091–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0091
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 22.5V and 25.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 52.
YES Go to Step 53.
0091–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0091
STEP
51. Measure resistance between relay breakout harness (ZTSE4674) terminal 30 and fuse block 4001 terminal
F2H1 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 18 and Figure 19.
0091–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0091
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 52.
YES Go to Power Distribution Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0059).
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace PDC wiring harness. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0335). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace engine wiring harness. Refer to Engine Wiring Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0336). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
0091–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0091
ACTION
Replace 24V relay. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and Installation
(WP 0333). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
If condition continues, replace alternator. Refer to Alternator Removal and Installation (WP 0289). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace alternator. Refer to Alternator Removal and Installation (WP 0289). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0091–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0092
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0581
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) WP 0782
(WP 0795, Item 37)
Equipment Condition
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122)
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-10 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0098 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0099 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0100 Instrument Panel (IP) center trim panel removed
WP 0101 (WP 0581)
WP 0104
Drawings Required
WP 0303
WP 0789, Figure 51
WP 0307
WP 0411
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
0092–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0092
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does each light, except for PANEL DIM, PANEL BRT, and ENTER, illuminate momentarily as the corresponding
button is pressed?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 30.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
4. Press STOPLIGHT button and then press ENTER button within 5 seconds.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Do stoplights illuminate (TM 9-2355-106-10)?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 38.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
5. Press SER. DRIVE button and then press ENTER button within 5 seconds.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Do driving lights illuminate (TM 9-2355-106-10)?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 46.
YES Go to next step.
0092–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0092
STEP
6. Press PARK button and then press ENTER button within 5 seconds.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Do park lights illuminate (TM 9-2355-106-10)?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 58.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
7. Press B.O. DRIVE button and then press ENTER button within 5 seconds.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Do blackout driving lights operate correctly (TM 9-2355-106-10)?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 66.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
8. Press B.O. MARKER button and then press ENTER button within 5 seconds on MVLS switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Do blackout marker lights operate correctly (TM 9-2355-106-10)?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 78.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
9. Press PARK button and then press ENTER button within 5 seconds.
10. Press PANEL DIM button and observe instrument panel dimming.
11. Press PANEL BRT button and observe instrument panel brightness.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does panel light dimming correspond to inputs?
DECISION
0092–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0092
STEP
15. Connect jumper wire between connector 1954 terminal F and MVLS switch terminal F. Refer to Figure 1
and Figure 2.
0092–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0092
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 4V and 6V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 90.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
20. Press PANEL BRT button and then press the ENTER button within 5 seconds on MVLS switch.
21. Measure DC voltage between MVLS switch terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 90.
YES Go to next step.
0092–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0092
STEP
0092–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0092
26. Disconnect panel light adapter splice pack 1002. Refer to Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Do any MVLS indicator lights illuminate?
DECISION
0092–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0092
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 1 ohm?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 88.
YES Go to next step.
0092–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0092
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 91.
YES Go to Step 90.
0092–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0092
STEP
41. Connect jumper wire between connector 1954 terminal F and MVLS switch terminal F. Refer to Figure 7
and Figure 8.
0092–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0092
45. Measure DC voltage between connector 1954 terminals H and J to ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V for each test?
DECISION
STEP
49. Connect jumper wire between connector 1954 terminal F and MVLS switch terminal F. Refer to Figure 9 and
Figure 10.
0092–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0092
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 90.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 90.
YES Go to next step.
0092–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0092
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 90.
YES Refer to Service Driving Lights Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0097) or Stoplights Troubleshooting
Procedure (WP 0101).
0092–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0092
STEP
61. Connect jumper wire between connector 1954 terminal F and MVLS switch terminal F. Refer to Figure 12 and
Figure 13.
0092–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0092
65. Measure DC voltage between connector 1954 terminals H and J and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 14.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 90.
YES Refer to Clearance/Marker Lights Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0098).
0092–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0092
STEP
69. Connect jumper wire between connector 1954 terminal F and MVLS switch terminal F. Refer to Figure 15 and
Figure 16.
0092–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0092
73. Measure DC voltage between connector 1954 terminal D and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 17.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 90
YES Go to next step.
STEP
74. Press B.O. MARKER and then press ENTER within 5 seconds.
75. Measure DC voltage between connector 1954 terminal E and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 17.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 90.
YES Go to next step.
0092–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0092
STEP
76. Press SER DRIVE and then press ENTER within 5 seconds on the MVLS switch.
77. Measure DC voltage between connector 1954 terminals H and J to ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 17.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 90.
YES Refer to Blackout Driving Lights Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0099).
STEP
0092–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0092
81. Connect jumper wire between connector 1954 terminal F and MVLS switch terminal F. Refer to Figure 18 and
Figure 19.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 90.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
86. Press SER DRIVE and then press ENTER within 5 seconds on the MVLS switch.
87. Measure DC voltage between connector 1954 terminals H and J to ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 18.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 90.
YES Refer to Blackout Marker Lights Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0100).
0092–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0092
STEP
89. Measure resistance between connector LAM1112 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 20.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 1 ohm?
DECISION
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace MVLS. Refer to Master Vehicle Light Switch (MVLS) Removal and Installation (WP 0303). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0092–20
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0092
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IP wiring harness. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Feed Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0411).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace harness. Refer to Master Vehicle Light Switch (MVLS) Ground Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0307).
END OF TEST
0092–21/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0093
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0375
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) WP 0379
(WP 0795, Item 37) WP 0367
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122) WP 0424
WP 0580
Materials/Parts WP 0598
Wire tags (WP 0794, Item 33) WP 0782
References Equipment Condition
TM 9-2355-106-10 Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
WP 0011 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0092 Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0317 MAIN POWER switch OFF (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0319 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0333 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0372
WP 0361 Drawings Required
WP 0373 WP 0789, Figure 58
WP 0374 WP 0789, Figure 13
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
0093–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0093
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedure Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are all front turn signal lights inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are all 3 left front turn signal lights inoperative?
DECISION
0093–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0093
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are turn signal light on left front fender and turn signal light next to left headlight inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is turn signal light on left front fender inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is turn signal light next to left front headlight inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is turn signal light in left front bumper inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
0093–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0093
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are all 3 right front turn signal lights inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are turn signal light on right front fender and turn signal light next to right headlight inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is turn signal light on right front fender inoperative?
DECISION
0093–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0093
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is turn signal light next to right headlight inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
19. Remove turn signal bulb from socket 8154. Refer to Front Fender Light Bulb Removal and Installation
(WP 0372). Refer to Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter display alternate between voltage readings and OL?
DECISION
0093–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0093
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter display alternate between voltage readings and OL?
DECISION
0093–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0093
STEP
31. Remove turn signal bulb from socket LAM1203. Refer to Front Turn Signal and Parking Light Bulb Removal
and Installation (WP 0373). Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter display alternate between voltage readings and OL?
DECISION
0093–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0093
STEP
Figure 4. Left Headlight/Turn Signal Harness Connector Near Front Spring Shackle.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
NOTE
Label bullet connectors before disconnecting.
45. Disconnect bullet connectors LAM1103 leading to 460/461 and GND terminals. Refer to Figure 5.
0093–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0093
Figure 5. Front Bumper Light Unit Terminal Identification for Bullet Connectors Behind Front Bumper.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter display alternate between voltage readings and OL?
DECISION
0093–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0093
STEP
Figure 6. Left Front Bumper/Front Chassis Connector Near Front Spring Shackle.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter display alternate between voltage readings and OL?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 130.
STEP
60. Remove left side engine armor plate bracket. Refer to Left Side Engine Armor Plate Bracket Removal and
Installation (WP 0598).
61. Disconnect connector 4301/4300 (24 cavities with 22 wires). Refer to Figure 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
0093–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0093
DECISION
STEP
0093–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0093
69. Measure resistance between connector 4301 terminal 9 and ESC connector 4007 terminal C with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 10 and Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
70. Measure resistance between connector 4301 terminal 9 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
0093–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0093
DECISION
STEP
71. Remove turn signal bulb from socket 8154R. Refer to Front Fender Light Bulb Removal and Installation
(WP 0372). Refer to Figure 11,
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter display alternate between voltage readings and OL?
DECISION
0093–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0093
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter display alternate between voltage readings and OL?
DECISION
0093–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0093
STEP
83. Remove turn signal bulb from socket LAM1204. Refer to Front Turn Signal and Parking Light Bulb Removal
and Installation (WP 0373). Refer to Figure 13.
Figure 13. Right Front Turn Signal Bulb Socket (Near Headlight).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter display alternate between voltage readings and OL?
DECISION
0093–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0093
STEP
Figure 14. Right Headlight/Turn Signal Harness Connector Near Front Spring Shackle.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter display alternate between voltage readings and OL?
DECISION
STEP
0093–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0093
NOTE
Label bullet connectors before disconnecting.
97. Disconnect bullet connectors LAM1104 leading to 460/461 and GND terminals. Refer to Figure 15.
Figure 15. Front Bumper Light Unit Terminal Identification for Bullet Connectors Behind Front Bumper.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
Figure 16. Right Front Bumper/Front Chassis Connector Near Front Spring Shackle.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter display alternate between voltage readings and OL?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
112. Remove left side engine armor plate bracket. Refer to Left Side Engine Armor Plate Bracket Removal and
Installation (WP 0598).
113. Disconnect connector 4301/4300 (24 cavities with 22 wires). Refer to Figure 17.
0093–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0093
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter display alternate between voltage readings and OL?
DECISION
0093–20
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0093
STEP
121.With assistance, measure resistance between connector 4301 terminal 11 and ESC connector 4007 terminal
B with multimeter. Refer to Figure 18 and Figure 17.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0093–21
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0093
STEP
122.Measure resistance between connector 4301 terminal 11 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 19.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
0093–22
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0093
STEP
123.Remove left side engine armor plate bracket. Refer to Left Side Engine Armor Plate Bracket Removal and
Installation (WP 0598).
124.Disconnect connector 4301/4300 (24 cavities with 22 wires). Refer to Figure 19.
125.Measure resistance between connector 4301 terminal 13 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 19.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace bulb. Refer to Front Turn Signal and Parking Light Bulb Removal and Installation (WP 0373). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace bulb. Refer to Front Fender Light Bulb Removal and Installation (WP 0372). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace front bumper lamp unit. Refer to Front Bumper Turn Signal and Parking Light Assembly Removal and
Installation (WP 0361). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0093–23
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0093
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace PDC harness. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0335).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace forward chassis harness. Refer to Forward Chassis Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0424).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace front bumper harness. Refer to Front Bumper Left Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0374).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace front bumper harness. Refer to Front Bumper Right Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0375).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace clearance and marker light harness. Refer to Clearance and Marker Light Harness Removal and
Installation (WP 0367). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace headlight and turn signal harness. Refer to Left Headlamp and Turn Signal Harness Removal and
Installation (WP 0378). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace headlight and turn signal harness. Refer to Right Headlamp and Turn Signal Harness Removal and
Installation (WP 0379). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ESC. Refer to Electronic System Controller (ESC) Removal and Installation (WP 0353). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0093–25/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0384
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) WP 0426
(WP 0795, Item 37) WP 0427
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122) WP 0517
WP 0581
Materials/Parts WP 0598
Wire tags (WP 0794, Item 33) WP 0782
Personnel Required Equipment Condition
Maintainer - (2) Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
References
9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-10
Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0257
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0317
Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0319
WP 0333 Drawings Required
WP 0335 WP 0789, Figure 59
WP 0353 WP 0789, Figure 60
WP 0383 WP 0789, Figure 51
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
0094–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are both rear turn signal lights inoperative?
DECISION
YES Go to Step 76
NO Go to next step.
STEP
NOTE
Right taillamp shown, left taillamp similar.
6. Remove inoperative rear composite taillamp. Refer to Composite Taillamp Assembly Removal and Installation
(WP 0383).
NOTE
Label bullet connectors before disconnecting.
7. Disconnect bullet connectors leading to terminals 22 and GND on inoperative turn signal stoplight. Refer
to Figure 1.
0094–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
Figure 1. Circuit Identification on Rear Composite Taillamp Assembly for Turn Signal Bullet Connectors.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter display alternate between voltage readings and OL?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
0094–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
DECISION
STEP
16. Disconnect rear chassis harness 5-pin connector 9303A from taillamp harness 5-pin connector LAM1086.
Refer to Figure 2.
Figure 2. Taillamp/Rear Chassis Harness Connection Inside Left Frame Rail, Near Rear Crossmember.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
21. Remove LEFT STOP TURN relay if left turn signals are inoperative, or RIGHT STOP TURN relay if right turn
signals are inoperative, from Power Distribution Center (PDC). Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse
and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0333).
22. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
23. Turn ignition switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
24. Press SER. DRIVE on MVLS and then press ENTER within 5 seconds (TM 9-2355-106-10).
25. Measure DC voltage between left or right relay socket terminal 87 and ground with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 3.
0094–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter display alternate between voltage readings and OL?
DECISION
0094–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
STEP
29. Measure resistance between left or right relay socket terminal 87 and connector 1703M terminal D for left side
or terminal A for right side with mutimeter. Refer to Figure 4 and Figure 5.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
30. Remove LEFT TURN TRAILER relay or RIGHT TURN TRAILER relay. Refer to Power Distribution Center
(PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0333). Refer to Figure 6.
31. Measure resistance between LEFT or RIGHT STOP TURN relay socket terminal 87 and ground with
mutimeter. Refer to Figure 5.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
0094–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
STEP
32. Remove STOPLIGHT RELAY RIGHT or STOPLIGHT RELAY LEFT for inoperative turn signal from cabin relay
and fuse center. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation
(WP 0317). Refer to Figure 7.
33. Measure resistance between left or right relay socket terminal 30 and connector 1703F terminal D for left side
or terminal A for right side with multimeter. Refer to Figure 7 and Figure 8.
0094–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
34. Measure resistance between left or right relay socket terminal 30 and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
0094–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
40. Measure DC voltage between left or right stoplight relay socket terminal 85 and ground with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 10.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read 10.5V to 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
0094–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
50. Measure DC voltage between connector 1703M terminal C for left side or terminal B for right side and ground
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 11.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter display alternate between voltage readings and OL?
DECISION
STEP
0094–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
54. Measure resistance between connector 1703M terminal C for left side or terminal B for right side and connector
4008 terminal C for left side or terminal B for right side with multimeter. Refer to Figure 12 and Figure 11.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
55. Measure resistance between connector 1703M terminal C for left side or terminal B for right side and ground
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 11.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
0094–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
STEP
56. Measure DC voltage between RIGHT or LEFT STOP TURN relay socket terminal 86 and ground with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 13.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read 10.5V to 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
0094–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
DECISION
NO Go to Step 98.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
60. Measure resistance between RIGHT or LEFT STOP TURN socket terminal 30 and ground with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 13.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
STEP
61. With assistance, measure resistance between RIGHT or LEFT STOP TURN relay socket terminal 30 and
connector 9303A terminal B for left side or terminal C for right side with multimeter. Refer to Figure 13 and
Figure 14.
Figure 14. Taillamp/Rear Chassis Harness Connector Inside Left Frame Rail, Near Rear Crossmember.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
62. Remove air cleaner. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
0094–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
63. Remove left side engine armor bracket. Refer to Left Engine Armor Plate Bracket Removal and Installation
(WP 0598).
64. Disconnect dash/center harness connector 9714/9700 in engine compartment. Refer to Figure 15.
65. Measure resistance between RIGHT or LEFT STOP TURN relay socket terminal 30 and connector 9714
terminal A5 for left turn signal or terminal B6 for right turn signal with multimeter. Refer to Figure 15 and
Figure 16.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
66. Loosen air dryer mounting bolts and move air dryer to one side to access connectors on left frame rail. Refer
to Air Dryer Removal and Installation (WP 0517).
67. Disconnect center chassis harness connector 9800F from rear chassis harness connector 9800M. Refer to
Figure 17.
Figure 17. Center/Rear Chassis Harness Connector Inside Left Frame Rail.
68. Measure resistance between connector 9700 terminal A5 for left side or terminal B6 for right side and connector
9800F terminal 2 for left side or terminal 3 for right side with multimeter. Refer to Figure 18 and Figure 17.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0094–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
NO Go to Step 101.
STEP
69. Loosen air dryer mounting bolts and move air dryer to one side to access connectors on left frame rail. Refer
to Air Dryer Removal and Installation (WP 0517).
70. Disconnect center chassis harness connector 9800F from rear chassis harness connector 9800M. Refer to
Figure 19.
Figure 19. Center/Rear Chassis Harness Connector Inside Left Frame Rail.
0094–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
71. Measure resistance between RIGHT or LEFT STOP TURN relay socket terminal 30 and ground with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 20.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to next step.
YES Go to Step 102.
0094–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
STEP
72. Remove left side engine armor bracket. Refer to Left Engine Armor Plate Bracket Removal and Installation
(WP 0598).
73. Remove air cleaner. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
74. Disconnect dash/center chassis harness connector 9714/9700. Refer to Figure 21.
75. Measure resistance between RIGHT or LEFT STOP TURN relay socket terminal 30 and ground with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 20.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
0094–20
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
STEP
76. Remove right rear composite taillamp. Refer to Composite Taillamp Assembly Removal and Installation
(WP 0383).
NOTE
Label bullet connectors before disconnecting.
77. Disconnect bullet connector leading to GND terminal on right turn signal. Refer to Figure 22.
Figure 22. Circuit Identification on Composite Taillamp Assembly, and Turn Signal Bullet Connectors.
78. Measure resistance between harness side bullet connector GND terminal and ground with multimeter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0094–21
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
STEP
79. Remove STOPLIGHT RELAY RIGHT from right side IP. Refer to Figure 23. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP)
Circuit Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0317).
Figure 23. Stoplight Relay Right in Cabin Fuse and Relay Center.
80. Remove IP center trim panel. Refer to IP Center Trim panel Removal and Installation (WP 0581).
81. Remove cap and metal bus bar from blackout mode splice pack connector 1050. Refer to Figure 24.
82. Measure resistance between STOPLIGHT RELAY RIGHT socket terminal 85 and connector 1050 terminal D
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 23 and Figure 24.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 96.
YES Go to next step.
0094–22
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
STEP
83. Measure resistance between STOPLIGHT RELAY RIGHT socket 86 and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 25.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 96.
YES Go to next step.
0094–23
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 96.
YES Go to Step 98.
0094–24
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
STEP
86. Disconnect rear chassis harness 5-pin connector 9303A from taillamp harness 5-pin connector LAM1086.
Refer to Figure 28.
Figure 28. Taillamp/Rear Chassis Harness Inside Left Frame Rail, Near Rear Crossmember.
87. Measure resistance between connector 9303A terminal E and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 28.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0094–25
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
STEP
88. Loosen air dryer mounting bolts and move air dryer to one side to access connectors on left frame rail. Refer
to Air Dryer Removal and Installation (WP 0517).
89. Disconnect center chassis harness connector 9800F from rear chassis harness connector 9800M. Refer to
Figure 29.
90. Measure resistance between connector 9800F terminal 12 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 29.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
91. Remove air cleaner. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
92. Remove left side engine armor bracket. Refer to Left Engine Armor Plate Bracket Removal and Installation
(WP 0598).
0094–26
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
93. Disconnect PDC harness connector 9714 from center chassis harness connector 9700 in engine compartment.
Refer to Figure 30.
94. Measure resistance between connector 9714 terminal C6 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 30.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace taillamp. Refer to Composite Taillamp Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0383). Return vehicle
to service.
0094–27
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0094
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace instrument panel wiring harness. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Wiring Harness Removal and
Installation (WP 0319). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ESC. Refer to Electronic System Controller (ESC) Removal and Installation (WP 0353). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace PDC harness. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0335).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace power distribution center relay. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and
Installation (WP 0333). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace instrument panel relay. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and
Installation (WP 0317). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace center chassis harness. Refer to Center Chassis Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0426).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace rear chassis harness. Refer to Rear Chassis Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0427). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace taillamp harness. Refer to Taillamp Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0384). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
0094–29/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0565
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) WP 0782
(WP 0795, Item 37)
Equipment Condition
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122)
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-10 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0092 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0317 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0318 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0319
Drawings Required
WP 0333
WP 0789, Figure 57
WP 0335
WP 0789, Figure 11
WP 0323
WP 0789, Figure 51
WP 0324
WP 0353
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
0095–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on electrical circuits. Always assume that
electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high enough
to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems, generally
1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps can cause
loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing; ensure skin,
clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only the insulated,
nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent electrical arcing,
avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can cause bright
flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs, immediately
shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result in serious
injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedure Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
0095–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are all turn signal lights inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are all turn signal lights on left side inoperative?
DECISION
0095–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
STEP
10. Remove steering column covers. Refer to Steering Column Covers Removal and Installation (WP 0565).
11. Disconnect connector 1810 from multifunction turn signal switch. Refer to Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 4V and 5V?
DECISION
0095–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 4V and 5V?
DECISION
0095–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
STEP
23. Remove left turn enable relay from center instrument panel relay block. Refer to IP Center Relay Removal and
Installation (WP 0318).
24. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
25. Turn ignition switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
26. Press SER. DRIVE on MVLS and then press ENTER within five seconds (TM 9-2355-106-10).
27. Measure DC voltage between left turn enable relay socket terminal 30 and ground with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 4V and 5V?
DECISION
0095–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
STEP
31. Measure resistance between connector 1600 terminal 19 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
0095–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
STEP
32. Measure resistance between connector 1600 terminal 19 and left turn enable relay socket terminal 30 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 4 and Figure 5.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0095–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
STEP
33. Measure resistance between connector 1600 terminal 19 and all other terminals in connector with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 6.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for all tests?
DECISION
0095–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
STEP
34. Measure DC voltage between left turn enable relay socket terminal 86 and ground with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0095–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
38. Measure resistance between left turn enable relay socket terminal 87 and ground with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
0095–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
STEP
39. Measure resistance between left turn enable relay socket terminal 87 and connector 1800 terminal A1 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 8. Refer to Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
40. Measure resistance between connector 1800 terminal A1 and all other terminals in connector with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 9.
0095–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
STEP
41. Remove steering column covers. Refer to Steering Column Covers Removal and Installation (WP 0565).
42. Disconnect connector 1810 from multifunction turn signal switch. Refer to Figure 10.
0095–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 4V and 5V?
DECISION
STEP
0095–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 4V and 5V?
DECISION
STEP
54. Remove right turn enable relay from center instrument panel relay block. Refer to IP Center Relay Removal
and Installation (WP 0318).
0095–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 4V and 5V?
DECISION
STEP
62. Measure resistance between connector 1600 terminal 18 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 13.
0095–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
STEP
63. Measure resistance between connector 1600 terminal 18 and right turn enable relay socket terminal 30 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 14. Refer to Figure 15.
0095–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
64. Measure resistance between connector 1600 terminal 18 and all other terminals in connector with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 15.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for all tests?
DECISION
0095–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
STEP
65. Measure DC voltage between right turn enable relay socket terminal 86 and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 16.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0095–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
69. Measure resistance between right turn enable relay socket terminal 87 and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 16.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
70. Measure resistance between right turn enable relay socket terminal 87 and connector 1800 terminal A2 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 17. Refer to Figure 18.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
71. Measure resistance between connector 1800 terminal A2 and all other terminals in connector with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 18.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
0095–21
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
STEP
72. Remove left turn enable relay from center instrument panel relay block. Refer to IP Center Relay Removal
and Installation (WP 0318). Refer to Figure 19.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
80. Remove steering column covers. Refer to Steering Column Covers Removal and Installation (WP 0565).
81. Disconnect connector 1810 from multifunction turn signal switch. Refer to Figure 20.
82. Measure resistance between connector 1810 terminal 7 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 20.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0095–23
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
STEP
83. Disconnect IP/steering column harness connector 1800 under center instrument panel. Refer to Figure 21.
84. Measure resistance between connector 1800 terminal A4 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 21.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
0095–24
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
86. Measure resistance between connector 1600 terminal 3 and connector 1800 terminal A4 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 21 and Figure 22.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0095–25
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
STEP
0095–26
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
90. Measure resistance between connector 1954 terminal J and left turn enable relay socket terminal 86 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 23. Refer to Figure 24.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0095–27
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
STEP
91. Remove RIGHT TURN ENABLE relay and FLASH TO PASS relay from center instrument panel relay block.
Refer to Figure 25. Refer to IP Center Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0318).
92. Remove STOPLIGHT RELAY LEFT from right side instrument panel. Refer to Figure 26. Refer to Instrument
Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0317).
93. Remove STOPLIGHT RELAY RIGHT from right side instrument panel. Refer to Figure 27. Refer to Instrument
Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0317).
0095–28
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
NOTE
Instrument panel cluster (IPC) does not need to be removed to access connector 1520.
Illustration only shows IPC removed for clarity.
94. Disconnect connector 1520 from instrument panel cluster. Refer to Figure 28.
0095–29
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
96. Remove cap and metal bus bar from blackout mode splice pack connector 1050. Refer to Figure 30.
97. Measure resistance between connector 1050 terminals A, B, C, D, H, J and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 30.
0095–30
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
YES Go to Go to Master Vehicle Light Switch (MVLS) Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0092).
NO Go to Step 99.
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace steering column wiring harness. Refer to Steering Column Wiring Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0324). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace instrument panel wiring harness. Refer to Instrument Panel Wiring Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0319). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ESC. Refer to Electronic System Controller Removal and Installation (WP 0353). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
0095–31
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0095
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace center instrument panel relay. Refer to Instrument Panel Center Relay Removal and Installation
(WP 0318). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace turn signal switch. Refer to Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Assembly Removal and Installation
(WP 0323). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0095–32
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0096
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
References Equipment Condition
TM 9-2355-106-10 Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
WP 0093 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0094 Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0095 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0782 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
1. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
2. Turn ignition switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
3. Press SER. DRIVE on master vehicle light switch (MVLS) and then press ENTER within 5 seconds (TM
9-2355-106-10).
4. Activate left turn signal lights (TM 9-2355-106-10).
5. Observe left side turn signal lights.
6. Activate right turn signal lights (TM 9-2355-106-10).
7. Observe right side turn signal lights.
8. Activate hazard lights (TM 9-2355-106-10).
9. Observe all turn signal lights.
CONDITION/INDICATION
All hazard or turn signal lights are inoperative.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0096–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0096
0096–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0378
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0379
70) WP 0424
WP 0565
Tools and Special Tools
WP 0581
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
WP 0597
(WP 0795, Item 37)
WP 0655
References WP 0782
TM 9-2355-106-10
TM 9-2355-106-23P Equipment Condition
WP 0011 Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0092 Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
WP 0297 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0319 Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0335 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0323 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0324 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0353
WP 0374 Drawings Required
WP 0375 WP 0789, Figure 52
WP 0376 WP 0789, Figure 51
0097–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are both low- and high-beam driving lights inoperative?
DECISION
YES Go to Step 9.
NO Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are both low-beam driving lights illuminated?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 39.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are both high-beam driving lights illuminated?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 77.
YES Service lights are operating normally. Return vehicle to service.
0097–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
STEP
9. Remove headlights. Refer to Headlight Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0376).
10. Disconnect either headlight connector LAM1048 or LAM1049 (LAM1048 shown). Refer to Figure 1.
11. Measure resistance between connector LAM1048 or LAM1049 terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 29.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
12. Connect MSD to vehicle. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
13. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
14. Turn ignition switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
15. Press SER. DRIVE on MVLS and then press ENTER within 5 seconds (TM 9-2355-106-10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is Electronic System Controller (ESC) receiving service lamps input?
DECISION
0097–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
STEP
16. Remove instrument panel cluster. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation
(WP 0297).
17. Disconnect IPC blackout harness connector 1520. Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0097–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
STEP
26. Measure resistance between connector 1520 terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 135.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
27. Measure resistance between connector 1520 terminal A and connector 1954 terminal M with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 4 and Figure 5.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
STEP
28. Measure resistance between connector 1954 terminal M and all other connector 1954 terminals with
multimeter. Multimeter should read OL for each test. Refer to Figure 5.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 135.
YES Go to Master Vehicle Light Switch (MVLS) Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0092).
0097–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
STEP
29. Remove left side engine armor plate. Refer to Left Side Engine Armor Plate Removal and Installation
(WP 0597).
30. Disconnect dash/forward chassis harness connector 4301/4300. Refer to Figure 6.
31. Measure resistance between connector 4300 terminal 13 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 6.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
32. Press SER.DRIVE on MVLS switch and then press ENTER within 5 seconds.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is ESC activating service lamps output?
0097–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
DECISION
NO Go to Step 137.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
33. Remove left side engine armor plate. Refer to Left Side Engine Armor Plate Removal and Installation
(WP 0597).
34. Disconnect dash/forward chassis harness connector 4301/4300. Refer to Figure 6.
35. Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
36. Turn ignition switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
37. Press SER. DRIVE on MVLS and then press ENTER within 5 seconds (TM 9-2355-106-10).
38. Measure DC voltage between connector 4300 terminals 4 and 5 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 6.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0097–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
STEP
39. Remove headlight. Refer to Headlight Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0376).
40. Disconnect inoperative headlight connector LAM1048 or LAM 1049 (LAM1048 shown). Refer to Figure 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0097–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0097–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
STEP
Figure 9. Left Forward Chassis Harness Connector Near Front Spring Shackle.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0097–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
STEP
59. Remove left side engine armor plate. Refer to Left Side Engine Armor Plate Removal and Installation
(WP 0597).
60. Disconnect dash/forward chassis harness connector 4301/4300. Refer to Figure 10.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0097–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
STEP
Figure 11. Electronic System Controller (ESC) Connector Under Left Side IP.
68. Measure resistance between connector 4300 terminal 13 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 12.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 139.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
69. Measure resistance between connector 4300 terminal 5 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 12.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 138.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
70. Measure resistance between connector 4300 terminal 5 and connector 4007 terminal D with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 11 and Figure 12.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 138.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
71. Measure resistance between connector 4007 terminal D and all other terminals in connector 4007 with
multimeter. Multimeter should read OL for each test. Refer to Figure 13.
0097–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 138.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does ESC receive low headlight request?
DECISION
0097–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
STEP
77. Remove left headlight. Refer to Headlight Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0376).
78. Disconnect inoperative headlight connector LAM1048 or LAM1049 (LAM1048 shown). Refer to Figure 14.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0097–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
STEP
Figure 15. Left Headlight Harness Connector Near Front Spring Shackle.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0097–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
STEP
Figure 16. Left Forward Chassis Harness Connector Near Front Spring Shackle.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0097–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
STEP
97. Remove left side engine armor. Refer to Left Side Engine Armor Plate Removal and Installation (WP 0597).
98. Disconnect dash/forward chassis harness connector 4301/4300. Refer to Figure 17.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0097–20
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
STEP
0097–21
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
106.Measure resistance between connector 4300 terminal 13 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 19.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 139.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
107.Measure resistance between connector 4300 terminal 4 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 19.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 138.
YES Go to next step.
0097–22
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
STEP
108.Measure resistance between connector 4300 terminal 4 and connector 4007 terminal G with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 19 and Figure 20.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 138.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
109.Measure resistance between connector 4007 terminal G and all other terminals in connector 4007 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 20. Multimeter should read OL for each test.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 138.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does ESC receive low-beam headlight request?
0097–23
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
DECISION
STEP
115. Remove steering column covers. Refer to Steering Column Covers Removal and Installation (WP 0565).
116. Disconnect turn signal switch connector 1810. Refer to Figure 21.
Figure 21. Turn Signal Switch Connector at Left Side of Steering Column.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
0097–25
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
131.Measure resistance between connector 1800 terminal A4 and connector 1600 terminal 3 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 24.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 135.
YES Go to next step.
0097–26
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
STEP
132.Measure resistance between connector 1800 terminal A7 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 24.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 135.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
133.Measure resistance between connector 1800 terminal A7 and connector 1600 terminal 20 with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 25.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 135.
YES Go to Step 137.
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace headlamp. Refer to Headlamp Removal and Installation (WP 0655). Return vehicle to service.
0097–27
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace instrument panel wiring harness. Refer to Instrument Panel Wiring Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0319). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace steering column wiring harness. Refer to Steering Column Wiring Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0324). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ESC. Refer to Electronic System Controller Removal and Installation (WP 0353). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace dash harness. Refer to Dash Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0335). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0097–28
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0097
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace forward chassis harness. Refer to Forward Chassis Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0424).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace front bumper harness. Refer to Front Bumper Left Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0375) or
Front Bumper Right Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0374). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace headlight and turn signal harness. Refer to Left Headlight and Turn Signal Harness Removal and
Installation (WP 0378). Refer to Right Headlight and Turn Signal Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0379).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace turn signal switch. Refer to Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Removal and Installation (WP 0323).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0097–29/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0386
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) WP 0369
(WP 0795, Item 37) WP 0370
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122) WP 0387
WP 0441
References
WP 0442
TM 9-2355-106-10
WP 0424
TM 9-2355-106-23P
WP 0426
WP 0059
WP 0427
WP 0092
WP 0517
WP 0257
WP 0580
WP 0303
WP 0597
WP 0297
WP 0598
WP 0333
WP 0782
WP 0335
WP 0323 Equipment Condition
WP 0324 Vehicle parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0353 Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
WP 0372 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0361 Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0383 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0384 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0373 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0374
WP 0375 Drawings Required
WP 0378 (WP 0789, Figure 58)
WP 0379 (WP 0789, Figure 59)
WP 0367 (WP 0789, Figure 60)
WP 0385 (WP 0789, Figure 14)
0098–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is one fender marker/turn signal light inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is one marker/turn signal light next to front headlight inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
5. Observe marker/turn signal lights next to front headlights and fender marker/turn signal light.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are marker/turn signal light next to front headlight, and fender marker/turn signal light on one side, inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is one front bumper marker/turn signal light inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are all front marker/turn signal lights on one side inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are all front marker/turn signals inoperative?
DECISION
0098–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
NO Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is one rear marker/turn signal light inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is one rear side marker light inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are all rear marker/turn signal lights inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are all marker/turn signals lights and clearance lights at front and rear inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are rear marker/turn signals lights and all clearance lights inoperative?
0098–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is one clearance light inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are both front and rear clearance lights inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are front clearance lights inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are rear clearance lights inoperative?
DECISION
0098–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
27. Disconnect connector LAM1061 for left front fender marker/turn signal light or LAM1062 for right front fender
marker/turn signal light. Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0098–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
STEP
32. Remove inoperative marker/turn signal bulb from socket. Refer to Front Turn Signal and Parking Light Bulb
Removal and Installation (WP 0373).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0098–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
STEP
Figure 5. Left Headlight/Turn Signal Harness Connector Near Front Spring Shackle.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0098–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
STEP
0098–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0098–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
STEP
Figure 8. Left Front Bumper/Front Chassis Connector Near Front Spring Shackle.
Figure 9. Right Front Bumper/Front Chassis Connector Near Front Spring Shackle.
0098–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.0V?
DECISION
STEP
58. Remove left side engine armor plate bracket. Refer to Left Engine Armor Plate Bracket Removal and
Installation (WP 0598).
59. Disconnect 24-way connector 4301 from 24-way connector 4300. Refer to Figure 10.
0098–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
63. Measure DC voltage between harness connector 4301 terminal 12 and terminal 13 with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 10.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
64. Remove taillamp assembly. Refer to Composite Taillamp Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0383).
65. Disconnect connectors leading to 21 and GND terminals on inoperative light. Refer to Figure 11. Right
side shown; left side similar.
Figure 11. Circuit Identification on Composite Taillamp Assembly for Turn Signal Bullet Connectors.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read 10.5V to 13.5V?
0098–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
DECISION
STEP
Figure 12. Taillamp/Rear Chassis Harness Inside Left Frame Rail Near Rear Crossmember.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
0098–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
85. Remove left side engine armor plate. Refer to Left Side Engine Armor Plate Removal and Installation
(WP 0597).
86. Remove air cleaner. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
87. Disconnect connector 9714 from connector 9700 in engine compartment. Refer to Figure 14.
0098–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0098–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
STEP
92. Remove TRUCK MARKER TAIL relay from center instrument panel relay block. Refer to Power Distribution
Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0333). Refer to Figure 15.
0098–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
94. Measure resistance between relay socket terminal 87 and connector 4007 terminal H with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 15 and Figure 16.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0098–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
STEP
95. Disconnect connector 1520. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation (WP 0297).
Refer to Figure 17.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
0098–20
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
103.Measure resistance between connector 1520 terminal B and connector 1954 terminal H with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 17 and Figure 18.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0098–21
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
STEP
104.Remove inoperative clearance light from mounting bar. Refer to Rear Clearance Light Assembly Removal and
Installation (WP 0385) or Front Clearance Light Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0369).
105.Turn MAIN POWER switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
106.Turn ignition switch ON (TM 9-2355-106-10).
107.Enable lights by pressing SER. DRIVE on MVLS and then press ENTER within 5 seconds (TM 9-2355-106-10).
108.Measure DC voltage between inoperative clearance light terminal and ground stud with multimeter. For front
clearance lights, refer to Figure 19. For rear clearance lights, refer to Figure 20.
0098–22
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0098–23
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
116. Remove instrument panel (IP) right side closeout. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Right Side Closeout
Removal and Installation (WP 0580).
117. Disconnect connector LAM1039. Refer to Figure 22.
0098–24
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
122.Measure DC voltage between connector LAM1039 terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 22.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
0098–25
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
DECISION
STEP
127.Measure resistance between connector 1701 (cabin side) terminal 21 and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 23.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 189.
YES Go to Step 203.
STEP
128.Remove TRUCK MARKER TAIL relay. Refer to Power Distribution Center Fuse and Relay Removal and
Installation (WP 0333). Refer to Figure 24.
0098–26
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
0098–27
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
130.Measure resistance between connector 1701 (engine side) terminal 21 and relay socket terminal 30 with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 25 and Figure 24.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
0098–28
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0098–29
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
0098–30
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0098–31
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
STEP
152.Remove TRUCK MARKER/TAIL relay from center instrument panel relay block. Refer to Power Distribution
Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0333). Refer to Figure 30.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 189.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 189.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0098–33
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
0098–35
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
174.Measure resistance between connector 1701 (cabin side) terminal 27 and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 34.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
STEP
175.Measure resistance between connector 1701 (cabin side) terminal 27 and connector 1954 terminal H with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 34 and Figure 33.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 203.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
176.Measure resistance between connector 1954 terminal H and all other connector 1954 terminals with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 33.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
0098–36
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
DECISION
NO Go to Step 203.
YES Go to Step 198.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are rear marker/turn signals lights and all clearance lights ON?
DECISION
0098–37
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace bulb. Refer to Front Turn Signal and Parking Light Bulb Removal and Installation (WP 0373). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace bulb. Refer to Front Fender Light Bulb Removal and Installation (WP 0372). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace front bumper lamp unit. Refer to Front Bumper Turn Signal and Parking Light Assembly Removal and
Installation (WP 0361). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace taillamp. Refer to Composite Taillamp Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0383). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace instrument panel wiring harness. Refer to Instrument Panel Wiring Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0319). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ESC. Refer to Electronic System Controller Removal and Installation (WP 0353). Return vehicle
to service.
0098–38
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace PDC harness. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0335).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace forward chassis harness. Refer to Forward Chassis Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0424).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace front bumper harness. Refer to Front Bumper Right Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0375) or
Front Bumper Left Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0374). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace front fender jumper harness. Refer to Front Fender Jumper Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0375). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace headlight and turn signal harness. Refer to Left Headlight and Turn Signal Harness Removal and
Installation (WP 0378). Refer to Right Headlight and Turn Signal Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0379).
Return vehicle to service.
0098–39
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace TRUCK MARKER TAIL relay. Refer to Power Distribution Center Fuse and Relay Removal and
Installation (WP 0333). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace center chassis harness. Refer to Center Chassis Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0426).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace rear chassis harness. Refer to Rear Chassis Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0427). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace taillamp harness. Refer to Taillamp Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0384). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Refer to Master Vehicle Light Switch (MVLS) Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0092). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace front clearance light bar harness. Refer to Front Clearance Light Bar Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0370). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace rear clearance harness. Refer to Rear Clearance Light Bar Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0386). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace clearance lights cabin jumper harness. Refer to Clearance Lights Cabin Jumper Harness Removal and
Installation (WP 0442). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace front and rear clearance lights harness. Refer to Front and Rear Clearance Lights Harness Removal
and Installation (WP 0441). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IP harness. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0319). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace front rear clearance light assembly. Refer to Rear Clearance Light Assembly Removal and Installation
(WP 0386) or Front Clearance Light Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0369).
0098–41
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0098
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace rear sidemarker light assembly. Refer to Rear Sidemarker Light Assembly Removal and Installation
(WP 0387).
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace front clearance light bar harness with inoperative light or rear clearance light bar harness with
inoperative light. Refer to Rear Clearance Light Bar Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0386) or Front
Clearance Light Bar Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0370). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0098–42
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0099
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0782
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
(WP 0795, Item 37) Equipment Condition
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-10 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0303 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0319 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0335 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0366
WP 0424 Drawings Required
WP 0597 (WP 0789, Figure 63)
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
0099–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0099
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0099–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0099
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
0099–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0099
15. Remove air cleaner assembly. Refer to Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0257).
16. Disconnect harness connector 4300/4301 (22 wire). Refer to Figure 3.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0099–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0099
STEP
23. Measure resistance between connector 1701 (engine side) terminal 37 and ground with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 32.
YES Go to next step.
0099–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0099
STEP
24. Measure resistance between connector 1701 terminal 37 (engine side) and connector 4301 terminal 21.
Refer to Figure 4. Refer to Figure 5.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 32.
YES Go to next step.
0099–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0099
STEP
25. Disconnect MVLS connector 1954. Refer to Figure 6. Refer to Master Vehicle Light Switch (MVLS) Removal
and Installation (WP 0303).
26. Measure resistance between connector 1701 (cabin side) terminal 37 and ground with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 7.
0099–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0099
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 33.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
27. With assistance, measure resistance between connector 1701 (cabin side) terminal 37 and connector 1954
terminal D with multimeter. Refer to Figure 7. Refer to Figure 8.
0099–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0099
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 33.
YES Go to next step.
0099–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0099
STEP
28. Measure resistance between connector 1954 terminal D and all other connector 1954 terminals with
multimeter. Multimeter should read OL for each test. Refer to Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 33.
YES Go to Master Vehicle Light Switch (MVLS) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0092).
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace blackout light. Refer to Blackout Drive Light Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0366). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0099–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0099
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace left bumper wiring harness. Refer to Front Bumper Left and Right Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0374). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace forward chassis harness. Refer to Forward Chassis Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0424).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace PDC wiring harness. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0335). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IP harness. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0319). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0099–11/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools WP 0374
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK) WP 0375
(WP 0795, Item 37) WP 0424
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122) WP 0426
WP 0427
Personnel Required
WP 0598
Maintainer - (2)
WP 0782
References
Equipment Condition
TM 9-2355-106-10
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P
Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
WP 0092
9-2355-106-10)
WP 0303
Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0319
MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0333
Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0335
Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0361
WP 0383 Drawings Required
WP 0384 (WP 0789, Figure 64)
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
0100–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are all blackout marker lights off?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 23.
YES Go to next step.
0100–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
STEP
5. Press MVLS B.O. MARKER button, then press ENTER within 5 seconds.
6. Observe blackout marker lights.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are all blackout marker lights on?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are any blackout marker lights on?
DECISION
STEP
0100–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
10. Remove B/O MRKR TRUCK 4003 relay. Refer to Figure 1. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse
and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0333).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 128.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
15. Measure DC voltage between relay socket terminal 87 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
0100–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
DECISION
NO Go to Step 128.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
16. Measure DC voltage between relay socket terminal 87 and 85 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 150.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are any blackout marker lights on?
DECISION
0100–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
STEP
23. Disconnect MVLS connector 1954. Refer to Figure 3. Refer to Master Vehicle Light Switch (MVLS) Removal
and Installation (WP 0303).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are blackout marker lights off?
DECISION
YES Go to Master Vehicle Light Switch (MVLS) Troubleshooting Procedure (WP 0092).
NO Go to next step.
0100–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
STEP
25. Remove B/O MRKR TRUCK 4003 relay. Refer to Figure 4. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse
and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0333).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are blackout marker lights off?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 28.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
27. Measure DC voltage between B/O MARKER TRUCK relay socket terminal 86 and ground with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
0100–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5V?
0100–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
DECISION
NO Go to Step 58.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5V?
DECISION
0100–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 152.
YES Go to next step.
0100–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 153.
YES Go to Step 154.
0100–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
STEP
57. Measure resistance between connector 1701 (cabin side) terminal 24 and all other connector 1701 terminals
with multimeter. Multimeter should read OL for each test. Refer to Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
STEP
0100–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
0100–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 157.
YES Go to Step 137.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are all front blackout marker lights on?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 97.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V at inoperative rear blackout light connectors?
DECISION
0100–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
STEP
0100–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0100–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0100–18
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0100–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is right front marker light on?
DECISION
STEP
0100–20
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
0100–21
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0100–22
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0100–23
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
131.Measure resistance between connector 1701 (engine side) terminal 24 and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 26.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
0100–25
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
DECISION
NO Go to Step 150.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
132.Measure resistance between connector 1701 (engine side) terminal 24 and B/O relay socket terminal 86.
Refer to Figure 27 and Figure 28.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 150.
0100–26
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
STEP
133.Disconnect MVLS connector 1954. Refer to Figure 29. Refer to Master Vehicle Light Switch (MVLS)
Removal and Installation (WP 0303).
0100–27
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
134.Measure resistance between connector 1701 terminal 24 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 30.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 155.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
135.With assistance, measure resistance between connector 1701 terminal 24 and connector 1954 terminal E
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 30 and Figure 29.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 155.
YES Go to next step.
0100–28
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
STEP
136.Measure resistance between connector 1701 terminal 24 and all other connector 1701 terminals with
multimeter. Multimeter should read OL for each test. Refer to Figure 30.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read OL for each test?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 155.
YES Go to Master Vehicle Light Switch (MVLS) Troubleshooting Procedures (WP 0092).
STEP
137.Measure voltage between connector 4301 terminal 23 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 31.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 158.
YES Go to next step.
0100–29
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
STEP
0100–30
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 160.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
0100–31
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 161.
YES Go to Step 159.
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace PDC harness. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0335).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace B/O MARKER TRUCK relay. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and
Installation (WP 0333). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace center chassis wiring harness. Refer to Center Chassis Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0426).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace rear chassis harness. Refer to Rear Chassis Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0427). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace taillamp harness. Refer to Taillamp Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0384). Return vehicle
to service.
0100–33
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0100
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IP harness. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0319). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace inoperative rear blackout light. Refer to Composite Taillamp Assembly Removal and Installation
(WP 0383). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace blackout light. Refer to Front Bumper Turn Signal and Parking Light Assembly Removal and Installation
(WP 0361). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace right front bumper harness. Refer to Front Bumper Right Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0375).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace forward chassis harness. Refer to Forward Chassis Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0424).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace blackout light. Refer to Front Bumper Turn Signal and Parking Light Assembly Removal and Installation
(WP 0361). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace left front bumper harness. Refer to Front Bumper Left Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0374).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
0100–35/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
FIELD MAINTENANCE
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment WP 0424
Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0795, Item WP 0426
70) WP 0427
WP 0517
Tools and Special Tools
WP 0581
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (GMTK)
WP 0597
(WP 0795, Item 37)
WP 0655
Terminal Test Kit (WP 0795, Item 122)
WP 0782
Personnel Required
Maintainer - (2) Equipment Condition
Parking brake set (TM 9-2355-106-10)
References Transmission set in NEUTRAL (N) (TM
TM 9-2355-106-10 9-2355-106-10)
TM 9-2355-106-23P Engine off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0011 MAIN POWER switch off (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0168 Wheels chocked (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0124 Engine hood open and secured (TM 9-2355-106-10)
WP 0297
WP 0317 Drawings Required
WP 0318 (WP 0789, Figure 59)
WP 0319 (WP 0789, Figure 60)
WP 0333 (WP 0789, Figure 57)
WP 0335 (WP 0789, Figure 12)
WP 0353 (WP 0789, Figure 13)
WP 0384 (WP 0789, Figure 51)
0101–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Engine hood is extremely heavy and requires two-person lift. Ensure that there is adequate
space in front of the vehicle to open hood completely without pinning or pinching personnel
between hood and any other structure. Use extreme care when working under hood and make
sure it is properly supported. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when testing or working on or around electrical circuits. Always assume
that electrical circuits are live. Electrical shock can occur upon contact with voltage high
enough to cause current flow through muscles or nerves. On Direct Current (DC) systems,
generally 1 milliamp of current can be felt, 5 milliamps can cause severe pain, 15 milliamps
can cause loss of muscle control, and 70 milliamps can be fatal. Wear protective clothing;
ensure skin, clothing, and surrounding areas are dry; do not wear jewelry; and touch only
the insulated, nonmetallic parts of electrical components and testing equipment. To prevent
electrical arcing, avoid shorting electrical test probes and jumper wires. Electrical arcing can
cause bright flashes of light, capable of causing temporary blindness. If electrical injury occurs,
immediately shut off power supply and seek medical assistance. Failure to comply may result
in serious injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Use light contact when probing connector terminals. Do not force test probe into connector
terminal. Failure to comply may result in damage to connector terminal.
NOTE
Personnel must read and understand the Troubleshooting Procedures Overview in How to Use
This Manual before performing any troubleshooting procedures.
0101–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are both right and left stoplights inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Is left or right stoplight inoperative?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Do both stoplights remain on after pedal is released?
DECISION
0101–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does left or right stoplight remain on after pedal is released?
DECISION
STEP
10. Remove left or right taillight. Refer to Composite Taillamp Assembly Removal and Installation (WP 0383).
11. Disconnect bullet connector leading to terminal GND on left or right stoplight. Refer to Figure 1.
Figure 1. Stoplight Bullet Connectors Inside Composite Taillamp Assembly, and Terminal Identification on
Taillamp.
12. Measure resistance between harness side bullet connector terminal GND and ground with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 1.
0101–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
13. Connect Maintenance Support Device (MSD) to vehicle. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device
(MSD) (WP 0011).
14. Press SER. DRIVE on MVLS and then press ENTER within 5 seconds.
15. Ensure air pressure is sufficient to operate brakes.
16. Press brake pedal down and observe ESC inputs.
17. With MSD, verify ESC receives brake switch input.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does Electronic System Controller (ESC) receive brake pressure switch request?
DECISION
STEP
18. Press brake pedal down and observe ESC outputs with MSD.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does ESC activate brake outputs?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 179.
YES Go to next step.
0101–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
19. Remove IP center trim panel. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Center Trim Panel Removal and Installation
(WP 0581).
20. Disconnect MVLS connector 1954. Refer to Figure 2.
21. Measure resistance between connector 1954 terminal J and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 0.8 ohms?
DECISION
0101–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0101–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
31. Measure resistance between connector 1050 terminal A and MVLS connector 1954 terminal J with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 5. Refer to Figure 4.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
Figure 6. Taillamp/Rear Chassis Harness Connector Inside Left Frame Rail Near Rear Crossmember.
33. Measure resistance between connector 9303A terminal E and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 6.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
STEP
34. Loosen air dryer mounting bolts and move air dryer to one side to access connectors on left frame rail. Refer
to Air Dryer Removal and Installation (WP 0517).
35. Disconnect connector 9800F from 9800M. Refer to Figure 7.
0101–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
36. Measure resistance between connector 9800F terminal 12 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 7.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0101–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
37. Remove left side engine armor plate. Refer to Left Side Engine Armor Plate Removal and Installation
(WP 0597).
38. Disconnect connector 9714. Refer to Figure 8.
39. Measure resistance between dash side connector 9714 terminal C6 and ground with multimeter. Refer
to Figure 8.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0101–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
40. Remove cap and metal bus bar from blackout mode splice pack connector 1050. Refer to Figure 9.
41. Measure resistance between connector 1050 terminal A and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 0.8 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
42. Measure resistance between connector 1050 terminal H and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 0.8 ohms?
DECISION
0101–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
43. Measure resistance between connector 1050 terminal J and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 0.8 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
44. Measure resistance between connector 1050 terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 0.8 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
45. Measure resistance between connector 1050 terminal C and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 9.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 0.8 ohms?
DECISION
0101–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
47. Measure resistance between engine side connector 1701 terminal 27 and ground with multimeter. Refer to
Figure 10.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 0.8 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 178.
YES Go to next step.
0101–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
48. Remove right stop/turn relay. Refer to Figure 11 Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay
Removal and Installation (WP 0333).
Figure 11. Right Stop/Turn Relay in Engine Compartment Power Distribution Center (PDC).
49. Measure resistance between connector 1701 terminal 27 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 10.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 0.8 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 182.
YES Go to next step.
0101–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
50. Remove LEFT STOP TURN relay. Refer to Figure 12. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse
and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0333).
51. Measure resistance between connector 1701 terminal 27 and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 13.
0101–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 0.8 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 182.
YES Go to Step 183.
0101–17
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
52. Remove IPC. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation (WP 0297).
53. Disconnect IPC connector 1500. Refer to Figure 14.
54. Measure resistance between connector 1050 terminal J and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 15.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 0.8 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 188.
YES Go to Step 178.
STEP
56. Measure resistance between connector 1050 terminal B and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 15.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 0.8 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 181.
YES Go to Step 178.
0101–19
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
58. Measure resistance between connector 1050 terminal C and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 18.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 0.8 ohms?
0101–20
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
DECISION
NO Go to Step 181.
YES Go to Step 178.
STEP
Figure 19. Left Stoplight Relay in Cabin Fuse and Relay Center.
60. Measure resistance between connector 1050 terminal D and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 18.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 0.8 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 180.
YES Go to next step.
0101–21
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
Figure 20. Right Stoplight Relay in Cabin Fuse and Relay Center.
62. Measure resistance between connector 1050 terminal D and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 21.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 180.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
64. Measure resistance between connector 1050 terminal D and ground with multimeter. Refer to Figure 21.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 0.8 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 181.
YES Go to Step 178.
0101–23
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
65. Remove right side IP closeout panel. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Right Side Closeout Removal and
Installation (WP 0580).
66. Remove STOPLIGHT RELAY LEFT or RIGHT. Refer to Figure 23.
Figure 23. Left or Right Stoplight Relay in Cabin Fuse and Relay Center.
67. Measure resistance between STOPLIGHT RELAY LEFT or RIGHT socket terminal 85 and connector 1050
terminal D with multimeter. Refer to Figure 23. Refer to Figure 21.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 178
YES Go to next step.
0101–24
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
68. Measure resistance between STOPLIGHT RELAY LEFT or RIGHT relay socket terminal 86 and ground with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 24.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 178.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
0101–25
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
70. Measure resistance between connector 1701 terminal 27 and connector 1050 terminal H with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 25. Refer to Figure 26.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 178.
0101–26
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
0101–27
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
73. Disconnect bullet connectors leading to stoplight terminals 22 and GND on inoperative stoplight. Refer to
Figure 27.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read more than 5 ohms?
0101–28
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
DECISION
STEP
83. Disconnect taillamp/rear chassis harness connector 9303A. Refer to Figure 28.
Figure 28. Taillamp/Rear Chassis Harness Connector, Inside Left Frame Rail Near Rear Crossmember.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0101–29
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
99. Remove right side IP closeout panel. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Right Side Closeout Removal and
Installation (WP 0580).
100.Remove relay for inoperative stoplight. Refer to Figure 30.
Figure 30. Left or Right Stoplight Relay in Cabin Relay and Fuse Center.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 113.
YES Go to next step.
0101–31
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
107.Measure DC voltage between STOPLIGHT RELAY LEFT or RIGHT socket terminal 85 and ground with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 31.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 178.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 178.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
111. Measure resistance between STOPLIGHT RELAY LEFT or RIGHT socket terminal 30 and ground with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 31.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
112. Measure resistance between STOPLIGHT RELAY LEFT or RIGHT socket terminal 30 and LEFT or RIGHT
STOP TURN relay socket terminal 87 with multimeter. Refer to Figure 31 and refer to Figure 32.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 118.
YES Go to Step 180.
0101–33
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
116. Measure resistance between STOPLIGHT RELAY RIGHT socket terminal 87 and connector 4008 terminal B
or between STOPLIGHT RELAY LEFT socket terminal 87 and connector 4008 terminal C with multimeter.
Refer to Figure 33 and Figure 34.
0101–34
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
Figure 34. Left or Right Stoplight Relay in Cabin Relay and Fuse Center.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 178.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
117. Measure resistance between STOPLIGHT RELAY LEFT or RIGHT socket terminal 87 and ground with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 34.
CONDITION/INDICATION
DECISION
NO Go to Step 179.
YES Go to Step 178.
0101–35
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
0101–36
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
DECISION
NO Go to Step 178.
YES Go to Step 183.
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0101–37
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
122.Measure DC voltage between LEFT or RIGHT STOP TURN relay socket terminal 86 and ground with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 37.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 183.
YES Go to next step.
0101–38
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 183.
YES Go to next step.
STEP
126.Measure resistance between LEFT or RIGHT STOP TURN relay socket terminal 30 and ground with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 38.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0101–39
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
127.Measure resistance between LEFT or RIGHT STOP TURN relay socket terminal 30 and connector 9303A
terminal B for left stoplight, or terminal C for right stoplight, with multimeter. Refer to Figure 38 and refer to
Figure 39.
Figure 39. Taillamp/Rear Chassis Harness Connector Inside Left Frame Rail Near Rear Crossmember.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
128.Remove left side engine armor plate. Refer to Left Side Engine Armor Plate (WP 0597).
129.Disconnect connector 9714 from 9700. Refer to Figure 40.
0101–40
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
130.Measure resistance between LEFT or RIGHT STOP TURN relay socket terminal 30 and dash side connector
9714 terminal A5 for left stoplight, or terminal B6 for right stoplight, with multimeter. Refer to Figure 40
and refer to Figure 41.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 183.
0101–41
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
131.Loosen air dryer mounting bolts and move air dryer to one side to access connectors on left frame rail. Refer
to Air Dryer Removal and Installation (WP 0517).
132.Disconnect connector 9800F from 9800M. Refer to Figure 42.
Figure 42. Center/Rear Chassis Harness Connector Inside Left Frame Rail.
133.Measure resistance between chassis side connector 9700 terminal A5 for left stoplight, or terminal B6 for right
stoplight, and center/rear chassis connector 9800F terminal 2 for left stoplight, or terminal 3 for right stoplight,
with multimeter. Refer to Figure 40. Refer to Figure 42.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
STEP
134.Loosen air dryer mounting bolts and move air dryer to one side to access connectors on left frame rail. Refer
to Air Dryer Removal and Installation (WP 0517).
135.Disconnect connector 9800M/9800F. Refer to Figure 42.
136.Measure resistance between LEFT or RIGHT STOP TURN relay socket terminal 30 and ground with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 43.
0101–42
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
NO Go to Step 185.
YES Go to next step.
0101–43
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
137.Remove left side engine armor plate. Refer to Left Side Engine Armor Plate Removal and Installation
(WP 0597).
138.Disconnect connector 9700 from 9714. Refer to Figure 44
139.Measure resistance between LEFT or RIGHT STOP TURN relay socket terminal 30 and ground with
multimeter. Refer to Figure 43.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read less than 5 ohms?
DECISION
0101–44
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
Figure 45. Electronic System Controller (ESC) Connector Under Left Side Instrument Panel.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does stoplight go out?
DECISION
0101–45
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
141.Remove STOPLIGHT RELAY LEFT or RIGHT for stoplight that remains on. Refer to Figure 46. Refer to
Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0317).
Figure 46. Stoplight Relay Left and Right in Cabin Relay and Fuse Center.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does taillamp go out?
DECISION
0101–46
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
142.Remove RIGHT or LEFT TURN TRAILER relay for stoplight that remains on. Refer to Figure 47.
Figure 47. Right or Left Turn Trailer Relay in Engine Compartment PDC.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does stop lamp go out?
DECISION
YES Go to Front and Rear Trailer Connector Operational Checkout Procedure (WP 0124).
NO Go to next step.
0101–47
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
143.Remove LEFT or RIGHT STOP TURN relay for stoplight that remains on. Refer to Figure 48. Refer to Power
Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and Installation (WP 0333).
Figure 48. Left and Right Stop/Turn Relay in Engine Compartment PDC.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does stop lamp go out?
DECISION
0101–48
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
144.Remove left side engine armor. Refer to Left Side Engine Armor Removal and Installation (WP 0597).
145.Disconnect connector 9714 from 9700. Refer to Figure 49.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0101–49
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0101–50
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
Figure 51. Taillamp/Rear Chassis Harness Connector Inside Left Frame Rail Near Rear Crossmember.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0101–51
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
166.Measure voltage at STOPLIGHT RELAY LEFT or RIGHT socket terminal 87 of stoplight that was on. Refer to
Figure 52.
Figure 52. Left or Right Stoplight Relay in Cabin Relay and Fuse Center.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0101–52
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
STEP
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
0101–53
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
NO Go to next step.
STEP
174.Measure voltage on dash side connector 1703M terminal A for right stoplight or D for left stoplight. Refer to
Figure 53.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does multimeter read between 10.5V and 13.5V?
DECISION
STEP
175.Connect MSD to vehicle. Refer to Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) (WP 0011).
176.Observe brake switch input to MSD with brake pedal released.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Does input show brake switch activated?
DECISION
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace taillamp unit. Refer to Taillamp Removal and Installation (WP 0655). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace instrument panel wiring harness. Refer to Instrument Panel Wiring Harness Removal and Installation
(WP 0319). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace ESC. Refer to Electronic System Controller (ESC) Removal and Installation (WP 0353). Return
vehicle to service.
0101–54
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IP relay. Refer to Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation
(WP 0317). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace instrument panel center relay. Refer to Instrument Panel Center Relay Removal and Installation
(WP 0318). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace PDC relay. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and Installation
(WP 0333). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace PDC harness. Refer to Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0335).
Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace center chassis harness. Refer to Center Chassis Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0426).
Return vehicle to service.
0101–55
TM 9-2355-106-23-1 0101
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace rear chassis harness. Refer to Rear Chassis Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0427). Return
vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace Taillamp harness. Refer to Taillamp Harness Removal and Installation (WP 0384). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace MVLS. Refer to MVLS Removal and Installation (WP 0427). Return vehicle to service.
END OF TEST
MALFUNCTION
ACTION
Replace IPC. Refer to Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Removal and Installation(WP 0297). Return vehicle
to service.
END OF TEST
0101–56
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
GLOSSARY
GLOSSARY
ATA Data Link A serial datalink specified by the American Trucking Association and the SAE.
Continuous Test A function of the ECM in which ECM inputs and outputs are continuously monitored
to ensure that the readings are within set limits.
Drive Train Data Primary communication link for the ECM, ESC, and instrument cluster.
Link J1939
Driver A transistor in the output section of the ECM to turn various actuators in the system on or off.
Duty Cycle Signal A type of control signal that has a controlled on/off time measure from 0%
to 100%. Normally used to control solenoids.
Fault Detection/ An alternate control strategy devised to reduce adverse effects of a system failure. Should a
Management sensor fail, the ECM substitutes a good sensor signal or assumed sensor value in its place.
The AMBER light illuminates to alert the driver that the vehicle requires servicing.
Injection Control High lube oil pressure generated by a high pressure pump/pressure regulator
Pressure to hydraulically actuate the fuel injectors.
Input Conditioner A device or circuit that conditions or prepares an input signal for use by the microprocessor.
Low Speed Digital Switched sensor inputs that generate an on/off (high/low) signal to the ECM. The
Inputs input supplied to the ECM from the sensor could be from a high input source switch
(usually 12 or 5 volts) or a grounding-type switch, which grounds the signal from a
current-limiting resistor internal to the ECM, creating a low signal (0 volts).
Normally Closed Refers to a switch solenoid that remains closed when no control force is acting on it.
Normally Open Refers to a switch that remains open when no control force is acting on it.
On Demand Test A self-test the technician initiates that is run from a program in the processor.
Output State Check An "On Demand" test selected by the technician that forces the processor to
activate actuators "High or Low" for additional diagnostics.
Pulse Width The length of time an actuator, such as an injector, remains energized.
Switch Sensors Switch sensors are used to indicate position, levels, or pressures. Switch sensors produce a
digital signal created by opening or closing a switch. The on or off signal can indicate position
as in the case of a clutch switch, level as in the case of a coolant level switch, or pressure as
in the case of a low oil pressure switch. A switch sensor normally has two connectors: signal
return (grd) and signal. A switch sensor is considered a low speed digital signal input.
Glossary–1/blank
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
INDEX
Subject WP Sequence No.–Page No.
A
Accelerator Pedal Sensor (APS) Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0397–1
Accelerator Position Sensor (APS)/Idle Validation Switch (IVS) Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . WP 0050–1
AIR 1 Pressure Gauge and Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0294–1
AIR 1/Primary Air Pressure Gauge Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0086–1
AIR 2 Pressure Gauge and Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0295–1
AIR 2/Secondary Air Pressure Gauge Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0087–1
Air Brake Component Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0173–1
Air Brake Double Check Valve Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0522–1
Air Brake Quick Release Valves Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0521–1
Air Brake Relay Valve Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0510–1
Air Brake System Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0172–1
Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0257–1
Air Cleaner Support Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0258–1
Air Compressor Delivery Air Line Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0524–1
Air Compressor Governor Adjustment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0526–1
Air Compressor Governor Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0176–1
Air Compressor Governor Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0525–1
Air Compressor Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0175–1
Air Compressor Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0527–1
Air Compressor Supply Air Line Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0523–1
Air Conditioner (A/C) Belt Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0244–1
Air Conditioning (A/C) Condenser Fan Motor Relay Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . WP 0332–1
Air Conditioner Condenser Fan Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0724–1
Air Conditioning (A/C) Belt Tensioner Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0245–1
Air Conditioning (A/C) Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0189–1
Air Conditioning (A/C) Thermal Expansion Valve Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . WP 0190–1
Air Conditioning A/C Condenser Panel Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0672–1
Air Dryer Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0518–1
Air Dryer Desiccant Cartridge Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0519–1
Air Dryer Heater and Thermostat Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0174–1
Air Dryer Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0517–1
Air Filter Restriction Gauge Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0259–1
Air Filter Restriction Gauge Tubing and Fitting Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0260–1
Air Gauge Transducer Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0322–1
Air Hose Fitting Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0513–1
Air Hose Quick Connect Fitting Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0512–1
Air Intake Tube (To Turbo) Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0256–1
Air Reservoir Tank Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0499–1
Alternator Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0290–1
Alternator Interconnect Positive Cable Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0340–1
Alternator Pulley Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0291–1
Alternator Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0289–1
American Truckers Association (ATA) Communications/Data Communications Link (DLC) Troubleshooting
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0051–1
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Blink Code Switch Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0315–1
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Control Module Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0355–1
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0009–1
Antilock Brake System (ABS) J1939 Serial Communications Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . WP 0139–1
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator Valve (PMV) Common Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0140–1
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Pressure Modulator Valve (PMV) Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . WP 0178–1
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Lamp Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0079–1
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Wheel Speed Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . WP 0177–1
Index–1
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
INDEX – (Continued)
Subject WP Sequence No.–Page No.
A-Pillar Assist Handle Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0643–1
A-Pillar Cover Trim Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0642–1
Armor Grille Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0567–1
Armor Grille Support and Armor Grille Support Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . WP 0568–1
Audible Alarm Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0088–1
Auxiliary Spring Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0556–1
B
Backup Light Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0382–1
Backup Lights Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0103–1
Barometric Pressure Sensor (BAP) Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0052–1
Barometric Pressure Sensor Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0398–1
Battery Body Ground Cable Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0410–1
Battery Box Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0419–1
Battery Cable and Clean Power Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0405–1
Battery Cable Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0033–1
Battery Cables Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0407–1
Battery Disconnect Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0404–1
Battery Disconnect Switch Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0296–1
Battery Equalizer Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0350–1
Battery Equalizer Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0120–1
Battery Power Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0032–1
Battery Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0418–1
Battery Stud Adapter Terminal Clamp Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0409–1
Belly Armor Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0606–1
Blackout Drive Light Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0366–1
Blackout Driving Light Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0099–1
Blackout Marker Light Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0100–1
Blackout Stoplights Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0102–1
Bleeding Single Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0538–1
Body Armor Rear Wall, Riot Guard, and Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0637–1
Body Ground to Firewall Ground Cable Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0408–1
Boost Pressure Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0023–1
Bottom Ramp Step Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0640–1
Brake Adjustment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0484–1
Brake Pedal Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0501–1
Brake Stoplight Switch Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0326–1
Brake System Mechanical Components Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0170–1
Brake System Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0169–1
Brake System Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0171–1
C
Cabin Door Assist System Actuator Air Line Tubing Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . WP 0618–1
Cabin Door Assist System Limit Valve Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0500–1
Cabin Door Assist System Supply Air Line Tubing Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0622–1
Cabin Door Assist System Supply Pass-Through Air Line Tubing Removal and Installation . . . . . WP 0621–1
Cabin Door Assist System Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0185–1
Cabin Door Combat Lock Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0628–1
Cabin Door Combat Lock Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0183–1
Cabin Door Exterior Handle Assembly Removal and Installation (Single-and Dual-Cylinder) . . . . WP 0623–1
Cabin Door Interior Handle Assembly Removal and Installation (Dual Piston Upper Interior Combat Door
Lock-Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0625–1
Cabin Door Interior Handle Assembly Removal and Installation (Single-Piston, Lower Combat Door Lock-Type)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0624–1
Index–2
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
INDEX – (Continued)
Subject WP Sequence No.–Page No.
Cabin Door Linkage Inspection and Adjustment Procedure (Lower Interior Combat Door Lock-Type) WP 0615–1
Cabin Door Linkage Inspection and Adjustment Procedure (Upper Combat Door Lock Type-Operation) WP 0616–1
Cabin Door Lock Assembly Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0184–1
Cabin Door Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0182–1
Cabin Door Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0607–1
Cabin Door Seal Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0614–1
Cabin Door Striker and Cabin Door Check Stop Assemblies Removal and Installation . . . . . . . WP 0613–1
Cabin Door Trim Panel Removal and Installation (One-Piece, Lower Combat Door Lock-Type) . . . WP 0626–1
Cabin Door Trim Panel Removal and Installation (Two-Piece, Upper Combat Door Lock Type) . . . WP 0627–1
Cabin Electrical Ground Stud Plate Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0321–1
Cabin Emergency Hatch and Hinge Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0593–1
Cabin Emergency Hatch Handle/Lock Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0594–1
Cabin Emergency Hatch Seal Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0595–1
Cabin Fuse Block 1011 Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0061–1
Cabin Fuse Block 1012 Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0062–1
Cabin Fuse Block 1013 Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0063–1
Cabin Fuse Block 1014 Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0064–1
Cabin Roof Molding Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0583–1
Cabin Window Armor Glass Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0654–1
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0393–1
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0030–1
Center Chassis Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0426–1
Center Floor Panel Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0660–1
Center Panel Air Filter Restriction Gauge Tubing and Fitting Removal and Installation . . . . . . . WP 0260–1
Charge Air Cooler (CAC) Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0263–1
Charge Air Cooler (CAC) Hose Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0264–1
Charge Air Cooler Pressure Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0024–1
Charging System Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0091–1
Check Transmission Lamp Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0075–1
Clearance and Marker Light Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0367–1
Clearance Lights Cabin Jumper Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0442–1
Clearance/Marker Lights Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0098–1
Clearing Inactive Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0013–1
Climate Control Unit (CCU) Box Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0769–1
Communications Rack Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0667–1
Composite Taillamp Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0383–1
Connecting Maintenance Support Device (MSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0011–1
Connector Composites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0790–1
Connector Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0788–1
Coolant Level Warning Lamp Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0076–1
Cooling Fan Actuator Solenoid Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0288–1
Cooling Fan Drive Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0287–1
Cooling System Drain and Fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0277–1
Cooling System Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0045–1
Cowl Panel Drain Tube Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0650–1
Crankcase Pressure Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0025–1
Crankshaft Damper and Front Seal Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0223–1
Crew and Front Passenger Seat Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0666–1
Cross-Vehicle Equipment Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0564–1
Cruise Control Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0106–1
Cruise Control Switch Module Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0316–1
Cylinder Head and Gasket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0222–1
Index–3
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
INDEX – (Continued)
Subject WP Sequence No.–Page No.
Deaeration Tank Pressure Cap Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0280–1
Deaeration Tank Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0279–1
Diagnostic Connector Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0078–1
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Access Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0012–1
Door Armor Panel Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0609–1
Door Mounted Mirror Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0682–1
Door Window Armor Glass Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0653–1
Door Window Riot Guard Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0610–1
Driver Control Module (DCM) Left Air Line Grommet Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . WP 0505–1
Driver Control Mounting (DCM) Bracket Assembly Exterior Armor Removal and Installation (Without Front Access
Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0646–1
Driver Control Mounting (DCM) Bracket Assembly Exterior Armor Removal and Installation (With Front Access
Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0647–1
Driver Control Mounting (DCM) Bracket Assembly Interior Armor Removal and Installation . . . . . WP 0648–1
Driver Control Mounting (DCM) Bracket Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0566–1
Driver Seat Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0663–1
Dual-Pneumatic Door Actuator Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0617–1
E
Electric Horn Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0402–1
Electric Horns Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0111–1
Electric Horns Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0107–1
Electric Horns Sound Without Pressing Horn Pad Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . WP 0112–1
Electric Horns Switch Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0109–1
Electrical System Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0789–1
Electrical Wire Repair Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0420–1
Electronic System Controller (ESC) Brace Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0354–1
Electronic System Controller (ESC) Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0007–1
Electronic System Controller (ESC) Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0353–1
Electronic System Controller (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0068–1
Engine Assembly Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0219–1
Engine Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0218–1
Engine Control Module (ECM) and Transmission Control Module (TCM) Clean Power Fuse Removal and
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0412–1
Engine Control Module (ECM) and Transmission Control Module (TCM) Clean Power and Ground Harness
Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0406–1
Engine Control Module (ECM) Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0329–1
Engine Control Module (ECM) Self-Diagnosis Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0053–1
Engine Control Module (ECM) Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0049–1
Engine Coolant Level System Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0046–1
Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0388–1
Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0047–1
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0081–1
Engine Cooling Fan Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0031–1
Engine Cover Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0649–1
Engine Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0006–1
Engine Does Not Crank Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0034–1
Engine Fan Control (EFC) Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0048–1
Engine Mechanical Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0016–1
Engine Mount Crossmember Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0548–1
Engine Oil Breather Tube Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0231–1
Engine Oil Cooler Pressure Regulator Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0235–1
Engine Oil Cooler Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0234–1
Engine Oil Drain/Fill Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0233–1
Index–4
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
INDEX – (Continued)
Subject WP Sequence No.–Page No.
Engine Oil Filter Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0232–1
Engine Oil Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0018–1
Engine Oil Pan Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0236–1
Engine Oil Pickup Tube Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0237–1
Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0392–1
Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0028–1
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0082–1
Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) Sensor Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0389–1
Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0029–1
Engine Performance Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0015–1
Engine Sensor Wiring Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0330–1
Engine Systems Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0017–1
Engine Valve Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0229–1
Engine Water Outlet Pipe and Elbow Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0725–1
Engine Water Pump Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0286–1
Engine Wiring Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0336–1
Engine Wiring Harness Terminating Resistor Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0337–1
Equalizer Cables Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0349–1
Equipment Description and Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0002–1
Ether (Cold) Start Valve and Atomizer Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0272–1
Ether Canister Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0273–1
Ether Cold Start Thermostatic Switch Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0274–1
Ether Start Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0089–1
Ether Start Switch Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0300–1
Exhaust Brake Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0246–1
Exhaust Brake Solenoid Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0247–1
Exhaust Brake Supply Air Line Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0248–1
Exhaust Brake Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0090–1
Exhaust Manifold Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0239–1
Exhaust Pipe Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0275–1
Exhaust System Operational Checkout Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0044–1
Expendable and Durable Items List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0794–1
Exterior Battery Box Armor Door Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0604–1
Exterior Body Armor Left Front Panel Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0633–1
Exterior Body Armor Left Middle Front Panel Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0634–1
Exterior Body Armor Middle Rear Panel Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0630–1
Exterior Body Armor Rear Panel Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0631–1
Exterior Body Armor Right Front Panel Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0629–1
Exterior Body Armor Right Middle Front Panel Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0635–1
Exterior Body Armor Riot Guard Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0632–1
Exterior Fuel Tank Armor Door Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0605–1
F
Fender and Reinforcement Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0657–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Cabin Cylinder Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0745–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Cabin Extinguisher Control Circuit Fault Troubleshooting Procedure WP 0194–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Cabin Fire Detector Fire Detection Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure WP 0196–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Cabin Fire Detector Power and Ground Troubleshooting Procedure WP 0195–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Cabin Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0739–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Cabin Sensor Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0742–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Cabin/Crew Dispersion Unit and Pipe Removal and Installation . . WP 0746–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Chassis Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0740–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Control Panel Power and Ground Troubleshooting Procedure. . . WP 0192–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Control Unit Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . WP 0738–1
Index–5
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
INDEX – (Continued)
Subject WP Sequence No.–Page No.
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Control Unit Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0737–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Disable and Enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0736–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Engine Compartment Sensor Removal and Installation . . . . . . WP 0741–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Engine Cylinder Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0750–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Engine Dispersion Unit and Pipe Removal and Installation . . . . WP 0751–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Engine Extinguisher Control Circuit Fault Troubleshooting Procedure WP 0197–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Engine Fire Detector Fire Detection Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure WP 0199–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Engine Fire Detector Power and Ground Troubleshooting Procedure WP 0198–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Extinguisher Pressure Fault Troubleshooting Procedure. . . . . . WP 0193–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Front Tire Dispersion Unit and Pipe Removal and Installation . . . WP 0748–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Fuel Tank Cylinder Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . WP 0743–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Fuel Tank Dispersion Unit and Pipe Removal and Installation . . . WP 0744–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Fuel Tank Extinguisher Control Circuit Fault Troubleshooting Procedure
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0200–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Rear Tire Dispersion Unit and Pipe Removal and Installation . . . WP 0749–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Tire Cylinder Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0747–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Tires Extinguisher Control Circuit Fault Troubleshooting Procedure . WP 0201–1
Fire Suppression System (FSS) Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0191–1
Flash-To-Pass Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0105–1
Flexplate Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0225–1
Floor Panel (Front Center) Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0659–1
Floor Panel (Front) Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0658–1
Floor Panel (Rear Center) Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0661–1
Foot Brake Valve Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0502–1
Forward Chassis Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0424–1
Front and Rear Clearance Lights Roof Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0441–1
Front Antilock Braking System (ABS) Modulator Valve Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . WP 0507–1
Front Antilock Braking System (ABS) Sensor Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0425–1
Front Axle Antilock Braking System (ABS) Tone Ring Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . WP 0483–1
Front Axle Assembly Alignment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0472–1
Front Axle Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0470–1
Front Axle Breather Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0473–1
Front Axle Bumper Stop Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0555–1
Front Axle Bumper Stop Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0554–1
Front Axle Differential Drain/Fill Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0474–1
Front Axle Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0166–1
Front Brake Air Chamber Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0514–1
Front Brake Air Hose Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0508–1
Front Brake Drum Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0487–1
Front Brake Dust Shield Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0485–1
Front Brake S-Camshaft Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0488–1
Front Brake Shoes Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0486–1
Front Brake Spider and Spindle Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0489–1
Front Bumper Left Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0374–1
Front Bumper Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0544–1
Front Bumper Right Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0375–1
Front Bumper Turn Signal and Parking Light Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . WP 0361–1
Front Clearance Light Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0369–1
Front Clearance Light Bar Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0370–1
Front Crew Light Operatonal Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0133–1
Front Crew Light Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0356–1
Front Crew Light Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0134–1
Front Engine Cover Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0227–1
Front Engine Mount Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0220–1
Index–6
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
INDEX – (Continued)
Subject WP Sequence No.–Page No.
Front Fender Light Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0371–1
Front Fender Light Bulb Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0372–1
Front Frame Crossmember and Radiator Support Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0546–1
Front Frame Crossmember and Support Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0547–1
Front Litter Arm Mount Plate and Arm Support Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0680–1
Front Oil Pump Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0238–1
Front Shock Absorber Lower Mounting Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0561–1
Front Shock Absorber Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0560–1
Front Shock Absorber Upper Mounting Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0562–1
Front Slack Adjuster Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0490–1
Front Spring Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0559–1
Front Spring Shackle Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0558–1
Front Towing Eye Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0553–1
Front Trailer Hookup Cover Removal and Installa tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0428–1
Front Trailer Hookup Harness Removal and Insta llati on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0429–1
Front Turn Signal and Parking Light Bulb Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0373–1
Front Turn Signal Lights Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0093–1
Front Wheel Hub and Bearing Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0471–1
Fuel Filter and Strainer Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0269–1
Fuel Filter Header/Primer Pump Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0254–1
Fuel-Fired Heater Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0137–1
Fuel Hose Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0268–1
Fuel Injector Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0331–1
Fuel Injector Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0249–1
Fuel Injector Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0039–1
Fuel Level Gauge Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0085–1
Fuel Level Sending Unit Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0400–1
Fuel Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0037–1
Fuel Pressure (Full Load) Troubleshooting Proce dure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0038–1
Fuel Pressure Regulator Removal and Installatio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0251–1
Fuel Primer Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0255–1
Fuel Pump Pressure Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0035–1
Fuel Pump Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0253–1
Fuel Pump Restriction Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0036–1
Fuel Tank Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0266–1
Fuel Tank Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0265–1
Fuel Tank Strap Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0267–1
Fuel/Water Separator Assembly Purge, Removal, and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0271–1
Fuel/Water Separator Filter Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0270–1
Fuel/Water Separator with 12V DC Fuel Pre-Heater Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . WP 0043–1
Fuel-Fired Heater and Fuel-Fired Heater Fuel Pump Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . WP 0734–1
Fuel-Fired Heater Fuel Pump and Fuel Line Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0733–1
Fuel-Fired Heater Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0732–1
Fuel-Fired Heater Timer Control Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0735–1
G
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0001–1
General Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0782–1
Gladhands Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0528–1
Gun Port Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0596–1
Gun Turret Platform Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0704–1
Gunner Platform Stand Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0668–1
Gunner Restraint Assembly Removal and Inst alla tio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0669–1
Index–7
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
INDEX – (Continued)
Subject WP Sequence No.–Page No.
H
Hand Brake Control Valve Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0506–1
Hard Start/No Start Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0014–1
Harness Support Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0550–1
Headlamp Alignment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0377–1
Headlamp Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0380–1
Headlamp Bezel Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0381–1
Headlamp Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0376–1
Heated Windshield Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0121–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) 3-Way Valve and Bracket Removal and Installation WP 0727–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) 3-Way Valve Coolant Inlet Hose Removal and Installation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0730–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) 3-Way Valve Coolant Outlet Hose Removal and Installation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0726–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) 3-Way Valve Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . WP 0206–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Cabin Heater Hose Removal and Installation . . . WP 0728–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Compressor Control Troubleshooting Procedure . WP 0212–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Compressor Discharge Hose Removal and Installation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0717–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Compressor Removal and Installation . . . . . . WP 0708–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Compressor Suction Hose Removal and Installation WP 0712–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Condenser Assembly Removal and Installation . . WP 0723–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Condenser Fans Troubleshooting Procedure . . . WP 0213–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Control 2 Wiring Harness Removal and Installation WP 0776–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Control Input Wiring Harness Removal and Installation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0775–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Evaporator Inlet Hose Removal and Installation . . WP 0709–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Evaporator Outlet Hose Removal and Installation . WP 0710–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Filter Outlet Hose Removal and Installation . . . . WP 0711–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Freeze Switch Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . WP 0209–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Fresh Air Inlet Tube Removal and Installation . . . WP 0720–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Fuel-Fired Heater Coolant Inlet Hose Removal and Installation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0731–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Fuel-Fired Heater Coolant Outlet Hose Removal and Installation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0729–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Heater Radiator Removal and Installation . . . . WP 0760–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) High Idle Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . WP 0207–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Left Condenser Control Wiring Harness Removal and Installation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0772–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Left-Side Condenser Inlet Hose Removal and Installation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0713–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Left-Side Condenser Outlet Hose Removal and Installation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0715–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Life Support System (LSS) Control Power Wiring Harness
Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0777–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Low Pressure Cutout Switch Operational Checkout Procedure
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0210–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Low Pressure Switch Removal and Installation . . WP 0771–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Main Evaporator Assembly Removal and Installation WP 0759–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Receiver/Drier Removal and Installation . . . . . WP 0758–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Recirculated Air (RA) Temperature Sensor Removal and
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0768–1
Index–8
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
INDEX – (Continued)
Subject WP Sequence No.–Page No.
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Recirculated Air (RA) Temperature Sensor Removal and
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0768–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Recycled Air (RA) Temperature Sensor Troubleshooting
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0208–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Refrigerant Filter Removal and Installation . . . . WP 0722–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Right Condenser Control Wiring Harness Removal and Installation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0773–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Right-Side Condenser Inlet Hose Removal and Installation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0714–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Right-Side Condenser Outlet Hose Removal and Installation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0716–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Service Port/Schrader Valve Removal and Installation WP 0718–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Service/Recharge Procedure . . . . . . . . . . WP 0707–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Trinary Switch Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . WP 0211–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Water Drainage Hose Removal and Installation . . WP 0719–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System (LSS) Air Duct Louver Removal and
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0753–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System (LSS) Box Removal and Installation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0761–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System (LSS) Cabin Pressure Troubleshooting
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0214–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System (LSS) Control Wiring Harness Removal and
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0780–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System (LSS) Defogging Air Duct Removal and
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0754–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System (LSS) Diffuser Air Duct Removal and
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0755–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System (LSS) Engine Wiring Harness Removal and
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0774–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System (LSS) Fresh Air (FA) Blower Troubleshooting
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0205–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System (LSS) Fresh Air Inlet Flange Removal and
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0756–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System (LSS) Main Air Duct Removal and Installation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0752–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System (LSS) Main Blower Motor and Support
Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0765–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System (LSS) Main Blower Motor Wiring Harness
Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0778–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System (LSS) Operational Checkout Procedure
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0202–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System (LSS) Operator Panel and Climate Control
Unit (CCU) Power and Ground Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0203–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System (LSS) Operator Panel Removal and
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0770–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System (LSS) Overpressure Relief Valve Removal
and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0757–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System (LSS) Recycled Air (RA) Blower
Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0204–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/Life Support System (LSS) Upper Blower Wiring Harness
Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0779–1
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning/Life Support System (HVAC/LSS) Upper Blower Removal and Installation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0766–1
Index–9
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
INDEX – (Continued)
Subject WP Sequence No.–Page No.
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning/Life Support System (HVAC/LSS) Upper Panel Removal and Installation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0767–1
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Compressor Discharge Hose Removal and Installation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0717–1
High-Pressure Injector Pump Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0252–1
Hood Air Intake Grille Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0571–1
Hood Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0575–1
Hood/Fender Latch Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0569–1
Hood Grille Surround Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0572–1
Hood Hinge Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0570–1
Hood Mirror Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0576–1
Hood Safety Cable Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0573–1
Hood Torsion Assist Bar Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0574–1
Horn Button Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0403–1
I
Illustrated List of Manufactured Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0785–1
Illustrated List Of Manufactured Items Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0784–1
Infrared (IR) Light Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0368–1
Infrared (IR) Light Switch Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0308–1
Injection Control Pressure (ICP) No Start Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0020–1
Injection Control Pressure (ICP) Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0022–1
Injection Control Pressure (ICP) Sensor Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0391–1
Injection Control Pressure (ICP) Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0040–1
Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) Sensor Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0396–1
Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) System Troubleshooting Operational Checkout Procedure . . . WP 0042–1
Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0041–1
Injector Drive Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0054–1
Inner Wheel Deflector Armor Plate Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0601–1
Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster Closeout Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0578–1
Instrument Panel (IP) Center Relay Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0318–1
Instrument Panel (IP) Center Trim Panel Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0581–1
Instrument Panel (IP) Circuit Breaker, Fuse, and Relay Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . WP 0317–1
Instrument Panel (IP) Cluster Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0297–1
Instrument Panel (IP) Feed Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0411–1
Instrument Panel (IP) Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0319–1
Instrument Panel (IP) Harness Terminating Resistor Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . WP 0320–1
Instrument Panel (IP) Light Bulb Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0299–1
Instrument Panel (IP) Lights Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0104–1
Instrument Panel (IP) Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0577–1
Instrument Panel (IP) Right Side Closeout Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0580–1
Instrument Panel (IP) Storage Bin Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0563–1
Instrument Panel Center Closeout Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0579–1
Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0070–1
Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Power and Data Link Circuits Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . WP 0071–1
Instrument Panel Cluster Right Side Warning Panel Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . WP 0298–1
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0399–1
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0055–1
Intake/Exhaust Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0019–1
Interior Lights Crew Light Limit Switch and Jumper Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . WP 0358–1
Interior Lights Left Rear Crew Light Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0359–1
Interior Lights Right Rear and Front Crew Lights Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . WP 0360–1
Internal Transmission Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0151–1
Inverter and Battery Disconnect Switch Solenoid Cables Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . WP 0451–1
Index–10
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
INDEX – (Continued)
Subject WP Sequence No.–Page No.
Inverter Disconnect Battery Switch Solenoid Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . WP 0345–1
K
Keyless Ignition Switch Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0302–1
Keyless Ignition Switch Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0066–1
L
Left 12V Socket and Feed Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0439–1
Left Door Air Supply Line Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0619–1
Left Headlamp and Turn Signal Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0378–1
Left Inner Wheel Deflector Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0602–1
Left Rear Stowage Box Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0676–1
Left Side Engine Armor Plate Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0598–1
Left Side Engine Armor Plate Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0597–1
Left Side Forward Stowage Box Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0674–1
Litter Arm Storage Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0679–1
Low Injector Control Pressure (ICP) Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0021–1
Lower Cabin Door Lock, Spacer, and Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0612–1
Lubrication Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0783–1
M
Maintenance Allocation Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0793–1
Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0792–1
Malfunctioning Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Troubleshooting Proced ure . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0072–1
Mandatory Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0796–1
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0390–1
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0056–1
Master Crew Light Switch Jumper Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0312–1
Master Crew Light Switch Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0311–1
Master Disconnect Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0351–1
Master Rear Door/Ramp Switch Jumper Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0310–1
Master Rear Door/Ramp Switch Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0309–1
Master Vehicle Light Switch (MVLS) Ground Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . WP 0307–1
Master Vehicle Light Switch (MVLS) Horn Enable Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . WP 0110–1
Master Vehicle Light Switch (MVLS) Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0303–1
Master Vehicle Light Switch (MVLS) Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0092–1
Mirror Remote Control Switch Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0306–1
Mirror Remote Control Switch Wiring Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0314–1
Motor Baffle Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0651–1
Muffler and Shield Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0276–1
Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0323–1
Multiplexing Data Link Circuits Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0067–1
N
NATO Connector Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0118–1
NATO Jump Start Connector Cables Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0450–1
NATO Jump Start Connector Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0421–1
Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical (NBC) Dust Tube Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . WP 0721–1
Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical (NBC) Filter Cover and Housing Removal and Installation . . . . WP 0763–1
Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical (NBC) Filter Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0762–1
Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical (NBC) Gauge Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0582–1
Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical (NBC) Particle Separator Filter Removal and Installation . . . . WP 0764–1
Nuclear, Chemical, and Biological (NBC) Gauge Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0582–1
Index–11
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
INDEX – (Continued)
Subject WP Sequence No.–Page No.
O
Oil Gauge Tube Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0230–1
Oil/Fuel Manifold Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0250–1
Outside Gunner Protection Armor Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0703–1
Outside Gunner Protection Riser Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0702–1
P
Park Brake Warning Lamp Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0077–1
Parking Brake Lamp Transducer Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0327–1
Pitman Arm Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0535–1
Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse and Relay Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0333–1
Power Distribution Center (PDC) Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0335–1
Power Distribution Center (PDC) Junction Box Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0334–1
Power Distribution Center (PDC) Mini Fuse Block 4001 Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . WP 0065–1
Power Distribution Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0059–1
Power Steering Filter Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0542–1
Power Steering Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0180–1
Power Steering Pump Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0539–1
Power Steering Reservoir Drain/Fill Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0543–1
Power Steering Reservoir Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0541–1
Power Steering Tubing and Hose Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0540–1
Power/Heated Mirror Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0123–1
Preparation For Storage Or Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0781–1
Pressure Protection Valve Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0520–1
Preventive Maintenance Checks And Services (PMCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0216–1
Preventive Maintenance Checks And Services (PMCS) Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0215–1
Prop Shaft Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0468–1
Propeller Shaft Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0165–1
R
Radiator Fan and Fan Shroud Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0282–1
Radiator Pipes/Hoses Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0285–1
Radiator Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0278–1
Radiator Surge Overflow Tank Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0281–1
Rear Antilock Brake System (ABS) Modulator Valve Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . WP 0511–1
Rear Antilock Brake System (ABS) Sensor Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0491–1
Rear Axle Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0478–1
Rear Axle Differential Drain and Fill Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0479–1
Rear Axle Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0167–1
Rear Axle Outer Hub Assembly Drain and Fill Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0481–1
Rear Axle Shaft and Gasket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0482–1
Rear Brake Air Chamber Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0516–1
Rear Brake Air Hoses Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0515–1
Rear Brake Drum and Hub Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0494–1
Rear Brake Dust Shield Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0492–1
Rear Brake S-Camshaft Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0495–1
Rear Brake S-Camshaft Tube Support Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0498–1
Rear Brake Shoes Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0493–1
Rear Brake Spider Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0496–1
Rear Center Floor Panel Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0661–1
Rear Chassis Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0427–1
Rear Clearance Light Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0385–1
Index–12
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
INDEX – (Continued)
Subject WP Sequence No.–Page No.
Rear Clearance Light Bar Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0386–1
Rear Communication Rack Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0670–1
Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0224–1
Rear Crew Light Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0357–1
Rear Crew Lights Operatonal Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0135–1
Rear Crew Lights Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0136–1
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic System Harness Removal and Installation (Pull-Type Operation) . . . . WP 0434–1
Rear Door/Ramp Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0639–1
Rear Door/Ramp Feed Wiring Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0444–1
Rear Door/Ramp Gas Spring Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0698–1
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic Cylinder Removal and Installation (Push-Type Operation) . . . . . . . WP 0696–1
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic Cylinder Removal and Installation (Pull-Type Operation) . . . . . . . WP 0697–1
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic Hand Pump Removal and Installation (Push-Type Operation) . . . . . WP 0694–1
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic Hoses Removal and Installation (Push-Type Operation) . . . . . . . WP 0700–1
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic Hoses Removal and Installation (Pull-Type Operation) . . . . . . . . WP 0701–1
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic Lift Components Troubleshooting Procedure (Push-Type Operation) . . WP 0187–1
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic Lift Components Troubleshooting Procedure (Pull-Type Operation) . . . WP 0188–1
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic Power Unit Manifold and Module Removal and Installation (Pull-Type Operation)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0695–1
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic Pump Cover Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0690–1
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic Pump Cover Removal and Installation (Pull-Type Operation) . . . . . WP 0691–1
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic Pump Removal and Installation (Push-Type Operation) . . . . . . . . WP 0692–1
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic Pump Removal and Installation (Pull-Type Operation) . . . . . . . . WP 0693–1
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic Reservoir Fluid Fill Procedure (Pull-Type Operation) . . . . . . . . . WP 0699–1
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic System Control Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . WP 0432–1
Rear Door/Ramp Hydraulic System Harness Removal and Installation (Push-Type Operation) . . . WP 0433–1
Rear Door/Ramp Lock Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0641–1
Rear Door/Ramp Seal Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0636–1
Rear Engine Mount Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0221–1
Rear Floor Panel Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0662–1
Rear Frame Crossmember and Support Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0549–1
Rear Hub Assembly Bearing and Bearing Cup Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0480–1
Rear Litter Arm Mount Plate and Arm Support Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0681–1
Rear Sidemarker Light Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0387–1
Rear Slack Adjuster Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0497–1
Rear Spring Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0557–1
Rear Towing Eye Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0551–1
Rear Trailer Connector Ground Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0128–1
Rear Trailer Hookup Cover Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0430–1
Rear Trailer Hookup Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0431–1
Rear Turn Signal Lights Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0094–1
Rear Wall Overlap Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0638–1
Rear Window Armor Glass Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0652–1
Red Engine Warning Lamp Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0074–1
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0791–1
Rifle Rack Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0706–1
Right 12V Socket and Feed Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0440–1
Right Cabin Door Assist System Supply Air Line Tubing Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . WP 0620–1
Right Engine Armor Plate Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0600–1
Right Floor Seat Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0665–1
Right Headlamp and Turn Signal Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0379–1
Right Inner Wheel Deflector Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0603–1
Right Rear Stowage Box Latch Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0675–1
Right Side Engine Armor Plate Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0599–1
Index–13
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
INDEX – (Continued)
Subject WP Sequence No.–Page No.
Right Side Forward Stowage Box Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0671–1
Right Side Rear Stowage Box Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0673–1
Rocker Switch Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0301–1
Roof Armor Front Panel Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0584–1
Roof Armor Front Spoiler Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0585–1
Roof Armor Middle Front Panel Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0586–1
Roof Armor Middle Rear Panel Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0587–1
Roof Armor Rear Panel Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0589–1
Roof Armor Rear Spoiler Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0588–1
S
Schematic Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0787–1
Seatbelt Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0664–1
Securing Cabin Door For Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0608–1
Serpentine Belt Idler Pulley Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0241–1
Serpentine Belt Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0240–1
Serpentine Belt Tensioner Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0242–1
Serpentine Belt Upper Idler Pulley Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0243–1
Service Driving Lights Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0097–1
Service Upon Receipt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0217–1
Side Cowl Body Armor Panel Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0644–1
Single Electric Horn Fault Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0108–1
Speed Control Command Switches (SCCS) Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0057–1
Speedometer Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0083–1
Spotlight Control Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0313–1
Spotlight Exterior Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0364–1
Spotlight Interior Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0365–1
Spotlight Light Bulb Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0362–1
Spotlight Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0363–1
Spotlight Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0122–1
Spring Brake Modulating Valve Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0509–1
Starter Motor Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0292–1
Starter Motor-to-Battery Feed Cable Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0413–1
Starter Motor-to-Battery Ground Cable Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0414–1
Starter Motor-to-Engine Ground Jumper Cable Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0338–1
Starter Motor-to-Frame Ground Jumper Cable Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0339–1
Starter Ring Gear Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0226–1
Steering Arm Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0476–1
Steering Column Covers Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0565–1
Steering Column Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0533–1
Steering Column Wiring Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0324–1
Steering Drag Link Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0536–1
Steering Gear Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0537–1
Steering Knuckle and King Pin Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0477–1
Steering Shaft Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0532–1
Steering System Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0179–1
Steering Wheel and Clock Spring Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0534–1
Steering Wheel Wire Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0325–1
Step and Brackets Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0656–1
Stoplight Switch Circuits Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0168–1
Stoplight Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0101–1
Suspension Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0181–1
Switch Pack Modules Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0069–1
Index–14
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
INDEX – (Continued)
Subject WP Sequence No.–Page No.
T
Tachometer Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0084–1
Taillamp Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0384–1
Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0003–1
Thermostat Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0283–1
Tie Rod Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0531–1
Tool Identification List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0795–1
Torque Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0786–1
Towing Pintle Hook Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0552–1
Tractor Protection Valve Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0503–1
Trailer Connector Auxiliary Power Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0131–1
Trailer Connector Brake Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0132–1
Trailer Connector Left Service Signal Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0126–1
Trailer Connector Left, Right, and Clearance Black Out (B/O) Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . WP 0125–1
Trailer Connector Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0124–1
Trailer Connector Right Service Signal Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0127–1
Trailer Connector Service Clearance Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0129–1
Trailer Connector Stop Blackout (B/O) Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0130–1
Trailer Control Valve Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0529–1
Transfer Case Air Lines Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0463–1
Transfer Case Armor Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0462–1
Transfer Case Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0460–1
Transfer Case Drain/Fill Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0466–1
Transfer Case Mode Switch Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0394–1
Transfer Case Mount and Support Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0461–1
Transfer Case Oil Cooler Hose Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0465–1
Transfer Case Oil Cooler Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0467–1
Transfer Case Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0164–1
Transfer Case Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0395–1
Transmission Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0454–1
Transmission Auto Shift Control Module Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0452–1
Transmission Breather Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0458–1
Transmission Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0141–1
Transmission Communication Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0163–1
Transmission Control Module (TCM) Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0144–1
Transmission Control Module and Brace Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0453–1
Transmission Control System ID Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0146–1
Transmission Cooler Hose Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0456–1
Transmission Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0008–1
Transmission Engine Speed Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0150–1
Transmission Fluid and Filter Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0457–1
Transmission Fluid Level Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0147–1
Transmission Fluid Over Temperature Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0143–1
Transmission Fluid Temperature Gauge and Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . WP 0293–1
Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0148–1
Transmission High Side Driver 2 Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0159–1
Transmission High Side Driver 3 Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0160–1
Transmission High Side Driver Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0145–1
Transmission Low Gear Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0158–1
Transmission Mounting Crossmember Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0455–1
Transmission Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0142–1
Transmission Output Speed Sensor Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0149–1
Transmission Pressure Control Main MOD Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0156–1
Index–15
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
INDEX – (Continued)
Subject WP Sequence No.–Page No.
Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 1 Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0162–1
Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 2 Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0152–1
Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 3 Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0153–1
Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid 4 Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0161–1
Transmission Pressure Switch Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0154–1
Transmission Shift Solenoid 1 Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0157–1
Transmission Slipping Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0155–1
Transmission Speed Sensors Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0459–1
Transmission to Transfer Case Propshaft Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0469–1
Troubleshooting Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0004–1
Turbocharger Lubricant Lines Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0262–1
Turbocharger Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0261–1
Turn Signal and Hazard Switch Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0095–1
Turn Signal Lights Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0096–1
Turret Mounting Plate Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0705–1
Turret Power Feed Wiring Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0446–1
U
Upper Air Line Grommet Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0504–1
Upper and Lower King Pin Bushing and Axle Shaft Oil Seal Removal and Installation . . . . . . . WP 0475–1
Upper Cabin Door Lock, Spacer, and Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0611–1
V
Valve Adjustment Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0027–1
Valve Cover and Gasket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0228–1
Vehicle Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0010–1
Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0058–1
Vehicle Troubleshooting Symptom Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0005–1
W
Wastegate Actuator Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0026–1
Water Inlet Elbow Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0284–1
Water Sensor Probe Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0401–1
Weapon (Sliding) Hatch (Gunner Hatch) Inner Lock Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . WP 0591–1
Weapon (Sliding) Hatch (Gunner Hatch) Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0590–1
Weapon Hatch Seal Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0592–1
Wheel and Tire Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0530–1
Winch Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0678–1
Winch Battery Cable Junction Block and Bracket Support Assembly Removal and Installation . . . WP 0415–1
Winch Cable Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0677–1
Winch Feed Cable Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0416–1
Winch Ground Cable Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0417–1
Winch Megafuse and Holder Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0448–1
Winch Megafuse Feed Cable Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0344–1
Winch Remote Control Connector Support Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0545–1
Winch Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0186–1
Windshield Armor Glass Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0655–1
Windshield Armor Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0645–1
Windshield Washer Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0114–1
Windshield Washer Hose Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0687–1
Windshield Washer Reservoir and Pump Motor Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . WP 0686–1
Windshield Washer Reservoir Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0688–1
Windshield Wiper and Washer Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0113–1
Index–16
TM 9-2355-106-23-1
INDEX – (Continued)
Subject WP Sequence No.–Page No.
Windshield Wiper Arm and Blade Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0685–1
Windshield Wiper Motor Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0117–1
Windshield Wiper Motor Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0689–1
Windshield Wiper Motor, Transmission, Bracket, and Linkage Assembly Removal and Installation . WP 0684–1
Windshield Wiper Park Circuit Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0116–1
Windshield Wiper Switch Inputs to Electronic System Controller (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure . WP 0115–1
Wiper Cowl Panel Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0683–1
Y
Yellow Engine Warning Lamp Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0073–1
110V Cover, Outlet, and Box Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0328–1
110V Inverter Battery Disconnect Switch Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0447–1
110V Inverter Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0352–1
110V Inverter Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0119–1
110V Outlet Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0435–1
12V and 24V Battery Disconnect Switch Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0341–1
12V and 24V Battery Switches Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0060–1
12V Battery Disconnect Switch Solenoid Feed Cable Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . WP 0342–1
12V to 24V Disconnect Battery Switch Solenoid Feed Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . WP 0346–1
12V to 24V Disconnect Battery Switch Solenoid Ground Harness Removal and Installation . . . . WP 0347–1
12V Underhood Megafuse and Holder Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0422–1
12-Volt Voltmeter Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0080–1
24V Battery Disconnect Switch Solenoid Feed Cable Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . WP 0343–1
24V Body Feed Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0348–1
24V Gauge Bulb Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0305–1
24V Gauge Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0304–1
24V Government Furnished Equipment (GFE) Wiring Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . WP 0445–1
24V Instrument Panel (IP) Feed Wiring Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0436–1
24V Inverter Megafuse and Holder Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0449–1
24V Power Distribution Module (PDM) Feed Harness Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . WP 0437–1
24V Power Distribution Module (PDM) Ground Cable Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . WP 0438–1
24V Power Distribution Module (PDM) Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0443–1
24V Underhood Junction Block Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0423–1
4-Pack Air Solenoid Circuits From Electronic System Controller (ESC) Troubleshooting Procedure . WP 0138–1
4-Pack Air Solenoid Module and Support Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WP 0464–1
Index–17/blank
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts DATE
and Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and
BLANK FORMS Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals
Date you filled out this form.
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA. (SC/SM).
TO (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command Your mailing address
ATTN: AMSTA‐LCL‐MPP/TECH PUBS
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397‐5000
PART I – ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
TM Number Date of the TM Title of the TM
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
GRAPH NO. (Exact wording of recommended change must be given)
SAMPLE
DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. APD V4.00
TO (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command Date you filled out
ATTN: AMSTA‐LCL‐MPP/TECH PUBS Your Address this form
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397‐5000
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
TM Number Date of the TM Title of the TM
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
RECOMMENDED ACTION
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS
SUPPORTED
SAMPLE
PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks, or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
TO (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
ATTN: AMSTA‐LCL‐MPP/TECH PUBS
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397‐5000
PART I – ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MINE RESISTANT AMBUSH
TM 9‐2355‐106‐23‐1 19 November 2012 PROTECTED VEHICLE
DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. APD V4.00
TO (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
ATTN: AMSTA‐LCL‐MPP/TECH PUBS
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397‐5000
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MINE RESISTANT
TM 9‐2355‐106‐23‐1 19 November 2012 AMBUSH PROTECTED VEHICLE
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
RECOMMENDED ACTION
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS
SUPPORTED
PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks, or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
APD V4.00
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special
DATE
BLANK FORMS Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply
Manuals (SC/SM).
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA
TO (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
ATTN: AMSTA‐LCL‐MPP/TECH PUBS
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397‐5000
PART I – ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MINE RESISTANT AMBUSH
TM 9‐2355‐106‐23‐1 19 November 2012 PROTECTED VEHICLE
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
GRAPH NO.
DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. APD V4.00
TO (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
ATTN: AMSTA‐LCL‐MPP/TECH PUBS
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397‐5000
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MINE RESISTANT
TM 9‐2355‐106‐23‐1 19 November 2012 AMBUSH PROTECTED VEHICLE
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
RECOMMENDED ACTION
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS
SUPPORTED
PART III – REMARKS (Any general remark, or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
APD V4.00
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special
DATE
BLANK FORMS Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply
Manuals (SC/SM).
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA
TO (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
ATTN: AMSTA‐LCL‐MPP/TECH PUBS
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397‐5000
PART I – ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MINE RESISTANT AMBUSH
TM 9‐2355‐106‐23‐1 19 November 2012 PROTECTED VEHICLE
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
GRAPH NO.
DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. APD V4.00
TO (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
ATTN: AMSTA‐LCL‐MPP/TECH PUBS
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397‐5000
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MINE RESISTANT
TM 9‐2355‐106‐23‐1 19 November 2012 AMBUSH PROTECTED VEHICLE
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
RECOMMENDED ACTION
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS
SUPPORTED
PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks, recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
APD V4.00
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
RAYMOND T. ODIERNO
General, United States Army
Official: Chief of Staff
JOYCE E. MORROW
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
1229003
Distribution:
Cubic Feet Cubic Meters 0.028 Cubic Meters Cubic Feet 35.315
Cubic Yards Cubic Meters 0.765 Cubic Meters Cubic Yards 1.308
Short Tons Metric Tons 0.907 Metric Tons Short Tons 1.102
Miles per Gallon Kilometers per Liter 0.425 Kilometers per Liter Miles per Gallon 2.354
Miles per Hour Kilometers per Hour 1.609 Kilometers per Hour Miles per Hour 0.621
PIN: 084302-000